Compare commits

...

339 Commits

Author SHA1 Message Date
Ian Barwick
cb1bf892e6 Finalize 4.0.5 release 2018-05-01 11:26:30 +09:00
Ian Barwick
b1b5fe1193 doc: add notes about package compatibility
We need to emphasise that the repmgr packages are only compatible
with packages based on the PGDG filesystem layout; 3rd party vendor
packages often put application and data directories elsewhere.
See e.g. GitHub #427.
2018-05-01 11:08:59 +09:00
Ian Barwick
af0e141859 doc: update FAQ location 2018-05-01 10:27:59 +09:00
Ian Barwick
580c1a9170 doc: update HISTORY and add 4.0.5 release notes 2018-05-01 10:13:44 +09:00
Ian Barwick
b624fc7efa Bump version
4.0.5
2018-05-01 09:21:32 +09:00
Ian Barwick
67ccd4dcb3 repmgrd: don't explicitly close connections on shutdown 2018-04-30 15:13:30 +09:00
Ian Barwick
6de3a5a997 Fix parsing of "archive_ready_critical" configuration file parameter.
Per report in GitHub #426.
2018-04-28 06:59:20 +09:00
Ian Barwick
f86e89ba45 repmgrd: notify sibling nodes to follow new primary after pg_ctl timeout
If "pg_ctl promote" fails due to a timeout, but the promotion itself succeeds,
have repmgrd on the new primary explicitly notify any sibling nodes to
follow it.

Previously the sibling nodes would wait "primary_notification_timeout" seconds
before attempting to discover the new primary.

This (and preceding commit eac80ae) address GitHub #425.
2018-04-27 11:59:00 +09:00
Ian Barwick
a6d0ba07ed repmgrd: handle pg_ctl timeout
It's possible "pg_ctl promote" will timeout, causing "repmgr standby
follow" to return with an error; however the promotion itself will usually
succeed, so detect this case and handle accordingly.
2018-04-26 19:23:26 +09:00
Ian Barwick
b553a70ad5 repmgrd: always close the connection if the pointer is not NULL 2018-04-25 14:08:17 +09:00
Ian Barwick
3364f8bdf0 Add configuration file parameter "config_directory"
This enables explicit provision of an external configuration file
directory, which if set will be passed to "pg_ctl" as the -D
parameter. Otherwise "pg_ctl" will default to using the data directory,
which will cause some operations to fail if the configuration files
are not present there.

Note this is implemented primarily for feature completeness and for
development/testing purposes. Users who have installed "repmgr" from
a package should not rely on "pg_ctl" to stop/start/restart PostgreSQL,
instead they should set the appropriate "service_..._command" for their
operating system. For more details see:

    https://repmgr.org/docs/4.0/configuration-service-commands.html

Note: in a future release, the presence of "config_directory" in repmgr.conf
will be used to implictly set "--copy-external-config-files=samepath" when
cloning a standby; this is a behaviour change so will be implemented in the
next major realease (repmgr 4.1).

Implements GitHub #424.
2018-04-25 11:57:27 +09:00
Ian Barwick
242fa287b4 repmgrd: catch corner case in standby connection handle check
If repmgrd marks the local node as unavailable, and it was actually
restarting but a failover event occured before the next local node
check, failover will continue with the stale connection handle.

Add a final local node check just before starting the failover
process, so repmgrd can reconnect if it wasn't able to before.
2018-04-24 21:55:36 +09:00
Ian Barwick
fa908432c8 Minor doc and log output tweaks 2018-04-24 21:08:31 +09:00
Ian Barwick
afa942fef6 repmgrd: prevent standby connection handle from going stale
If monitoring history not in use, there's no activity on the standby's
connection handle, so if e.g. the standby is restarted, PQstatus()
never returns CONNECTION_BAD and repmgrd never notices the connection
is stale. Therefore execute a throw-away statement at "monitor_interval_secs".
2018-04-23 23:51:03 +09:00
Ian Barwick
94cfc66b04 doc: minor clarification 2018-04-20 12:23:04 +09:00
Ian Barwick
87eae9a50f doc: additional details about repmgrd usage in Debian/Ubuntu 2018-04-20 12:04:15 +09:00
Ian Barwick
82a37f4865 doc: add Debian package details 2018-04-20 10:57:19 +09:00
Ian Barwick
a38f727b7d doc: Improve CentOS package-related documentation 2018-04-20 10:31:42 +09:00
Ian Barwick
e6df936c1b doc: link to service command configuration from switchover section 2018-04-19 17:09:10 +09:00
Ian Barwick
91ca997d40 doc: improve configuration documentation
With special attention to setting service commands, and extra special
mention of "pg_ctlcluster" for Debian/Ubuntu users.
2018-04-19 16:49:26 +09:00
Ian Barwick
65c90a2a64 doc: update CentOS package documentation 2018-04-19 14:27:17 +09:00
Ian Barwick
90cba78f52 repmgrd: tweak event notifications on standby failure
The event notification was only being created if there was a valid
primary connection; it should be created in any case, so an event
notification script can be executed.
2018-04-17 10:27:25 +09:00
Ian Barwick
f8908d7e31 Bump version
4.0.5dev
2018-04-13 10:18:04 +09:00
Ian Barwick
478bbcccbf Add "dbname=replication" to all replication connection strings
Previously repmgr was attempting to make replication connections
with "dbname" set to the repmgr database name. While this works
if e.g. the repmgr user also has replication permissions, it will
fail if a dedicated replication user is specified, who only has
permission to access the virtual "replication" database.

Change this to use "dbname=replication" if the replication connection
user is different to the normal repmgr database user.

(We could just always set it to "replication", but that might break
existing installations e.g. where a .pgpass file is in use and there's
no "replication" entry for the normal repmgr database user).

Addresses GitHub #421.
2018-04-12 16:10:02 +09:00
Ian Barwick
a03d41de28 doc: mention --recovery-conf-only introduced in repmgr 4.0.4
Per GitHub #419.
2018-04-12 13:13:11 +09:00
Ian Barwick
f1e527adcb doc: various updates related to "standby clone" operations. 2018-04-12 13:08:05 +09:00
Ian Barwick
09e597dcdd Fix superuser password handling
When establishing a superuser connection, the connection parameters
were being copied from the existing (non-superuser) connection, which
in some circumstances can lead to that user's password being
included in the copied parameter list. The password parameter, if set, will
now always be removed, which will cause libpq to retrieve the correct
one from the .pgpass file.

Addresses GitHub #400.
2018-04-12 12:50:17 +09:00
Ian Barwick
94a7f0c719 Don't issue a CHECKPOINT after promoting a standby.
Issuing a CHECKPOINT immediately after promoting a standby may impact
performance. Commit 239a548e9d ensures
one is only issued when required, i.e. during a switchover when
pg_rewind will be executed.

This reverts commit a2068768ab.
2018-04-09 14:39:47 +09:00
Ian Barwick
6ac42f1593 "standby register": add sanity check when --upstream-node-id not supplied
If --upstream-node-id was not supplied to "repmgr standby register",
repmgr defaults to the primary node as upstream node. If the local node is
available, we now double-check that it's attached to the primary,
in case the lack of --upstream-node-id was an accidental ommission.

This check is only made when the local node is available.

This behaviour can be overriden with -F/--force (though it's hard to
imagine a scenario where that would be useful).

Addresses GitHub #395.
2018-04-05 17:40:05 +09:00
Ian Barwick
94b72382e5 doc: minor FAQ tweaks 2018-04-05 17:10:52 +09:00
Ian Barwick
18c12f58a4 doc: add a section about repmgrd and service commands etc. 2018-04-05 11:47:35 +09:00
Ian Barwick
cf3fa18085 doc: miscelleneous FAQ updates
- clarify pg_rewind item
 - add note about what's included in recovery.conf
2018-04-04 10:08:04 +09:00
Ian Barwick
a5281d93dc Add TODO for pg_rewind changes coming in PostgreSQL 11 2018-04-03 21:57:50 +09:00
Ian Barwick
0d73d3c2b5 Enable provision of "archive_cleanup_command" in recovery.conf
If "archive_cleanup_command" is defined in "repmgr.conf", a corresponding
entry will be made in the node's "recovery.conf" file after cloning a
standby.

Note that we recommend using PgBarman to manage WAL archives, but are
providing this facility to help repmgr to be integrated in existing environments.

Implements GitHub #416.
2018-04-03 14:11:24 +09:00
Ian Barwick
23c99304a6 "node rejoin": actively check for node to rejoin cluster
Previously repmgr was relying on whatever command was configured to
start PostgreSQL to determine whether the node being rejoined had
started correctly. However it's preferable to actively poll the upstream
to confirm it has restarted and actually attached as a standby before
confirming success of the "node rejoin" action.

This can be overridden with the -W/--no-wait option.

(Note that for consistency with other PostgreSQL utilities, the
short form of the --wait option is now "-w"; this is currently
only used in "repmgr standby follow".)

Also update "repmgr node rejoin" documentation with a list of supported
options, and add some useful index entries for "pg_rewind".

Implements GitHub #415.
2018-04-03 10:36:13 +09:00
Ian Barwick
1ab16bc6c2 doc: fix option description for "repmgr primary register" 2018-04-03 10:10:05 +09:00
Ian Barwick
7f1f04636d Refactor pg_control parsing
The "data_checksum_version" field towards the end of the ControlFileData struct,
meaning its position varies between versions. Previously this wasn't a problem
as it was only required for operations involving 9.5 and later, and its position
within the control file has not changed between the current release and current
HEAD.

However, in order to support pg_rewind in 9.3 and 9.4, which both have changes in
the control file format, we'll need version-specific parsing. This will also make
it easier to deal with any future changes to the control file format.
2018-04-02 20:55:10 +09:00
Ian Barwick
6a1797cadd Enable pg_rewind to be used with PostgreSQL 9.3/9.4
pg_rewind is not part of the core distribution for those, but we
provided support in repmgr 3.3 so should extend it to repmgr 4.

Note that there is no check in place whether the pg_rewind binary
exists, so it's up to the user to ensure it's present.

Addresses GitHub #413.
2018-04-02 20:55:04 +09:00
Ian Barwick
94d26dbe9f Always set "connect_timeout" when pinging a PostgreSQL instance
Insert "connect_timeout=2" into the connection parameters, if not
explicitly set by the user. This will prevent excessive wait time
for the host operating system to report a connection timeout.
2018-04-02 09:31:42 +09:00
Ian Barwick
ae655eb4fd Add TODO list
This file will collate various requests and ideas for future developement.
In particular it will reference requests which come in via the GitHub issue
tracker, so we can acknowledge and close off the request and not have an
open unresolved issue hanging around.
2018-03-30 14:18:51 +09:00
Ian Barwick
65371489c6 repmgrd: handle failover with two nodes in the primary location
If two nodes were in the primary location, and at least one node in
another location, the non-failed node in the primary location was not
recognising itself as a promotion candidate.

Addresses GitHub #407.
2018-03-30 12:17:34 +09:00
Ian Barwick
28c7737dc0 Log pg_control access errors as WARNINGs rather than DEBUG
This will make it easier to diagnose issues, possibly with an incorrect
"data_directory" setting in "repmgr.conf".
2018-03-30 11:24:44 +09:00
Ian Barwick
505d72d19c "standby switchover": force checkpoint if pg_rewind requested.
Addresses issue described in GitHub #378.

PostgreSQL itself doesn't issue a checkpoint after promotion to ensure
the newly promoted server is available as quickly as possible, so we'll
only execute an explicit CHECKPOINT when it's actually required, i.e.
when pg_rewind will be executed. This is required as pg_rewind uses
the timeline reported in the pg_control file to compare with the
server to be rewound, and the pg_control timeline is only updated after
the first checkpoint, so there is an interval where pg_rewind will
erroneously assume both servers are on the timeline and take no action.
2018-03-30 09:12:25 +09:00
Ian Barwick
b292ac61f8 "standby switchover": update hint 2018-03-30 09:12:21 +09:00
Ian Barwick
293d66bf71 Fix minimum accepted value for "degraded_monitoring_timeout"
Should be -1, the default.

Addresses GitHub #411.
2018-03-30 09:12:17 +09:00
Ian Barwick
3e1f0ec168 repmgr: move demoted primary check to the final step during switchover
This will give the demoted primary more time to start up as a standby,
during which "standby follow" can be executed on sibling nodes, if
specified.
2018-03-27 16:41:13 +09:00
Ian Barwick
6f9a1f975e repmgr: poll demoted primary after restart during switchover
During a switchover operation, once the demoted primary has been restarted
as a standby, repmgr attempts to reconnect to verify its status and drop
any redundant replication slots. However it's possible the standby may still
be in the startup phase, so poll for "standby_reconnect_timeout" seconds
before giving up.

Addresses GitHub #408.
2018-03-27 15:58:18 +09:00
Ian Barwick
deea4f69f7 Fix "repmgr cluster crosscheck" output
Addresses GitHub #398.
2018-03-27 10:28:27 +09:00
Ian Barwick
37e53108a2 Consolidate connection closure calls 2018-03-27 08:52:23 +09:00
Ian Barwick
96cf06204c doc: add note about remote command execution
When executing a command on a remote server, repmgr expects the remote binary
to be in the same location as the local binary. It's reasonable to assume
repmgr will be deployed in a unified environment; if not, the onus is on the
user to ensure repmgr can find the remote binary, e.g. by creating appropriate
symlinks.

Addresses query in GitHub #406.
2018-03-27 08:47:56 +09:00
Ian Barwick
381e22c2c7 Misc tweaks to witness code 2018-03-26 20:59:38 +09:00
Ian Barwick
7e2af17783 repmgrd: tweak log notices when marking a standby as failed
Announce what we're going to do (set the node record inactive) *before*
performing the action. Makes reading the log slightly easier.
2018-03-23 13:27:37 +08:00
Ian Barwick
b4272853e7 Add event "repmgrd_failover_aborted" 2018-03-23 10:44:00 +08:00
Ian Barwick
562b6ddfc2 Add error code ERR_FOLLOW_FAIL 2018-03-23 10:34:19 +08:00
Ian Barwick
a15e5c9d52 Tidy up queries in dbutils.c
- standardize formatting
- prefix various internal function calls with "pg_catalog.", to
  mitigate possible risks from CVE-2018-1058
2018-03-23 10:33:28 +08:00
Ian Barwick
d9cc09cee4 repmgrd: fix typo 2018-03-21 12:36:51 +09:00
Ian Barwick
c4f6abe951 Update HISTORY 2018-03-21 06:51:56 +09:00
Martín Marqués
e454fb77d3 While reviewing 7cb6e5af8d before merging
I noticed that besides the result cleanup added, there was still a missing
spot inside the if condition.

Adding the PQclear that was missing.
2018-03-21 06:51:50 +09:00
Andrzej Nowicki
b76e5852d3 One more memory leak fixed 2018-03-21 06:51:43 +09:00
Andrzej Nowicki
0674364ffd Clear node list to avoid memory leak, fixes #402 2018-03-21 06:51:37 +09:00
Ian Barwick
b2eb9b8525 Correctly handle error message pointer when parsing strings.
When parsing conninfo strings, ensure the error message pointer is
actually returned to the caller.

Not a criticial issue, just meant the contents of the error message
were not being displayed.
2018-03-10 14:28:10 +09:00
Ian Barwick
71c5d10a8c doc: update 4.0.4 release date 2018-03-09 20:07:16 +09:00
Ian Barwick
1476b21cd4 doc: update release notes
Add note about requiring 4.0.3 or later on all nodes when performing
a switchover from a noder running 4.0.3 or later.

Per report in GitHub #388.
2018-03-09 09:46:58 +09:00
Ian Barwick
b17993abdb doc: update "repmgr primary unregister" description
As noted by GitHub user yonj1e in GitHub #396.
2018-03-08 15:01:25 +09:00
Ian Barwick
8f68344f9a doc: update FAQ
Additional clarification for "repmgr standby clone --recovery-conf-only"
2018-03-08 10:04:30 +09:00
Ian Barwick
125ac6c297 doc: update FAQ
Add entry about upgrading PostgreSQL
2018-03-08 10:04:30 +09:00
Ian Barwick
955860923f Fix parsing of -k/--keep-history option
GitHub #394.
2018-03-07 19:14:18 +09:00
Ian Barwick
50626f90cc Add 4.0.4 release notes 2018-03-07 14:17:04 +09:00
Ian Barwick
9aea5b8aa7 repmgrd: fix failover handling in "manual" mode
Regression was introduced in commit c7a585c555
2018-03-06 22:35:51 +09:00
Ian Barwick
ed1bcb159e repmgrd: remove duplicate local record check in BDR mode 2018-03-06 12:31:07 +09:00
Ian Barwick
9c72c0d66e Add event "repmgrd_shutdown"
Implements GitHub #393
2018-03-06 10:59:54 +09:00
Emre Hasegeli
0ddc226c2a Add witness options to the main help
GitHub #392
2018-03-06 10:57:33 +09:00
Ian Barwick
93830cad61 Fix directory creation when cloning from Barman 2018-03-05 19:31:53 +09:00
Ian Barwick
bca1660d5e Improve repmgrd logging in BDR mode
Also ensure interval status log line is shown as intended
2018-03-05 15:05:40 +09:00
Ian Barwick
5a52917421 repmgrd: add debug log output for "monitor_interval_secs" sleep in all modes 2018-03-05 14:23:58 +09:00
Emre Hasegeli
70752d7d4a Add missing options to the main help 2018-03-05 09:52:04 +09:00
Ian Barwick
c29d1efc37 "standby clone": improve replication user selection
Use the upstream node's replication user when checking the replication
connection.
2018-03-02 16:21:32 +09:00
Ian Barwick
6fbbe2a97a "standby clone": fix --superuser handling
get_superuser_connection() was erroneously using the local node record
to connect to as a superuser, which works when registering the primary
but obviously not when cloning a standby.

Addresses GitHub #380.
2018-03-02 14:49:17 +09:00
Ian Barwick
ce42d6827e Update HISTORY 2018-03-01 15:51:09 +09:00
Ian Barwick
98384559a6 "standby clone": remove restriction on replication slots in Barman mode
While it's preferable to avoid standby replication slots if Barman is in
use, there's no technical reason to prevent this.

Implements GitHub #379.
2018-03-01 15:47:28 +09:00
Ian Barwick
4a1477343b repmgr: escape "restore_command" in generated recovery.conf 2018-03-01 10:39:04 +09:00
Ian Barwick
d2b9d20393 "standy clone": fix primary_conninfo when --upstream-conninfo provided 2018-03-01 09:18:40 +09:00
Ian Barwick
fe594c95ad repmgrd: retry standby connection after cascading standby failover 2018-02-28 21:15:11 +09:00
Ian Barwick
60e63feaca repmgrd: add configuration file parameter "standby_reconnect_timeout"
This is used for determining a timeout when reconnecting to the standby
after executing the "follow_command". This will normally not need to be
set explicitly, but maybe useful in cases where the standby's startup
phase can last longer than usual.
2018-02-28 18:56:33 +09:00
Ian Barwick
ae4d0f2622 repmgrd: fix main monitoring loop for witness server
Missing "break" was breaking it when following a new primary.
2018-02-28 16:30:14 +09:00
Ian Barwick
5e8b41e221 repmgrd: retry standby connection after "follow_command" executed
It's possible that the standby is still starting up after the "follow_command"
completes, so poll for a while until we get a connection.
2018-02-28 15:35:47 +09:00
Ian Barwick
c7a585c555 repmgrd: improve log output
- emit explicit startup NOTICE
- emit NOTICE when falling back to degraded monitoring on a primary node
- improve log message and event notification details when monitoring
  a former primary which has been reconnected as a standby
2018-02-28 12:35:13 +09:00
Ian Barwick
a27dd8c49c doc: document "primary_follow_timeout" configuration file parameter. 2018-02-27 10:09:40 +09:00
Ian Barwick
9365bf3474 "standby promote": make timeout values configurable
This introduces following new configuration file parameters, which
were previously hard-coded values:

 - promote_check_timeout
 - promote_check_interval

Implements GitHub #387.
2018-02-27 10:04:58 +09:00
Ian Barwick
e8ae0831fe doc: add <options> section for various commands 2018-02-26 16:54:54 +09:00
Ian Barwick
518866eba5 "node status": improve replication slot warnings
Addresses GitHub #385
2018-02-23 11:06:47 +09:00
Ian Barwick
ed0330c334 "standby clone": document --recovery-conf-only option 2018-02-23 10:54:42 +09:00
Ian Barwick
1f021dc9fa "standby clone --recovery-conf-only": display generated file with --dry-run
Refactor the original code which generates "recovery.conf" to place the
output into a buffer, which can either be output as "recovery.conf"
or copied to a buffer specified by the caller.
2018-02-23 10:16:47 +09:00
Ian Barwick
425839d764 Fix typo in function name 2018-02-22 15:48:41 +09:00
Ian Barwick
3a764f678a "standby clone": add --recovery-conf-only option
This will generate "recovery.conf" for an existing standby.

Typical use-case is a standby cloned manually from an external data
source (e.g. Barman), where "recovery.conf" needs to be created
(and if required a replication slot).

The --dry-run option will check the pre-requisites but not actually
create "recovery.conf" or a replication slot.

This requires that the upstream node is running, a replication connection
can be made and if required a replication slot can be created.

Implements GitHub #382.
2018-02-22 15:47:19 +09:00
Ian Barwick
829cf5cca4 repmgrd: improve detection of status change from primary to standby
If repmgrd is running in degraded mode on a primary which has been stopped,
then manually been brought back online as a standby (e.g. by creating
recovery.conf and starting the server), ensure it not only detects the
change but automatically updates the node record so it can resume
monitoring the node as a standby.

Previously, repmgrd was looping waiting for the record to be updated
(as is done transparently when executing "repmgr node rejoin") but
if the record was not updated within the timeout period (e.g. by
"repmgr standby register) it would fail to resume monitoring as a
standby.

It seems reasonable to have repmgrd automatically update the node record,
as this will restore failover capability as quickly as possible. If this
is not desired, then the onus is on the user to shut down repmgrd while
making the desired changes.
2018-02-22 11:35:47 +09:00
Ian Barwick
14420d83fa "node rejoin": ensure --dry-run is honoured
Addresses GitHub #383.
2018-02-20 15:28:39 +09:00
Ian Barwick
a80e22f0ed Bump version
4.0.4
2018-02-16 12:19:31 +09:00
Ian Barwick
832993bfbc doc: update 4.0.3 release notes 2018-02-16 12:15:10 +09:00
Ian Barwick
f1ea5e62df doc: update release notes 2018-02-15 14:42:29 +09:00
Ian Barwick
b47448d0e5 Replace remaining instances of strcpy() with strncpy()
Also use strncmp() to match.
2018-02-15 13:17:06 +09:00
Ian Barwick
a8232337d8 Catch various corner cases when restarting a PostgreSQL instance 2018-02-14 11:28:38 +09:00
Ian Barwick
c9eb1bfcc0 Always initialise t_conninfo_param_list structures 2018-02-13 10:48:18 +09:00
Ian Barwick
db552dfbc7 Bump version
4.0.3
2018-02-12 15:03:29 +09:00
Ian Barwick
9732f78565 repmgrd: check "repmgr" extension is installed before starting
Implements GitHub #361.
2018-02-12 11:31:59 +09:00
Ian Barwick
eb7dca2919 "node status": add warning about missing replication slots
Implements GitHub #364.
2018-02-12 10:53:31 +09:00
Ian Barwick
c113102926 Update repmgr.conf.sample
Add missing parameter "monitor_interval_secs"
2018-02-12 09:35:57 +09:00
Ian Barwick
ed6a167915 Execute a CHECKPOINT immediately after promoting the server
This ensures "pg_control" is updated with the latest timeline, mainly
to ensure that if "pg_rewind" is executed as part of a switchover
that it sees the latest timeline.

Per suggestion from GitHub user "superflav" in GitHub #378.

See also:

  https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/20150428180253.GU30322%40tamriel.snowman.net
2018-02-09 12:09:16 +09:00
Ian Barwick
fbbe7afd61 doc: update HISTORY and release notes 2018-02-09 11:42:16 +09:00
Ian Barwick
ae1fc93e48 Ensure correct server version number used for replication stats query 2018-02-09 11:06:15 +09:00
Ian Barwick
7b4ee80af2 "standby switchover": check demotion candidate can make replication connection
Check it's actually possible for the demotion candidate to attach to
the promotion candidate before executing the switchover.

As with other checks of this nature, there's a faint possibility the
situation could change between the time the check is carried out and
the demotion candidate is restarted to connect to the promotion candidate,
but there's not a lot we can do about that. The main purpose is to
be able to catch existing misconfigurations before anything gets changed.

Implements GitHub #370.
2018-02-09 10:01:29 +09:00
Ian Barwick
0b8755e278 "witness register": fix primary node check
Addresses GitHub #377, based on report by user yonj1e in #373.
2018-02-08 16:28:50 +09:00
Ian Barwick
d3e1937808 "standby switchover": additional sanity checks
Check that sufficient walsenders will be available on the promotion
candidate, and if replication slots are in use check if enough of
those will be available.

Note these checks can't guarantee that the walsenders/slots will
be available at the appropriate points during the switchover process,
but do ensure that existing configuration problems will be caught.

Implements GitHub #371.
2018-02-08 15:23:10 +09:00
Ian Barwick
871d6fdee3 "standby clone": cowardly refuse to clone into an active data directory
By checking the PID file in the same way pg_ctl does, we can be pretty
much certain whether the target data directory contains an active
PostgreSQL instance.
2018-02-08 11:43:24 +09:00
Ian Barwick
c7dfe9e040 Fix "standby clone" in Barman mode with --no-upstream-connection
"--upstream-node-id", if provided, was not being passed through to
the SQL query executed via the Barman server.

Also modified the query to select the primary node if "--upstream-node-id"
is not provided.

Note: this is a very niche use case.
2018-02-07 16:36:44 +09:00
Ian Barwick
5c92a9e057 repmgr: simplify data directory checks when cloning
Attempting to use the contents of pg_control to tell whether the directory
is in use by PostgreSQL can result in false positives; we should use
a check based on the pidfile.

Also change the HINT to indicate a data directory can be overwritten
if -F/--force is provided.
2018-02-07 14:37:57 +09:00
Ian Barwick
aa5f025738 "standby clone": ensure "pg_subtrans" directory is created in Barman mode 2018-02-07 10:56:18 +09:00
Ian Barwick
5b91a2d409 Update HISTORY and release notes 2018-02-07 09:55:36 +09:00
Ian Barwick
596a19ee37 Move parse_output_to_argv() to configfile.c
So it can be used by parse_pg_basebackup_options().

Addresses GitHub #376.
2018-02-07 09:43:06 +09:00
Ian Barwick
23ff83b3b4 Fix typo in HINT 2018-02-07 08:55:51 +09:00
Ian Barwick
ba1f6bee0d doc: fix GitHub reference in release notes 2018-02-07 08:53:23 +09:00
Ian Barwick
da9c8f2491 Update HISTORY and release notes 2018-02-06 10:38:13 +09:00
Ian Barwick
64035ef701 "standby register/follow": provide primary node details for event notifications
For events generated by these commands, it may be useful to know details
of the primary node. This makes following additional parameters available
to event notification scripts:

- %p: node ID of the primary
- %a: node name of the primary
- %c: conninfo string for the primary

Implements GitHub #375
2018-02-06 09:36:46 +09:00
Ian Barwick
da3a5ab1dc doc: fix descriptions of %p event notification script parameter 2018-02-05 15:54:06 +09:00
Ian Barwick
9d301b4789 "standby register": add event notification "standby_register_sync"
Implements GitHub #374.
2018-02-05 15:21:38 +09:00
Ian Barwick
c070c649f7 doc: minor fixes to BDR docs
Also remove duplicate file.
2018-02-05 15:21:34 +09:00
Ian Barwick
3b823396eb doc: improve BDR failover documentation 2018-02-05 15:21:28 +09:00
Ian Barwick
c19e7f1025 "cluster show": output any connection error messagesin list of warnings
This ensures any connection errors are displayed by default in a
comprehensible, easily reportable way, and saves having to request/filter
DEBUG output.

Implements GitHub #369.
2018-02-05 10:32:20 +09:00
Ian Barwick
e4b5a1e19f "cluster show": minor code cleanup 2018-02-05 10:25:05 +09:00
Ian Barwick
f96cc3b906 "cluster show": improve handling of database errors
In particular, if running "repmgr cluster show" against a database
without the repmgr metadata, showing the error (rather than just
"no records found" etc.) will provide some clues about the problem.
2018-02-05 10:15:48 +09:00
Tony Finch
a481ca7ce2 "repmgr node status": correct upstream node info (#363)
repmgr was printing the name and ID of this node instead of its upstream

Signed-off-by: Tony Finch <dot@dotat.at>
2018-02-05 09:54:00 +09:00
Ian Barwick
32dc450a09 doc: add note about replication slots and PostgreSQL upgrades 2018-02-02 18:33:43 +09:00
Ian Barwick
34dbf64f50 Ensure an inactive PostgreSQL data directory can be deleted.
Addresses GitHub #366.
2018-02-02 17:12:25 +09:00
Ian Barwick
ea653a8dbc "standby follow": finalize implementation of --dry-run option 2018-02-02 15:42:08 +09:00
Ian Barwick
50894b6124 "standby follow": check for replication slot availability on target node 2018-02-02 15:01:23 +09:00
Ian Barwick
94e187c476 Improve "repmgr primary unregister" documentation and --help output
Per observations in GitHub #373
2018-02-02 14:12:15 +09:00
Ian Barwick
de6284ae79 doc: note password SSH requirements for "standby switchover" 2018-02-02 14:01:58 +09:00
Ian Barwick
c54045bcd8 "standby follow": initial implementation of --dry-run option
GitHub #363.
2018-02-01 14:18:40 +09:00
Ian Barwick
c0a53471e1 "standby switchover": improve log messages and add new exit code
Previously, if an issue was encountered with the old primary, but user
provided -F/--force to have repmgr promote the standby anyway, repmgr
would exit with the log message "STANDBY SWITCHOVER is complete"
and exit code 0 (SUCCESS).

To better report this partial completion, repmgr will now emit the message
"STANDBY SWITCHOVER has completed with issues" (and a HINT to check preceding
log messages) and new exit code 22 (ERR_SWITCHOVER_INCOMPLETE).
2018-01-31 10:25:15 +09:00
Ian Barwick
2eec8b5d79 Have do_standby_follow_internal() not abort on error
Pass the error code back to the caller instead, mainly so
"repmgr node rejoin" can better report errors.
2018-01-30 16:53:04 +09:00
Ian Barwick
c11e92cf2a repmgr: improve switchover handling when "pg_ctl" used
If logging output not explicitly rediretced with "-l" in the pg_ctl
options, repmgr would hang waiting for pg_ctl output.

Note that we recommend using the OS-level service commands where
available.
2018-01-30 13:43:37 +09:00
Ian Barwick
f294d09034 "repmgr standby register": improve error output when standby not running
Add explicit HINT
2018-01-26 22:13:11 +09:00
Ian Barwick
26c597ef5a doc: expand upgrade documentation
Include section about using pg_upgrade
2018-01-23 10:57:19 +09:00
Vlad
b8efbb7a15 doc: add missing word in overview
GitHub pull request #362
2018-01-19 09:11:54 +09:00
Ian Barwick
3044696c05 doc: update 4.0.2 release notes
Add details about upgrading.
2018-01-19 09:09:59 +09:00
Ian Barwick
6dc1969ad5 Remove --bdr-only configuration option
This was required for a specific use case during pre-release
development and is no longer needed now the physical streaming
replication handling is implemented.
2018-01-18 13:30:47 +09:00
Ian Barwick
cb41ef1733 doc: update list of event notifications 2018-01-18 11:48:10 +09:00
Ian Barwick
d10f1f289e Bump version in configure.in
4.0.2
2018-01-16 13:55:58 +09:00
Ian Barwick
5731ba6043 Update version and release date 2018-01-16 12:58:11 +09:00
Ian Barwick
3d6437c8f8 repmgr: assume node is actually shutting down if pingable and that's the reported status 2018-01-16 11:17:06 +09:00
Ian Barwick
54b5c8ad94 repmgrd: log execution error in "repmgrd_get_local_node_id()"
That shouldn't happen, but if it does it will make it easier to
identify the issue.
2018-01-16 11:14:04 +09:00
Ian Barwick
0eca08ffaf doc: improve switchover documentation
Emphasize need to set the "service_*_command" options when repmgr is
installed from a package.
2018-01-16 11:06:39 +09:00
Ian Barwick
05c1dc2b92 doc: add 4.0.2 release notes 2018-01-11 16:39:58 +09:00
Ian Barwick
2bd300073d doc: minor readbility fix 2018-01-11 15:49:56 +09:00
Ian Barwick
01e020df8e doc: note change of shared library name from "repmgr_funcs" to "repmgr" 2018-01-11 15:47:35 +09:00
Ian Barwick
ae7963dc64 repmgr: automatically create slot name if missing
It's possible that a node was registered with "use_replication_slots=false"
but that was later changed to "use_replication_slots=true". If the node
was not subsequently re-registered, the node record will contain an empty
slot name, which will cause any slot creation operation during
"standby follow" or "node rejoin" to fail.

To prevent this happening, check for an empty slot name and automatically
set before proceeding.

Addresses GitHub #343.
2018-01-11 11:13:41 +09:00
Ian Barwick
faffb2a6e7 repmgr: catch possible corner case when checking node shutdown status
It's conceivable that PQping is returning "no response" but the
shutdown hasn't quite completed.
2018-01-10 14:56:00 +09:00
Ian Barwick
5d57044118 repmgr: during switchover, correctly detect unclean shutdown status 2018-01-10 12:21:04 +09:00
Ian Barwick
07a88c78a5 repmgr standby switchover: add "%p" event notification parameter
This will contain the node ID of the former primary.
2018-01-10 11:01:00 +09:00
Ian Barwick
f7df8b9c80 doc: document command line options for "standby switchover" 2018-01-10 10:19:36 +09:00
Ian Barwick
20920b3da1 repmgr standby switchover: add event details 2018-01-10 09:55:24 +09:00
Ian Barwick
683f4de182 Bump version
4.0.2
2018-01-09 13:43:58 +09:00
Ian Barwick
0c62821ffb Consolidate parsing of output from executing repmgr on a remote server
This should also fix the issue reported in GitHub #349.
2018-01-09 13:33:38 +09:00
Ian Barwick
6b70e8bbe6 doc: list repmgr.conf parameters relevant during switchover 2018-01-08 11:13:39 +09:00
Ian Barwick
6b223698c9 Fix call to is_active_bdr_node() in BDR repmgrd
Following the fix to "is_active_bdr_node()" in 841f03ae, it turns out
the call in repmgrd-bdr.c was only accidentally working; explicitly
test for a false return value.
2018-01-04 21:06:45 +09:00
Ian Barwick
aee12dc2c7 "repmgr bdr register": create missing connection replication set if needed
Previously the assumption was that the "repmgr" replication set would be
set up when the nodes are created, however no checks were implemented
and this was not well-documented.

Addresses GitHub #347.
2018-01-04 17:12:52 +09:00
Ian Barwick
c5c86e1ada "repmgr bdr register": improve node name check
We'll use "bdr.bdr_get_local_node_name()" to check the local BDR node
name and the repmgr one match.
2018-01-04 16:07:06 +09:00
Ian Barwick
7476dc84f2 doc: link event notification page from relevate command reference pages 2018-01-04 14:54:14 +09:00
Ian Barwick
f6d63f5216 doc: update package documentation 2018-01-04 13:11:44 +09:00
Ian Barwick
a608b0bc18 "repmgr standby register": add --wait-start option
Implements GitHub #356.
2018-01-04 12:48:12 +09:00
Ian Barwick
469ebba656 doc: fix typos in "repmgr primary unregister" command reference 2018-01-04 12:31:29 +09:00
Ian Barwick
647c21ad0e doc: add link to event notifications page from "repmgr cluster event" 2018-01-04 10:57:54 +09:00
Ian Barwick
3d2530d6f9 Fix query in is_active_bdr_node()
Boolean column was not being checked correctly.

Also add detail output in "repmgr node role --check", where the function
is called.
2018-01-04 10:48:31 +09:00
Ian Barwick
b26e400199 "repmgr cluster event": move query to dbutils.c 2018-01-04 10:06:54 +09:00
Ian Barwick
152e9545a4 docs: document "repmgr cluster event --terse" 2018-01-04 09:53:54 +09:00
Ian Barwick
83b8f05221 "repmgr cluster events": optionally omit "Details" column with --terse
Implements GitHub #360.
2018-01-04 09:48:00 +09:00
Ian Barwick
486f8e5a2c repmgrd: document standby_[failure|recovery] event notifications
Also clean up the relevant code section.

Addresses GitHub #359.
2018-01-04 09:34:49 +09:00
Ian Barwick
e517cc74d1 repmgr node rejoin: handle missing node record correctly
If a connection was provided for a database other than the "repmgr"
database, error was logged but execution continued, resulting in
the connection being finished twice.

Addresses GitHub #358.
2018-01-03 15:20:10 +09:00
Ian Barwick
26285b470f doc: add appendix with details about packages
work-in-progress
2018-01-02 17:24:51 +09:00
Ian Barwick
1521657965 Update copyright notices to 2018 2018-01-02 10:20:09 +09:00
Ian Barwick
041604e303 doc: Fix event notification placeholder typo
Per report from Carlos.
2018-01-01 10:29:34 +09:00
Ian Barwick
0be0100a7c docs: update HISTORY 2017-12-27 10:24:56 +09:00
Ian Barwick
2133834dda doc: update documentation build instructions
Describe how to build documentation as a single file, and also note
requirement to build against 9.6 or earlier.
2017-12-27 10:24:22 +09:00
Ian Barwick
d5fd93c350 repmgr.conf.sample: fix command line argument
"repmgr node check --archive-ready" is correct, however abbreviated
versions will be accepted by getopt_long() if they don't match
or partially match any other options.

Per report by "chaintng" in GitHub #355.
2017-12-27 10:24:17 +09:00
Tony Finch
5804778b58 doc: an optional all-in-one-file manual 2017-12-27 10:24:10 +09:00
Ian Barwick
407a7ea2f4 repmgr: add missing -W option to getopt_long() invocation
Addresses GitHub #350.
2017-12-20 10:28:31 +09:00
Martín Marqués
4d2eca0978 Switch spaces for tabs in repmgr.conf sample file.
This makes comments stay aligned in most cases the conf file is
modified, and when indentation changes, it's easy to re-align
(by removing or adding a tab)

Signed-off-by: Martín Marqués <martin.marques@2ndquadrant.com>
2017-12-20 09:27:06 +09:00
Martín Marqués
9d25544ab5 Add more information to the setting up sudo without requiretty in
the documentation

Signed-off-by: Martín Marqués <martin.marques@2ndquadrant.com>
2017-12-20 09:27:02 +09:00
Daymel Bonne Solís
8506607388 Fix package name 2017-12-20 09:26:57 +09:00
Ian Barwick
e8e059c26d docs: update 4.0.1 release date 2017-12-13 15:15:13 +09:00
Abhijit Menon-Sen
38d293694d Fix typo: upstream_node_id → upstream_node 2017-12-11 09:30:37 +09:00
Ian Barwick
54a10a0c3f Add diagnostic option "repmgr node check --has-passfile"
This checks if the active libpq version (9.6 and later) has the
"passfile" option, and returns 0 if present, 1 if not.
`
2017-12-05 12:53:04 +09:00
Ian Barwick
a8016f602f Fix unpackaged upgrade SQL for PostgreSQL 9.3 2017-12-04 17:46:52 +09:00
Ian Barwick
de57ecdad1 Finalize 4.0.1 release files 2017-11-29 17:02:47 +09:00
Ian Barwick
1fde81cf3f docs: improve event notification documentation 2017-11-29 14:44:07 +09:00
Ian Barwick
146c412061 docs: minor fixes to various examples 2017-11-29 11:30:38 +09:00
Ian Barwick
e9cb61ae7a docs: add additional note about setting "wal_log_hints"
Useful to reference this when discussing PostgreSQL configuration in
general.
2017-11-29 11:25:14 +09:00
Ian Barwick
50e9460b3e Update release notes 2017-11-28 13:42:28 +09:00
Ian Barwick
47e7cbe147 Update HISTORY 2017-11-28 13:00:31 +09:00
Ian Barwick
bf0be3eb43 Bump version
4.0.1
2017-11-28 12:36:22 +09:00
Ian Barwick
270da1294c repmgr: initialise "voting_term" in "repmgr primary register"
This previously happened in the extension SQL code, which could
potentially cause replay problems if installing on a BDR cluster.

As this table is only required for streaming replication failover,
move the initialisation to "repmgr primary register".

Addresses GitHub #344 .
2017-11-28 12:26:33 +09:00
Ian Barwick
d3c47f450f docs: add 2ndQ yum repository installation instructions
These replace the HTML document at https://repmgr.org/yum-repository.html
2017-11-24 14:14:36 +09:00
Ian Barwick
c20475f94a Delete any replication slots copied by pg_rewind
If --force-rewind is used in conjunction with "repmgr node rejoin",
any replication slots present on the source node will be copied too;
it's essential to remove these to prevent stale slots being extant
when the node starts up.

We do this at file system level *before* the server starts to minimize
the risk of any problems.

Addresses GitHub #334
2017-11-24 11:15:14 +09:00
Ian Barwick
e0560c3e70 docs: fix configuration file example
Per report from Carlos Chapi.
2017-11-24 09:27:39 +09:00
Ian Barwick
3fa2bef6f4 repmgr: fix configuration file sanity check
The check was being carried out regardless of whether --copy-external-config-files
was specified, which means cloning will fail if no SSH connection is available.

Addresses GitHub #342
2017-11-23 22:50:28 +09:00
Ian Barwick
f8a0b051c8 repmgr: fix return code output for repmgr node check --action=...
Addresses GitHub #340
2017-11-23 10:35:41 +09:00
Martín Marqués
3e4a5e6ff5 Fix missing FQN for the nodes table.
This bug was not detected before because most users work with the repmgr
user. For that reason, the repmgr schema is already in the search_path
by default.

Add the repmgr schema to the nodes table in the LEFT JOIN used for
cluster show (and in other places)

Signed-off-by: Martín Marqués <martin.marques@2ndquadrant.com>
2017-11-23 10:35:38 +09:00
Ian Barwick
020b5b6982 docs: update 4.0.0 release notes 2017-11-21 16:27:18 +09:00
Ian Barwick
932326e4a0 Bump version in configure.in 2017-11-20 17:55:22 +09:00
Ian Barwick
019cd081e8 Bump version
4.0.0
2017-11-20 15:45:48 +09:00
Ian Barwick
3ace908126 docs: miscellaneous updates 2017-11-20 15:44:31 +09:00
Ian Barwick
2ad174489c docs: improve documentation of pg_basebackup_options 2017-11-20 15:30:31 +09:00
Ian Barwick
9124e0f0a2 docs: expand witness documentation 2017-11-20 15:29:31 +09:00
Ian Barwick
060b746743 docs: miscellaneous cleanup 2017-11-20 15:29:28 +09:00
Ian Barwick
bdb82d3aba docs: add initial witness server documentation 2017-11-20 15:29:24 +09:00
Ian Barwick
f6a6df3600 repmgrd: renable monitoring data recording when in archive recovery.
The warning emitted gives the impression that monitoring data shouldn't
be written if there's no streaming replication, but we can and should
do this as long as we have a primary connection.

Explictly document this in the code.

Also remove an unused variable warning.
2017-11-20 15:29:21 +09:00
Ian Barwick
67e27f9ecd Remove unneeded functions 2017-11-20 15:26:32 +09:00
Ian Barwick
454c0b7bd9 docs: add note about "service_promote_command" in repmgr.conf.sample
It must never contain "repmgr standby promote", as it is intended
to enable use of package-level promote commands such as Debian's
"pg_ctlcluster promote".

Addresses GitHub #336.
2017-11-20 12:31:24 +09:00
Ian Barwick
faf297b07f remove spurios "/base" path element in Barman tablespace cloning code.
Addresses GitHub #339
2017-11-20 11:10:30 +09:00
Ian Barwick
0dae8c9f0b repmgr: don't add empty "passfile" parameter in recovery.conf 2017-11-20 10:28:16 +09:00
Ian Barwick
3f872cde0c "repmgr node ...": fixes for 9.3
Mainly to account for the lack of replication slots.
2017-11-16 11:26:39 +09:00
Ian Barwick
e331069f53 Escape double-quotes in strings passed to an event notification script
The string in question will be generated internally by repmgr as a simple
one-line string with no control characters etc., so all that needs to be
escaped at the moment are any double quotes.
2017-11-16 10:38:55 +09:00
Ian Barwick
53ebde8f33 repmgrd: don't fail over unless more than 50% of active nodes are visible. 2017-11-15 14:04:41 +09:00
Ian Barwick
5e9d50f8ca repmgrd: finalize witness failover handling 2017-11-15 14:04:37 +09:00
Ian Barwick
347e753c27 repmgrd: synchronise repmgr.nodes table on witness server 2017-11-15 14:04:34 +09:00
Ian Barwick
2f978847b1 repmgrd: handle witness server 2017-11-15 14:04:30 +09:00
Ian Barwick
3014f72fda "witness register": set upstream_node_id to that of the primary 2017-11-15 14:04:26 +09:00
Ian Barwick
e02ddd0f37 repmgrd: basic witness node monitoring 2017-11-15 14:04:23 +09:00
Ian Barwick
29fcee2209 docs: add witness command reference files to file list 2017-11-15 14:04:19 +09:00
Ian Barwick
f61f7f82eb docs: add command reference for "witness (un)register" 2017-11-15 14:04:14 +09:00
Ian Barwick
efe28cbbeb witness (un)register: add --dry-run mode 2017-11-15 14:04:09 +09:00
Ian Barwick
6131c1d8ce witness unregister: enable execution when witness server is down
Also add help output for "repmgr witness --help".
2017-11-15 14:04:06 +09:00
Ian Barwick
c907b7b33d repmgr: minor fix to "repmgr standby --help" output 2017-11-15 14:04:01 +09:00
Ian Barwick
e6644305d3 Add "witness unregister" functionality 2017-11-15 14:03:57 +09:00
Ian Barwick
31b856dd9f Add "witness register" functionality 2017-11-15 14:03:54 +09:00
Ian Barwick
dff2bcc5de witness: initial code framework 2017-11-15 14:03:50 +09:00
Ian Barwick
688e609169 docs: add some more index entries 2017-11-15 14:03:44 +09:00
Ian Barwick
3e68c9fcc6 docs: document "passfile" configuration file parameter 2017-11-15 14:03:40 +09:00
Ian Barwick
d459b92186 Add configuration file "passfile"
This will enable a custom .pgpass to be included in "primary_conninfo"
(provided it's supported by the libpq version on the standby).
2017-11-15 14:03:37 +09:00
Ian Barwick
2a898721c0 docs: update release notes
Add note about changes to password handling.1
2017-11-15 14:03:34 +09:00
Ian Barwick
35782d83c0 Update extension SQL 2017-11-15 14:03:30 +09:00
Ian Barwick
e16eb42693 repmgrd: detect role change from primary to standby
If repmgrd is monitoring a primary which is taken off-line, then later
restored as a standby, detect this change and resume monitoring
in standby node.

Addresses GitHub #338.
2017-11-15 14:03:26 +09:00
Ian Barwick
4d6dc57589 repmgrd: check shared library is loaded
If this isn't the case, "repmgrd" will appear to run but not handle
failover correctly.

Address GitHub #337.
2017-11-15 14:03:18 +09:00
Ian Barwick
cbc97d84ac repmgrd: updates related to node_id handling 2017-11-15 14:03:15 +09:00
Ian Barwick
96fe7dd2d6 repmgrd: catch corner cases where monitoring data is not available 2017-11-15 14:03:12 +09:00
Ian Barwick
13935a88c9 repmgrd: ensure shmem is reinitialised after a restart 2017-11-09 19:51:31 +09:00
Ian Barwick
5275890467 repmgrd: misc fixes 2017-11-09 19:51:26 +09:00
Ian Barwick
7f865fdaf3 repmgrd: fix priority/node_id tie-break check 2017-11-09 19:51:22 +09:00
Ian Barwick
9e2fb7ea13 repmgrd: remove unneeded functions 2017-11-09 19:51:18 +09:00
Ian Barwick
a3428e4d8a repmgrd: simplify the candidate selection logic
All disconnected nodes will be in a static, known state, so as long as
each node has the same meta-information (repmgr.nodes) and is able
to retrieve the last receive LSN of the other nodes, it is possible
for each node to independently determine the best promotion candidate,
thereby reaching consensus without an explicit "voting" process.
2017-11-09 19:51:13 +09:00
Ian Barwick
03b9475755 repmgrd: fixes to failover handling
get_new_primary() returns NULL if no notification for the new primary has
been received, but the code was expecting it to return UNKNOWN_NODE_ID,
which was causing repmgrd to prematurely drop out of the new primary
detection loop if no notification had been received by the time the loop
started.

Also store the electoral term as a single row, single column table,
to ensure that all repmgrds see the same turn. It is then bumped
by the winning node after it gets promoted.

Various logging improvements.
2017-11-09 19:51:09 +09:00
Ian Barwick
de1eb3c459 Ensure shared memory functions handle NULL parameters correctly 2017-11-09 19:51:02 +09:00
Ian Barwick
a13eccccc5 Update .gitignore
Ignore output from "make installcheck"
2017-11-09 19:50:57 +09:00
Ian Barwick
158f132bc0 README: update links to https versions 2017-11-09 19:50:53 +09:00
Ian Barwick
cdf54d217a Fix lock acquisition in shared memory functions 2017-11-09 19:50:48 +09:00
Ian Barwick
1a8a82f207 Update repmgr.conf.sample 2017-11-09 19:50:42 +09:00
Ian Barwick
60e877ca39 docs: fix example in BDR section 2017-11-02 11:24:10 +09:00
Ian Barwick
91531bffe4 docs: tweak Markdown URL formatting 2017-11-01 10:59:10 +09:00
Ian Barwick
fc5f46ca5a docs: update links to repmgr 4.0 documentation 2017-11-01 10:49:58 +09:00
Ian Barwick
b76952e136 docs: update copyright info 2017-11-01 09:36:16 +09:00
Ian Barwick
c3a1969f55 docs: convert command reference sections to <refentry> format
Note that most entries still need a bit more tidying up, consistent structuring,
provision of more examples etc.
2017-10-31 11:29:49 +09:00
Ian Barwick
11d856a1ec "standby follow": get upstream record before server restart, if required
The standby may not always be available for connections right after it's
restarted, so attempting to connect and get the node's upstream record
after the restart may fail. Record is now retrieved before the restart.

Addresses GitHub #333.
2017-10-27 16:30:25 +09:00
Ian Barwick
fbf357947d docs: add sample output to "standby follow" and "standby promote" 2017-10-27 15:05:46 +09:00
Ian Barwick
47eaa99537 docs: add note about building docs 2017-10-27 10:46:58 +09:00
Ian Barwick
aeee11d1b7 docs: finalize conversion of existing BDR repmgr documentation 2017-10-26 18:57:34 +09:00
Ian Barwick
e4713c5eca docs: update configuration documentation 2017-10-26 18:57:29 +09:00
Ian Barwick
e55e5a0581 Initial conversion of existing BDR repmgr documentation 2017-10-26 18:56:58 +09:00
Ian Barwick
fb0aae183d Docs: update "repmgr cluster show" 2017-10-26 09:42:36 +09:00
Ian Barwick
52655e9cd5 Improve trim() function
Did not cope well with trailing spaces or entirely blank strings.
2017-10-26 09:42:26 +09:00
Ian Barwick
c5d91ca88c repmgr node rejoin: add --dry-run option 2017-10-26 09:42:12 +09:00
Ian Barwick
9f5edd07ad Fix typo 2017-10-26 09:35:25 +09:00
Ian Barwick
f58b102d51 Standardize terminology on "primary" (in place of "master") 2017-10-24 13:44:03 +09:00
Ian Barwick
90733aecf7 --dry-run available for "node rejoin" 2017-10-23 10:40:43 +09:00
Ian Barwick
e0be228c89 docs: fix formatting 2017-10-23 10:00:00 +09:00
Ian Barwick
a9759cf6ca Add --help output for "repmgr node service"
Addresses GitHub #329.
2017-10-20 16:49:29 +09:00
Ian Barwick
6852ac82c6 Add --help output for "repmgr node rejoin"
Addresses GitHub #329.
2017-10-20 16:49:19 +09:00
Ian Barwick
c27bd2a135 docs: fix typo 2017-10-20 16:06:46 +09:00
Ian Barwick
5045e2eb9d node rewind: add check for pg_rewind and --dry-run mode
Addresses GitHub #330
2017-10-20 14:16:56 +09:00
Ian Barwick
23f7af17a2 Note Barman configuration file parameter changes 2017-10-20 11:31:31 +09:00
Ian Barwick
93936c090d Fix error message typo 2017-10-20 11:19:12 +09:00
Ian Barwick
564c951f0c Prevent relative configuration file path being stored in the repmgr metadata
The configuration file path is stored to make remote execution of repmgr
(e.g. during "repmgr standby switchover") simpler, so relative paths
make no sense.

Addresses GitHub #332
2017-10-20 10:59:54 +09:00
Ian Barwick
3f5e8f6aec Update README
Main body of documentation moved to DocBook format and hosted at:

    https://repmgr.org/docs/index.html

as the existing README and sundry additional files were becoming
unmanageable. Conversion to DocBook format enables all documentation
to be managed in a single structured system, with cross-references,
indexes, linkable URLS etc.
2017-10-19 16:39:33 +09:00
Ian Barwick
a6a97cda86 docs: update "repmgr cluster show" page 2017-10-19 16:39:27 +09:00
Ian Barwick
18c8e4c529 Add placeholder FAQ.md
This replaces the original FAQ maintainted for repmgr 3.x; repmgr 4
documentation is now available in DocBook format.
2017-10-19 16:22:28 +09:00
Ian Barwick
6984fe7029 docs: expand release notes and redirect "changes-in-repmgr4.md" 2017-10-19 14:11:17 +09:00
Ian Barwick
5ecc3a0a8f Add 4.0 release notes 2017-10-19 13:59:03 +09:00
Ian Barwick
febde097be doc: add missing entry for "priority" in repmgr.conf.sample
Per report from Shaun Thomas.
2017-10-19 13:16:36 +09:00
Ian Barwick
19ea248226 docs: add more index references 2017-10-19 12:22:58 +09:00
Ian Barwick
acdbd1110a docs: note way of forcing recovery then quitting in single user mode 2017-10-19 12:22:54 +09:00
Ian Barwick
946683182c Documentation: update markup 2017-10-18 11:12:37 +09:00
Ian Barwick
c9fbb7febf Update package signature documentation 2017-10-18 10:51:35 +09:00
Ian Barwick
ff966fe533 Document "upgrading-from-repmgr3.md" moved to main repmgr documentation 2017-10-18 10:51:29 +09:00
Ian Barwick
7001960cc1 Update "repmgr node rejoin" documentation 2017-10-17 17:41:36 +09:00
Ian Barwick
1cfba44799 Add FAQ to documentation 2017-10-17 16:16:40 +09:00
Ian Barwick
d1f9ca4b43 Move deprecated command line option
Not required in repmgr4, we're keeping it around for backwards compatibility;
a warning will be issued if used.
2017-10-17 16:16:06 +09:00
Ian Barwick
f6c253f8a6 Various documentation fixes 2017-10-17 11:02:33 +09:00
Ian Barwick
95ec8d8b21 Bump doc version 2017-10-17 09:46:23 +09:00
Ian Barwick
041f1b7667 Merge commit '0b2a6fe2fb958f10f211f0656fd91cae980fd08d' into REL4_0_STABLE 2017-10-16 11:22:48 +09:00
Ian Barwick
0b2a6fe2fb Merge branch 'docs' 2017-10-16 11:11:58 +09:00
Ian Barwick
e716d09053 Update repmgr3 upgrade notes 2017-10-10 15:14:47 +09:00
Ian Barwick
f885e105f2 Add note about upgrading from repmgr 3.1.1 or earlier 2017-10-10 14:50:32 +09:00
Ian Barwick
43be854ec6 Update CONTRIBUTING.md 2017-10-10 14:27:52 +09:00
Ian Barwick
f7e2c700b1 Update README 2017-10-10 11:07:34 +09:00
Ian Barwick
b1eef0a212 Update upgrade document 2017-10-10 10:52:38 +09:00
Ian Barwick
39e8a560b0 Update upgrade document 2017-10-10 10:51:46 +09:00
Ian Barwick
d4a847a96f Update upgrade document 2017-10-10 10:49:35 +09:00
Ian Barwick
034e501039 Add section about upgrading 2017-10-10 09:32:14 +09:00
Ian Barwick
08878831fe Add more repmgrd documentation 2017-10-05 15:59:39 +09:00
Ian Barwick
cf1e17d758 Document log rotation 2017-10-05 15:26:30 +09:00
Ian Barwick
87ea7850ca More updates 2017-10-05 15:21:22 +09:00
Ian Barwick
fee4569887 Further repmgrd documentation 2017-10-05 14:32:57 +09:00
Ian Barwick
a4e79d33af Initial repmgrd documentation 2017-10-05 13:40:13 +09:00
Ian Barwick
a480b8bd52 Ignore sql/repmgr_funcs.sql
This might be left behind from a repmgr3 build.
2017-10-05 13:30:05 +09:00
Ian Barwick
d156de533d Split up command reference 2017-10-05 11:48:21 +09:00
Ian Barwick
da47eb4bff Update command reference 2017-10-05 10:30:30 +09:00
Ian Barwick
5fd823fda9 Fix typos 2017-10-05 10:30:29 +09:00
Ian Barwick
c5c27d2250 Add primary register/unregister 2017-10-05 10:30:29 +09:00
Ian Barwick
ec843e1de4 Actually add switchover section 2017-10-05 10:30:29 +09:00
Ian Barwick
e18d6ea81f Add switchover section 2017-10-05 10:30:29 +09:00
Ian Barwick
cb61b447f3 Document "repmgr standby unregister" 2017-10-05 10:30:29 +09:00
Ian Barwick
9697e2ccfc Add standby promotion documentation 2017-10-05 10:30:29 +09:00
Ian Barwick
e7bb3e9d50 Add section on promoting standby 2017-10-05 10:30:29 +09:00
Ian Barwick
f1fe6a32fc Update README 2017-10-05 10:30:29 +09:00
Ian Barwick
a149a99228 Update standby cloning manual 2017-10-05 10:30:29 +09:00
Ian Barwick
5fffd177a4 Add advanced cloning options, etc. 2017-10-05 10:30:29 +09:00
Ian Barwick
8013634b79 Expand documentation 2017-10-05 10:30:29 +09:00
Ian Barwick
8d609249fd Start quickstart guide 2017-10-05 10:30:29 +09:00
Ian Barwick
2f4e7c1d8b Update parameter description. 2017-10-05 10:30:29 +09:00
Ian Barwick
244d36a7d6 Misc updates 2017-10-05 10:30:29 +09:00
Ian Barwick
9a94878c73 Update configuration file settings 2017-10-05 10:30:29 +09:00
Ian Barwick
4ab081ba41 Convert various URLs to https 2017-10-05 10:30:29 +09:00
Ian Barwick
aaf5af7591 Initial configuration stuff 2017-10-05 10:30:29 +09:00
Ian Barwick
2a48edb625 Add installation instructions 2017-10-05 10:30:29 +09:00
Ian Barwick
b049d7f0ec Add "Overview" section 2017-10-05 10:30:29 +09:00
Ian Barwick
bb35ee1750 Reduce version header files to #defines only
It's needed to generate the documentation.
2017-10-05 10:30:28 +09:00
Ian Barwick
caa8d034de More document boilerplate 2017-10-05 10:30:28 +09:00
Ian Barwick
0c64b90427 More doc boilerplate 2017-10-05 10:29:25 +09:00
Ian Barwick
d8c2f66c5b Initial SGML documentation support 2017-10-05 10:29:24 +09:00
Ian Barwick
e00b4461b3 Update HISTORY 2017-10-04 13:33:52 +09:00
117 changed files with 16357 additions and 5228 deletions

4
.gitignore vendored
View File

@@ -39,6 +39,10 @@ lib*.pc
# test output
/results/
/regression.diffs
/regression.out
/doc/Makefile
# other
/.lineno

View File

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ License and Contributions
=========================
`repmgr` is licensed under the GPL v3. All of its code and documentation is
Copyright 2010-2017, 2ndQuadrant Limited. See the files COPYRIGHT and LICENSE for
Copyright 2010-2018, 2ndQuadrant Limited. See the files COPYRIGHT and LICENSE for
details.
The development of repmgr has primarily been sponsored by 2ndQuadrant customers.
@@ -28,4 +28,3 @@ project. For more details see:
Contributors should reformat their code similarly before submitting code to
the project, in order to minimize merge conflicts with other work.
>>>>>>> Add further documentation files

View File

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
Copyright (c) 2010-2017, 2ndQuadrant Limited
Copyright (c) 2010-2018, 2ndQuadrant Limited
All rights reserved.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -12,5 +12,5 @@ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see http://www.gnu.org/licenses/
along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses/
to obtain one.

8
FAQ.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
FAQ - Frequently Asked Questions about repmgr
=============================================
The repmgr 4 FAQ is located here: [repmgr FAQ (Frequently Asked Questions)](https://repmgr.org/docs/4.0/appendix-faq.html "repmgr FAQ")
The repmgr 3.x FAQ can be found here:
https://github.com/2ndQuadrant/repmgr/blob/REL3_3_STABLE/FAQ.md

99
HISTORY
View File

@@ -1,6 +1,97 @@
4.0 2017-10-04
Complete rewrite with many changes; see file "doc/upgrading-from-repmgr3.md"
for details.
4.0.5 2018-05-02
repmgr: poll demoted primary after restart as a standby during a
switchover operation; GitHub #408 (Ian)
repmgr: add configuration parameter "config_directory"; GitHub #424 (Ian)
repmgr: add "dbname=replication" to all replication connection strings;
GitHub #421 (Ian)
repmgr: add sanity check if --upstream-node-id not supplied when executing
"standby register"; GitHub #395 (Ian)
repmgr: enable provision of "archive_cleanup_command" in recovery.conf;
GitHub #416 (Ian)
repmgr: actively check for node to rejoin cluster; GitHub #415 (Ian)
repmgr: enable pg_rewind to be used with PostgreSQL 9.3/9.4; GitHub #413 (Ian)
repmgr: fix minimum accepted value for "degraded_monitoring_timeout";
GitHub #411 (Ian)
repmgr: fix superuser password handling; GitHub #400 (Ian)
repmgr: fix parsing of "archive_ready_critical" configuration file
parameter; GitHub #426 (Ian)
repmgr: fix display of conninfo parsing error messages (Ian)
repmgr: fix "repmgr cluster crosscheck" output; GitHub #389 (Ian)
repmgrd: prevent standby connection handle from going stale (Ian)
repmgrd: fix memory leaks in witness code; GitHub #402 (AndrzejNowicki, Martín)
repmgrd: handle "pg_ctl promote" timeout; GitHub #425 (Ian)
repmgrd: handle failover situation with only two nodes in the primary
location, and at least one node in another location; GitHub #407 (Ian)
repmgrd: set "connect_timeout=2" when pinging a server (Ian)
4.0.4 2018-03-09
repmgr: add "standby clone --recovery-conf-only" option; GitHub #382 (Ian)
repmgr: make "standby promote" timeout values configurable; GitHub #387 (Ian)
repmgr: improve replication slot warnings generated by "node status";
GitHub #385 (Ian)
repmgr: remove restriction on replication slots when cloning from
a Barman server; GitHub #379 (Ian)
repmgr: ensure "node rejoin" honours "--dry-run" option; GitHub #383 (Ian)
repmgr: fix --superuser handling when cloning a standby; GitHub #380 (Ian)
repmgr: update various help options; GitHub #391, #392 (hasegeli)
repmgrd: add event "repmgrd_shutdown"; GitHub #393 (Ian)
repmgrd: improve detection of status change from primary to standby (Ian)
repmgrd: improve log output in various situations (Ian)
repmgrd: improve reconnection to the local node after a failover (Ian)
repmgrd: ensure witness server connects to new primary after a failover (Ian)
4.0.3 2018-02-15
repmgr: improve switchover handling when "pg_ctl" used to control the
server and logging output is not explicitly redirected (Ian)
repmgr: improve switchover log messages and exit code when old primary could
not be shut down cleanly (Ian)
repmgr: check demotion candidate can make a replication connection to the
promotion candidate before executing a switchover; GitHub #370 (Ian)
repmgr: add check for sufficient walsenders/replication slots before executing
a switchover; GitHub #371 (Ian)
repmgr: add --dry-run mode to "repmgr standby follow"; GitHub #368 (Ian)
repmgr: provide information about the primary node for "standby_register" and
"standby_follow" event notifications; GitHub #375 (Ian)
repmgr: add "standby_register_sync" event notification; GitHub #374 (Ian)
repmgr: output any connection error messages in "cluster show"'s list of
warnings; GitHub #369 (Ian)
repmgr: ensure an inactive data directory can be deleted; GitHub #366 (Ian)
repmgr: fix upstream node display in "repmgr node status"; GitHub #363 (fanf2)
repmgr: improve/clarify documentation and update --help output for
"primary unregister"; GitHub #373 (Ian)
repmgr: allow replication slots when Barman is configured; GitHub #379 (Ian)
repmgr: fix parsing of "pg_basebackup_options"; GitHub #376 (Ian)
repmgr: ensure "pg_subtrans" directory is created when cloning a standby in
Barman mode (Ian)
repmgr: fix primary node check in "witness register"; GitHub #377 (Ian)
4.0.2 2018-01-18
repmgr: add missing -W option to getopt_long() invocation; GitHub #350 (Ian)
repmgr: automatically create slot name if missing; GitHub #343 (Ian)
repmgr: fixes to parsing output of remote repmgr invocations; GitHub #349 (Ian)
repmgr: BDR support - create missing connection replication set
if required; GitHub #347 (Ian)
repmgr: handle missing node record in "repmgr node rejoin"; GitHub #358 (Ian)
repmgr: enable documentation to be build as single HTML file; GitHub #353 (fanf2)
repmgr: recognize "--terse" option for "repmgr cluster event"; GitHub #360 (Ian)
repmgr: add "--wait-start" option for "repmgr standby register"; GitHub #356 (Ian)
repmgr: add "%p" event notification parameter for "repmgr standby switchover"
containing the node ID of the demoted primary (Ian)
docs: various fixes and updates (Ian, Daymel, Martín, ams)
4.0.1 2017-12-13
repmgr: ensure "repmgr node check --action=" returns appropriate return
code; GitHub #340 (Ian)
repmgr: add missing schema qualification in get_all_node_records_with_upstream()
query GitHub #341 (Martín)
repmgr: initialise "voting_term" table in application, not extension SQL;
GitHub #344 (Ian)
repmgr: delete any replication slots copied by pg_rewind; GitHub #334 (Ian)
repmgr: fix configuration file sanity check; GitHub #342 (Ian)
4.0.0 2017-11-21
Complete rewrite with many changes; for details see the repmgr 4.0.0 release
notes at: https://repmgr.org/docs/4.0/release-4.0.0.html
3.3.2 2017-06-01
Add support for PostgreSQL 10 (Ian)
@@ -223,7 +314,7 @@
Add a ssh_options parameter (Jay Taylor)
2.0beta1 2012-07-27
Make CLONE command try to make an exact copy including $PGDATA location (Cedric)
Make CLONE command try to make an exact copy including $PGDATA location (Cedric)
Add detection of master failure (Jaime)
Add the notion of a witness server (Jaime)
Add autofailover capabilities (Jaime)

View File

@@ -37,9 +37,10 @@ include Makefile.global
$(info Building against PostgreSQL $(MAJORVERSION))
REPMGR_CLIENT_OBJS = repmgr-client.o \
repmgr-action-primary.o repmgr-action-standby.o repmgr-action-bdr.o repmgr-action-cluster.o repmgr-action-node.o \
repmgr-action-primary.o repmgr-action-standby.o repmgr-action-witness.o \
repmgr-action-bdr.o repmgr-action-cluster.o repmgr-action-node.o \
configfile.o log.o strutil.o controldata.o dirutil.o compat.o dbutils.o
REPMGRD_OBJS = repmgrd.o repmgrd-physical.o repmgrd-bdr.o configfile.o log.o dbutils.o strutil.o controldata.o
REPMGRD_OBJS = repmgrd.o repmgrd-physical.o repmgrd-bdr.o configfile.o log.o dbutils.o strutil.o controldata.o compat.o
DATE=$(shell date "+%Y-%m-%d")
repmgr_version.h: repmgr_version.h.in
@@ -63,6 +64,12 @@ Makefile: Makefile.in config.status configure
Makefile.global: Makefile.global.in config.status configure
./config.status $@
doc:
$(MAKE) -C doc all
install-doc:
$(MAKE) -C doc install
clean: additional-clean
maintainer-clean: additional-maintainer-clean
@@ -71,6 +78,7 @@ additional-clean:
rm -f repmgr-client.o
rm -f repmgr-action-primary.o
rm -f repmgr-action-standby.o
rm -f repmgr-action-witness.o
rm -f repmgr-action-bdr.o
rm -f repmgr-action-node.o
rm -f repmgr-action-cluster.o

2069
README.md

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

20
TODO.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
TODO
====
This file contains a list of improvements which are desireable and/or have
been requested, and which we aim to address/implement when time and resources
permit.
It is *not* a roadmap and there's no guarantee of any item being implemented
within any given timeframe.
Enable suspension of repmgrd failover
-------------------------------------
When performing maintenance, e.g. a switchover, it's necessary to stop all
repmgrd nodes to prevent unintended failover; this is obviously inconvenient.
We'll need to implement some way of notifying each repmgrd to suspend automatic
failover until further notice.
Requested in GitHub #410 ( https://github.com/2ndQuadrant/repmgr/issues/410 )

View File

@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
* supported PostgreSQL versions. They're unlikely to change but
* it would be worth keeping an eye on them for any fixes/improvements.
*
* Copyright (c) 2ndQuadrant, 2010-2017
* Copyright (c) 2ndQuadrant, 2010-2018
*
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2013, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California

View File

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
/*
* compat.h
* Copyright (c) 2ndQuadrant, 2010-2017
* Copyright (c) 2ndQuadrant, 2010-2018
*
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2013, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California

View File

@@ -1,4 +1,2 @@
/* config.h.in. Generated from configure.in by autoheader. */
/* Only build repmgr for BDR */
#undef BDR_ONLY

View File

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
/*
* config.c - parse repmgr.conf and other configuration-related functionality
*
* Copyright (c) 2ndQuadrant, 2010-2017
* Copyright (c) 2ndQuadrant, 2010-2018
*
* This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -73,6 +73,59 @@ load_config(const char *config_file, bool verbose, bool terse, t_configuration_o
strncpy(config_file_path, config_file, MAXPGPATH);
canonicalize_path(config_file_path);
/* relative path supplied - convert to absolute path */
if (config_file_path[0] != '/')
{
PQExpBufferData fullpath;
char *pwd = NULL;
initPQExpBuffer(&fullpath);
/*
* we'll attempt to use $PWD to derive the effective path; getcwd()
* will likely resolve symlinks, which may result in a path which
* isn't permanent (e.g. if filesystem mountpoints change).
*/
pwd = getenv("PWD");
if (pwd != NULL)
{
appendPQExpBuffer(&fullpath,
"%s", pwd);
}
else
{
/* $PWD not available - fall back to getcwd() */
char cwd[MAXPGPATH] = "";
if (getcwd(cwd, MAXPGPATH) == NULL)
{
log_error(_("unable to execute getcwd()"));
log_detail("%s", strerror(errno));
termPQExpBuffer(&fullpath);
exit(ERR_BAD_CONFIG);
}
appendPQExpBuffer(&fullpath,
"%s",
cwd);
}
appendPQExpBuffer(&fullpath,
"/%s", config_file_path);
log_debug("relative configuration file converted to:\n \"%s\"",
fullpath.data);
strncpy(config_file_path, fullpath.data, MAXPGPATH);
termPQExpBuffer(&fullpath);
canonicalize_path(config_file_path);
}
if (stat(config_file_path, &stat_config) != 0)
{
log_error(_("provided configuration file \"%s\" not found: %s"),
@@ -81,6 +134,7 @@ load_config(const char *config_file, bool verbose, bool terse, t_configuration_o
exit(ERR_BAD_CONFIG);
}
if (verbose == true)
{
log_notice(_("using provided configuration file \"%s\""), config_file);
@@ -234,6 +288,7 @@ _parse_config(t_configuration_options *options, ItemList *error_list, ItemList *
memset(options->node_name, 0, sizeof(options->node_name));
memset(options->conninfo, 0, sizeof(options->conninfo));
memset(options->data_directory, 0, sizeof(options->data_directory));
memset(options->config_directory, 0, sizeof(options->data_directory));
memset(options->pg_bindir, 0, sizeof(options->pg_bindir));
options->replication_type = REPLICATION_TYPE_PHYSICAL;
@@ -249,7 +304,7 @@ _parse_config(t_configuration_options *options, ItemList *error_list, ItemList *
options->log_status_interval = DEFAULT_LOG_STATUS_INTERVAL;
/*-----------------------
* standby action settings
* standby clone settings
*------------------------
*/
options->use_replication_slots = false;
@@ -260,7 +315,16 @@ _parse_config(t_configuration_options *options, ItemList *error_list, ItemList *
options->tablespace_mapping.tail = NULL;
memset(options->recovery_min_apply_delay, 0, sizeof(options->recovery_min_apply_delay));
options->recovery_min_apply_delay_provided = false;
memset(options->archive_cleanup_command, 0, sizeof(options->archive_cleanup_command));
options->use_primary_conninfo_password = false;
memset(options->passfile, 0, sizeof(options->passfile));
/*-----------------------
* standby promote settings
*------------------------
*/
options->promote_check_timeout = DEFAULT_PROMOTE_CHECK_TIMEOUT;
options->promote_check_interval = DEFAULT_PROMOTE_CHECK_INTERVAL;
/*-----------------
* repmgrd settings
@@ -282,6 +346,13 @@ _parse_config(t_configuration_options *options, ItemList *error_list, ItemList *
options->async_query_timeout = DEFAULT_ASYNC_QUERY_TIMEOUT;
options->primary_notification_timeout = DEFAULT_PRIMARY_NOTIFICATION_TIMEOUT;
options->primary_follow_timeout = DEFAULT_PRIMARY_FOLLOW_TIMEOUT;
options->standby_reconnect_timeout = DEFAULT_STANDBY_RECONNECT_TIMEOUT;
/*-------------
* witness settings
*-------------
*/
options->witness_sync_interval = DEFAULT_WITNESS_SYNC_INTERVAL;
/*-------------
* BDR settings
@@ -394,6 +465,9 @@ _parse_config(t_configuration_options *options, ItemList *error_list, ItemList *
strncpy(options->conninfo, value, MAXLEN);
else if (strcmp(name, "data_directory") == 0)
strncpy(options->data_directory, value, MAXPGPATH);
else if (strcmp(name, "config_directory") == 0)
strncpy(options->config_directory, value, MAXPGPATH);
else if (strcmp(name, "replication_user") == 0)
{
if (strlen(value) < NAMEDATALEN)
@@ -439,13 +513,24 @@ _parse_config(t_configuration_options *options, ItemList *error_list, ItemList *
parse_time_unit_parameter(name, value, options->recovery_min_apply_delay, error_list);
options->recovery_min_apply_delay_provided = true;
}
else if (strcmp(name, "archive_cleanup_command") == 0)
strncpy(options->archive_cleanup_command, value, MAXLEN);
else if (strcmp(name, "use_primary_conninfo_password") == 0)
options->use_primary_conninfo_password = parse_bool(value, name, error_list);
else if (strcmp(name, "passfile") == 0)
strncpy(options->passfile, value, sizeof(options->passfile));
/* standby promote settings */
else if (strcmp(name, "promote_check_timeout") == 0)
options->promote_check_timeout = repmgr_atoi(value, name, error_list, 1);
else if (strcmp(name, "promote_check_interval") == 0)
options->promote_check_interval = repmgr_atoi(value, name, error_list, 1);
/* node check settings */
else if (strcmp(name, "archive_ready_warning") == 0)
options->archive_ready_warning = repmgr_atoi(value, name, error_list, 1);
else if (strcmp(name, "archive_ready_critcial") == 0)
else if (strcmp(name, "archive_ready_critical") == 0)
options->archive_ready_critical = repmgr_atoi(value, name, error_list, 1);
else if (strcmp(name, "replication_lag_warning") == 0)
options->replication_lag_warning = repmgr_atoi(value, name, error_list, 1);
@@ -486,13 +571,19 @@ _parse_config(t_configuration_options *options, ItemList *error_list, ItemList *
else if (strcmp(name, "monitoring_history") == 0)
options->monitoring_history = parse_bool(value, name, error_list);
else if (strcmp(name, "degraded_monitoring_timeout") == 0)
options->degraded_monitoring_timeout = repmgr_atoi(value, name, error_list, 1);
options->degraded_monitoring_timeout = repmgr_atoi(value, name, error_list, -1);
else if (strcmp(name, "async_query_timeout") == 0)
options->async_query_timeout = repmgr_atoi(value, name, error_list, 0);
else if (strcmp(name, "primary_notification_timeout") == 0)
options->primary_notification_timeout = repmgr_atoi(value, name, error_list, 0);
else if (strcmp(name, "primary_follow_timeout") == 0)
options->primary_follow_timeout = repmgr_atoi(value, name, error_list, 0);
else if (strcmp(name, "standby_reconnect_timeout") == 0)
options->standby_reconnect_timeout = repmgr_atoi(value, name, error_list, 0);
/* witness settings */
else if (strcmp(name, "witness_sync_interval") == 0)
options->witness_sync_interval = repmgr_atoi(value, name, error_list, 1);
/* BDR settings */
else if (strcmp(name, "bdr_local_monitoring_only") == 0)
@@ -604,7 +695,7 @@ _parse_config(t_configuration_options *options, ItemList *error_list, ItemList *
* Raise an error if a known parameter is provided with an empty
* value. Currently there's no reason why empty parameters are needed;
* if we want to accept those, we'd need to add stricter default
* checking, as currently e.g. an empty `node` value will be converted
* checking, as currently e.g. an empty `node_id` value will be converted
* to '0'.
*/
if (known_parameter == true && !strlen(value))
@@ -677,7 +768,7 @@ _parse_config(t_configuration_options *options, ItemList *error_list, ItemList *
item_list_append(error_list,
_("use \"barman_host\" for the hostname of the Barman server"));
item_list_append(error_list,
_("use \"barman_server\" for the name of the [server] section in the Barman configururation file"));
_("use \"barman_server\" for the name of the [server] section in the Barman configuration file"));
}
@@ -961,7 +1052,7 @@ reload_config(t_configuration_options *orig_options)
return false;
}
if (strcmp(new_options.node_name, orig_options->node_name) != 0)
if (strncmp(new_options.node_name, orig_options->node_name, MAXLEN) != 0)
{
log_warning(_("\"node_name\" cannot be changed, keeping current configuration"));
return false;
@@ -1005,7 +1096,7 @@ reload_config(t_configuration_options *orig_options)
}
/* conninfo */
if (strcmp(orig_options->conninfo, new_options.conninfo) != 0)
if (strncmp(orig_options->conninfo, new_options.conninfo, MAXLEN) != 0)
{
/* Test conninfo string works */
conn = establish_db_connection(new_options.conninfo, false);
@@ -1032,7 +1123,7 @@ reload_config(t_configuration_options *orig_options)
}
/* event_notification_command */
if (strcmp(orig_options->event_notification_command, new_options.event_notification_command) != 0)
if (strncmp(orig_options->event_notification_command, new_options.event_notification_command, MAXLEN) != 0)
{
strncpy(orig_options->event_notification_command, new_options.event_notification_command, MAXLEN);
log_info(_("\"event_notification_command\" is now \"%s\""), new_options.event_notification_command);
@@ -1041,7 +1132,7 @@ reload_config(t_configuration_options *orig_options)
}
/* event_notifications */
if (strcmp(orig_options->event_notifications_orig, new_options.event_notifications_orig) != 0)
if (strncmp(orig_options->event_notifications_orig, new_options.event_notifications_orig, MAXLEN) != 0)
{
strncpy(orig_options->event_notifications_orig, new_options.event_notifications_orig, MAXLEN);
log_info(_("\"event_notifications\" is now \"%s\""), new_options.event_notifications_orig);
@@ -1061,7 +1152,7 @@ reload_config(t_configuration_options *orig_options)
}
/* follow_command */
if (strcmp(orig_options->follow_command, new_options.follow_command) != 0)
if (strncmp(orig_options->follow_command, new_options.follow_command, MAXLEN) != 0)
{
strncpy(orig_options->follow_command, new_options.follow_command, MAXLEN);
log_info(_("\"follow_command\" is now \"%s\""), new_options.follow_command);
@@ -1098,7 +1189,7 @@ reload_config(t_configuration_options *orig_options)
/* promote_command */
if (strcmp(orig_options->promote_command, new_options.promote_command) != 0)
if (strncmp(orig_options->promote_command, new_options.promote_command, MAXLEN) != 0)
{
strncpy(orig_options->promote_command, new_options.promote_command, MAXLEN);
log_info(_("\"promote_command\" is now \"%s\""), new_options.promote_command);
@@ -1138,18 +1229,18 @@ reload_config(t_configuration_options *orig_options)
*/
/* log_facility */
if (strcmp(orig_options->log_facility, new_options.log_facility) != 0)
if (strncmp(orig_options->log_facility, new_options.log_facility, MAXLEN) != 0)
{
strcpy(orig_options->log_facility, new_options.log_facility);
strncpy(orig_options->log_facility, new_options.log_facility, MAXLEN);
log_info(_("\"log_facility\" is now \"%s\""), new_options.log_facility);
log_config_changed = true;
}
/* log_file */
if (strcmp(orig_options->log_file, new_options.log_file) != 0)
if (strncmp(orig_options->log_file, new_options.log_file, MAXLEN) != 0)
{
strcpy(orig_options->log_file, new_options.log_file);
strncpy(orig_options->log_file, new_options.log_file, MAXLEN);
log_info(_("\"log_file\" is now \"%s\""), new_options.log_file);
log_config_changed = true;
@@ -1157,9 +1248,9 @@ reload_config(t_configuration_options *orig_options)
/* log_level */
if (strcmp(orig_options->log_level, new_options.log_level) != 0)
if (strncmp(orig_options->log_level, new_options.log_level, MAXLEN) != 0)
{
strcpy(orig_options->log_level, new_options.log_level);
strncpy(orig_options->log_level, new_options.log_level, MAXLEN);
log_info(_("\"log_level\" is now \"%s\""), new_options.log_level);
log_config_changed = true;
@@ -1533,31 +1624,109 @@ clear_event_notification_list(t_configuration_options *options)
}
bool
parse_pg_basebackup_options(const char *pg_basebackup_options, t_basebackup_options *backup_options, int server_version_num, ItemList *error_list)
int
parse_output_to_argv(const char *string, char ***argv_array)
{
int options_len = 0;
char *options_string = NULL;
char *options_string_ptr = NULL;
int c = 1,
argc_item = 1;
char *argv_item = NULL;
char **local_argv_array = NULL;
ItemListCell *cell;
/*
* Add parsed options to this list, then copy to an array to pass to
* getopt
*/
static ItemList option_argv = {NULL, NULL};
ItemList option_argv = {NULL, NULL};
char *argv_item = NULL;
int c,
argc_item = 1;
options_len = strlen(string) + 1;
options_string = pg_malloc0(options_len);
options_string_ptr = options_string;
/* Copy the string before operating on it with strtok() */
strncpy(options_string, string, options_len);
/* Extract arguments into a list and keep a count of the total */
while ((argv_item = strtok(options_string_ptr, " ")) != NULL)
{
item_list_append(&option_argv, trim(argv_item));
argc_item++;
if (options_string_ptr != NULL)
options_string_ptr = NULL;
}
pfree(options_string);
/*
* Array of argument values to pass to getopt_long - this will need to
* include an empty string as the first value (normally this would be the
* program name)
*/
local_argv_array = pg_malloc0(sizeof(char *) * (argc_item + 2));
/* Insert a blank dummy program name at the start of the array */
local_argv_array[0] = pg_malloc0(1);
/*
* Copy the previously extracted arguments from our list to the array
*/
for (cell = option_argv.head; cell; cell = cell->next)
{
int argv_len = strlen(cell->string) + 1;
local_argv_array[c] = (char *)pg_malloc0(argv_len);
strncpy(local_argv_array[c], cell->string, argv_len);
c++;
}
local_argv_array[c] = NULL;
item_list_free(&option_argv);
*argv_array = local_argv_array;
return argc_item;
}
void
free_parsed_argv(char ***argv_array)
{
char **local_argv_array = *argv_array;
int i = 0;
while (local_argv_array[i] != NULL)
{
pfree((char *)local_argv_array[i]);
i++;
}
pfree((char **)local_argv_array);
*argv_array = NULL;
}
bool
parse_pg_basebackup_options(const char *pg_basebackup_options, t_basebackup_options *backup_options, int server_version_num, ItemList *error_list)
{
bool backup_options_ok = true;
int c = 0,
argc_item = 0;
char **argv_array = NULL;
ItemListCell *cell = NULL;
int optindex = 0;
struct option *long_options = NULL;
bool backup_options_ok = true;
/* We're only interested in these options */
static struct option long_options_9[] =
@@ -1583,56 +1752,12 @@ parse_pg_basebackup_options(const char *pg_basebackup_options, t_basebackup_opti
if (!strlen(pg_basebackup_options))
return backup_options_ok;
options_len = strlen(pg_basebackup_options) + 1;
options_string = pg_malloc(options_len);
options_string_ptr = options_string;
if (server_version_num >= 100000)
long_options = long_options_10;
else
long_options = long_options_9;
/* Copy the string before operating on it with strtok() */
strncpy(options_string, pg_basebackup_options, options_len);
/* Extract arguments into a list and keep a count of the total */
while ((argv_item = strtok(options_string_ptr, " ")) != NULL)
{
item_list_append(&option_argv, argv_item);
argc_item++;
if (options_string_ptr != NULL)
options_string_ptr = NULL;
}
/*
* Array of argument values to pass to getopt_long - this will need to
* include an empty string as the first value (normally this would be the
* program name)
*/
argv_array = pg_malloc0(sizeof(char *) * (argc_item + 2));
/* Insert a blank dummy program name at the start of the array */
argv_array[0] = pg_malloc0(1);
c = 1;
/*
* Copy the previously extracted arguments from our list to the array
*/
for (cell = option_argv.head; cell; cell = cell->next)
{
int argv_len = strlen(cell->string) + 1;
argv_array[c] = pg_malloc0(argv_len);
strncpy(argv_array[c], cell->string, argv_len);
c++;
}
argv_array[c] = NULL;
argc_item = parse_output_to_argv(pg_basebackup_options, &argv_array);
/* Reset getopt's optind variable */
optind = 0;
@@ -1676,15 +1801,7 @@ parse_pg_basebackup_options(const char *pg_basebackup_options, t_basebackup_opti
backup_options_ok = false;
}
pfree(options_string);
{
int i;
for (i = 0; i < argc_item + 2; i++)
pfree(argv_array[i]);
}
pfree(argv_array);
free_parsed_argv(&argv_array);
return backup_options_ok;
}

View File

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
/*
* configfile.h
*
* Copyright (c) 2ndQuadrant, 2010-2017
* Copyright (c) 2ndQuadrant, 2010-2018
*
*
* This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -73,6 +73,7 @@ typedef struct
char conninfo[MAXLEN];
char replication_user[NAMEDATALEN];
char data_directory[MAXPGPATH];
char config_directory[MAXPGPATH];
char pg_bindir[MAXPGPATH];
int replication_type;
@@ -82,14 +83,20 @@ typedef struct
char log_file[MAXLEN];
int log_status_interval;
/* standby action settings */
/* standby clone settings */
bool use_replication_slots;
char pg_basebackup_options[MAXLEN];
char restore_command[MAXLEN];
TablespaceList tablespace_mapping;
char recovery_min_apply_delay[MAXLEN];
bool recovery_min_apply_delay_provided;
char archive_cleanup_command[MAXLEN];
bool use_primary_conninfo_password;
char passfile[MAXPGPATH];
/* standby promote settings */
int promote_check_timeout;
int promote_check_interval;
/* node check settings */
int archive_ready_warning;
@@ -97,6 +104,9 @@ typedef struct
int replication_lag_warning;
int replication_lag_critical;
/* witness settings */
int witness_sync_interval;
/* repmgrd settings */
failover_mode_opt failover;
char location[MAXLEN];
@@ -111,6 +121,7 @@ typedef struct
int async_query_timeout;
int primary_notification_timeout;
int primary_follow_timeout;
int standby_reconnect_timeout;
/* BDR settings */
bool bdr_local_monitoring_only;
@@ -149,14 +160,18 @@ typedef struct
#define T_CONFIGURATION_OPTIONS_INITIALIZER { \
/* node information */ \
UNKNOWN_NODE_ID, "", "", "", "", "", REPLICATION_TYPE_PHYSICAL, \
UNKNOWN_NODE_ID, "", "", "", "", "", "", REPLICATION_TYPE_PHYSICAL, \
/* log settings */ \
"", "", "", DEFAULT_LOG_STATUS_INTERVAL, \
/* standby action settings */ \
false, "", "", { NULL, NULL }, "", false, false, \
/* standby clone settings */ \
false, "", "", { NULL, NULL }, "", false, "", false, "", \
/* standby promote settings */ \
DEFAULT_PROMOTE_CHECK_TIMEOUT, DEFAULT_PROMOTE_CHECK_INTERVAL, \
/* node check settings */ \
DEFAULT_ARCHIVE_READY_WARNING, DEFAULT_ARCHIVE_READY_CRITICAL, \
DEFAULT_REPLICATION_LAG_WARNING, DEFAULT_REPLICATION_LAG_CRITICAL, \
/* witness settings */ \
DEFAULT_WITNESS_SYNC_INTERVAL, \
/* repmgrd settings */ \
FAILOVER_MANUAL, DEFAULT_LOCATION, DEFAULT_PRIORITY, "", "", \
DEFAULT_MONITORING_INTERVAL, \
@@ -166,6 +181,7 @@ typedef struct
DEFAULT_ASYNC_QUERY_TIMEOUT, \
DEFAULT_PRIMARY_NOTIFICATION_TIMEOUT, \
DEFAULT_PRIMARY_FOLLOW_TIMEOUT, \
DEFAULT_STANDBY_RECONNECT_TIMEOUT, \
/* BDR settings */ \
false, DEFAULT_BDR_RECOVERY_TIMEOUT, \
/* service settings */ \
@@ -242,7 +258,6 @@ typedef struct
}
void set_progname(const char *argv0);
const char *progname(void);
@@ -257,12 +272,15 @@ int repmgr_atoi(const char *s,
ItemList *error_list,
int minval);
bool parse_pg_basebackup_options(const char *pg_basebackup_options,
t_basebackup_options *backup_options,
int server_version_num,
ItemList *error_list);
int parse_output_to_argv(const char *string, char ***argv_array);
void free_parsed_argv(char ***argv_array);
/* called by repmgr-client and repmgrd */
void exit_with_cli_errors(ItemList *error_list);
void print_item_list(ItemList *item_list);

45
configure vendored
View File

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
#! /bin/sh
# Guess values for system-dependent variables and create Makefiles.
# Generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69 for repmgr 4.0beta1.
# Generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69 for repmgr 4.0.5.
#
# Report bugs to <pgsql-bugs@postgresql.org>.
#
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
# This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
#
# Copyright (c) 2010-2017, 2ndQuadrant Ltd.
# Copyright (c) 2010-2018, 2ndQuadrant Ltd.
## -------------------- ##
## M4sh Initialization. ##
## -------------------- ##
@@ -582,8 +582,8 @@ MAKEFLAGS=
# Identity of this package.
PACKAGE_NAME='repmgr'
PACKAGE_TARNAME='repmgr'
PACKAGE_VERSION='4.0beta1'
PACKAGE_STRING='repmgr 4.0beta1'
PACKAGE_VERSION='4.0.5'
PACKAGE_STRING='repmgr 4.0.5'
PACKAGE_BUGREPORT='pgsql-bugs@postgresql.org'
PACKAGE_URL='https://2ndquadrant.com/en/resources/repmgr/'
@@ -633,7 +633,6 @@ SHELL'
ac_subst_files=''
ac_user_opts='
enable_option_checking
with_bdr_only
'
ac_precious_vars='build_alias
host_alias
@@ -1179,7 +1178,7 @@ if test "$ac_init_help" = "long"; then
# Omit some internal or obsolete options to make the list less imposing.
# This message is too long to be a string in the A/UX 3.1 sh.
cat <<_ACEOF
\`configure' configures repmgr 4.0beta1 to adapt to many kinds of systems.
\`configure' configures repmgr 4.0.5 to adapt to many kinds of systems.
Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [VAR=VALUE]...
@@ -1240,15 +1239,10 @@ fi
if test -n "$ac_init_help"; then
case $ac_init_help in
short | recursive ) echo "Configuration of repmgr 4.0beta1:";;
short | recursive ) echo "Configuration of repmgr 4.0.5:";;
esac
cat <<\_ACEOF
Optional Packages:
--with-PACKAGE[=ARG] use PACKAGE [ARG=yes]
--without-PACKAGE do not use PACKAGE (same as --with-PACKAGE=no)
--with-bdr-only BDR-only build
Some influential environment variables:
PG_CONFIG Location to find pg_config for target PostgreSQL (default PATH)
@@ -1319,14 +1313,14 @@ fi
test -n "$ac_init_help" && exit $ac_status
if $ac_init_version; then
cat <<\_ACEOF
repmgr configure 4.0beta1
repmgr configure 4.0.5
generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69
Copyright (C) 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
Copyright (c) 2010-2017, 2ndQuadrant Ltd.
Copyright (c) 2010-2018, 2ndQuadrant Ltd.
_ACEOF
exit
fi
@@ -1338,7 +1332,7 @@ cat >config.log <<_ACEOF
This file contains any messages produced by compilers while
running configure, to aid debugging if configure makes a mistake.
It was created by repmgr $as_me 4.0beta1, which was
It was created by repmgr $as_me 4.0.5, which was
generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69. Invocation command line was
$ $0 $@
@@ -1694,20 +1688,6 @@ ac_config_headers="$ac_config_headers config.h"
# Check whether --with-bdr_only was given.
if test "${with_bdr_only+set}" = set; then :
withval=$with_bdr_only;
fi
if test "x$with_bdr_only" != "x"; then :
$as_echo "#define BDR_ONLY \"1\"" >>confdefs.h
fi
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for a sed that does not truncate output" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking for a sed that does not truncate output... " >&6; }
if ${ac_cv_path_SED+:} false; then :
@@ -1871,6 +1851,8 @@ ac_config_files="$ac_config_files Makefile"
ac_config_files="$ac_config_files Makefile.global"
ac_config_files="$ac_config_files doc/Makefile"
cat >confcache <<\_ACEOF
# This file is a shell script that caches the results of configure
# tests run on this system so they can be shared between configure
@@ -2377,7 +2359,7 @@ cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
# report actual input values of CONFIG_FILES etc. instead of their
# values after options handling.
ac_log="
This file was extended by repmgr $as_me 4.0beta1, which was
This file was extended by repmgr $as_me 4.0.5, which was
generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69. Invocation command line was
CONFIG_FILES = $CONFIG_FILES
@@ -2440,7 +2422,7 @@ _ACEOF
cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
ac_cs_config="`$as_echo "$ac_configure_args" | sed 's/^ //; s/[\\""\`\$]/\\\\&/g'`"
ac_cs_version="\\
repmgr config.status 4.0beta1
repmgr config.status 4.0.5
configured by $0, generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69,
with options \\"\$ac_cs_config\\"
@@ -2564,6 +2546,7 @@ do
"config.h") CONFIG_HEADERS="$CONFIG_HEADERS config.h" ;;
"Makefile") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES Makefile" ;;
"Makefile.global") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES Makefile.global" ;;
"doc/Makefile") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES doc/Makefile" ;;
*) as_fn_error $? "invalid argument: \`$ac_config_target'" "$LINENO" 5;;
esac

View File

@@ -1,17 +1,11 @@
AC_INIT([repmgr], [4.0beta1], [pgsql-bugs@postgresql.org], [repmgr], [https://2ndquadrant.com/en/resources/repmgr/])
AC_INIT([repmgr], [4.0.5], [pgsql-bugs@postgresql.org], [repmgr], [https://2ndquadrant.com/en/resources/repmgr/])
AC_COPYRIGHT([Copyright (c) 2010-2017, 2ndQuadrant Ltd.])
AC_COPYRIGHT([Copyright (c) 2010-2018, 2ndQuadrant Ltd.])
AC_CONFIG_HEADER(config.h)
AC_ARG_VAR([PG_CONFIG], [Location to find pg_config for target PostgreSQL (default PATH)])
AC_ARG_WITH([bdr_only], [AS_HELP_STRING([--with-bdr-only], [BDR-only build])])
AS_IF([test "x$with_bdr_only" != "x"],
[AC_DEFINE([BDR_ONLY], ["1"], [Only build repmgr for BDR])]
)
AC_PROG_SED
if test -z "$PG_CONFIG"; then
@@ -65,5 +59,6 @@ AC_SUBST(vpath_build)
AC_CONFIG_FILES([Makefile])
AC_CONFIG_FILES([Makefile.global])
AC_CONFIG_FILES([doc/Makefile])
AC_OUTPUT

View File

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
/*
* controldata.c
* Copyright (c) 2ndQuadrant, 2010-2017
* Copyright (c) 2ndQuadrant, 2010-2018
*
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2016, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
@@ -37,13 +37,8 @@ get_system_identifier(const char *data_directory)
uint64 system_identifier = UNKNOWN_SYSTEM_IDENTIFIER;
control_file_info = get_controlfile(data_directory);
system_identifier = control_file_info->system_identifier;
if (control_file_info->control_file_processed == true)
system_identifier = control_file_info->control_file->system_identifier;
else
system_identifier = UNKNOWN_SYSTEM_IDENTIFIER;
pfree(control_file_info->control_file);
pfree(control_file_info);
return system_identifier;
@@ -57,13 +52,8 @@ get_db_state(const char *data_directory)
control_file_info = get_controlfile(data_directory);
if (control_file_info->control_file_processed == true)
state = control_file_info->control_file->state;
else
/* if we were unable to parse the control file, assume DB is shut down */
state = DB_SHUTDOWNED;
state = control_file_info->state;
pfree(control_file_info->control_file);
pfree(control_file_info);
return state;
@@ -78,12 +68,8 @@ get_latest_checkpoint_location(const char *data_directory)
control_file_info = get_controlfile(data_directory);
if (control_file_info->control_file_processed == false)
return InvalidXLogRecPtr;
checkPoint = control_file_info->checkPoint;
checkPoint = control_file_info->control_file->checkPoint;
pfree(control_file_info->control_file);
pfree(control_file_info);
return checkPoint;
@@ -98,16 +84,8 @@ get_data_checksum_version(const char *data_directory)
control_file_info = get_controlfile(data_directory);
if (control_file_info->control_file_processed == false)
{
data_checksum_version = -1;
}
else
{
data_checksum_version = (int) control_file_info->control_file->data_checksum_version;
}
data_checksum_version = (int) control_file_info->data_checksum_version;
pfree(control_file_info->control_file);
pfree(control_file_info);
return data_checksum_version;
@@ -139,33 +117,109 @@ describe_db_state(DBState state)
/*
* we maintain our own version of get_controlfile() as we need cross-version
* We maintain our own version of get_controlfile() as we need cross-version
* compatibility, and also don't care if the file isn't readable.
*/
static ControlFileInfo *
get_controlfile(const char *DataDir)
{
ControlFileInfo *control_file_info;
int fd;
FILE *fp = NULL;
int fd, ret, version_num;
char PgVersionPath[MAXPGPATH] = "";
char ControlFilePath[MAXPGPATH] = "";
char file_version_string[64] = "";
long file_major, file_minor;
char *endptr = NULL;
void *ControlFileDataPtr = NULL;
int expected_size = 0;
control_file_info = palloc0(sizeof(ControlFileInfo));
/* set default values */
control_file_info->control_file_processed = false;
control_file_info->control_file = palloc0(sizeof(ControlFileData));
control_file_info->system_identifier = UNKNOWN_SYSTEM_IDENTIFIER;
control_file_info->state = DB_SHUTDOWNED;
control_file_info->checkPoint = InvalidXLogRecPtr;
control_file_info->data_checksum_version = -1;
/*
* Read PG_VERSION, as we'll need to determine which struct to read
* the control file contents into
*/
snprintf(PgVersionPath, MAXPGPATH, "%s/PG_VERSION", DataDir);
fp = fopen(PgVersionPath, "r");
if (fp == NULL)
{
log_warning(_("could not open file \"%s\" for reading"),
PgVersionPath);
log_detail("%s", strerror(errno));
return control_file_info;
}
file_version_string[0] = '\0';
ret = fscanf(fp, "%63s", file_version_string);
fclose(fp);
if (ret != 1 || endptr == file_version_string)
{
log_warning(_("unable to determine major version number from PG_VERSION"));
return control_file_info;
}
file_major = strtol(file_version_string, &endptr, 10);
file_minor = 0;
if (*endptr == '.')
file_minor = strtol(endptr + 1, NULL, 10);
version_num = ((int) file_major * 10000) + ((int) file_minor * 100);
if (version_num < 90300)
{
log_warning(_("Data directory appears to be initialised for %s"), file_version_string);
return control_file_info;
}
snprintf(ControlFilePath, MAXPGPATH, "%s/global/pg_control", DataDir);
if ((fd = open(ControlFilePath, O_RDONLY | PG_BINARY, 0)) == -1)
{
log_debug("could not open file \"%s\" for reading: %s",
ControlFilePath, strerror(errno));
log_warning(_("could not open file \"%s\" for reading"),
ControlFilePath);
log_detail("%s", strerror(errno));
return control_file_info;
}
if (read(fd, control_file_info->control_file, sizeof(ControlFileData)) != sizeof(ControlFileData))
if (version_num >= 90500)
{
log_debug("could not read file \"%s\": %s",
ControlFilePath, strerror(errno));
expected_size = sizeof(ControlFileData95);
ControlFileDataPtr = palloc0(expected_size);
}
else if (version_num >= 90400)
{
expected_size = sizeof(ControlFileData94);
ControlFileDataPtr = palloc0(expected_size);
}
else if (version_num >= 90300)
{
expected_size = sizeof(ControlFileData93);
ControlFileDataPtr = palloc0(expected_size);
}
if (read(fd, ControlFileDataPtr, expected_size) != expected_size)
{
log_warning(_("could not read file \"%s\""),
ControlFilePath);
log_detail("%s", strerror(errno));
return control_file_info;
}
@@ -173,6 +227,33 @@ get_controlfile(const char *DataDir)
control_file_info->control_file_processed = true;
if (version_num >= 90500)
{
ControlFileData95 *ptr = (struct ControlFileData95 *)ControlFileDataPtr;
control_file_info->system_identifier = ptr->system_identifier;
control_file_info->state = ptr->state;
control_file_info->checkPoint = ptr->checkPoint;
control_file_info->data_checksum_version = ptr->data_checksum_version;
}
else if (version_num >= 90400)
{
ControlFileData94 *ptr = (struct ControlFileData94 *)ControlFileDataPtr;
control_file_info->system_identifier = ptr->system_identifier;
control_file_info->state = ptr->state;
control_file_info->checkPoint = ptr->checkPoint;
control_file_info->data_checksum_version = ptr->data_checksum_version;
}
else if (version_num >= 90300)
{
ControlFileData93 *ptr = (struct ControlFileData93 *)ControlFileDataPtr;
control_file_info->system_identifier = ptr->system_identifier;
control_file_info->state = ptr->state;
control_file_info->checkPoint = ptr->checkPoint;
control_file_info->data_checksum_version = ptr->data_checksum_version;
}
pfree(ControlFileDataPtr);
/*
* We don't check the CRC here as we're potentially checking a pg_control
* file from a different PostgreSQL version to the one repmgr was compiled

View File

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
/*
* controldata.h
* Copyright (c) 2ndQuadrant, 2010-2017
* Copyright (c) 2ndQuadrant, 2010-2018
*
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2016, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
@@ -12,12 +12,261 @@
#include "postgres_fe.h"
#include "catalog/pg_control.h"
/*
* A simplified representation of pg_control containing only those fields
* required by repmgr.
*/
typedef struct
{
bool control_file_processed;
ControlFileData *control_file;
uint64 system_identifier;
DBState state;
XLogRecPtr checkPoint;
uint32 data_checksum_version;
} ControlFileInfo;
/* Same for 9.3, 9.4 */
typedef struct CheckPoint93
{
XLogRecPtr redo; /* next RecPtr available when we began to
* create CheckPoint (i.e. REDO start point) */
TimeLineID ThisTimeLineID; /* current TLI */
TimeLineID PrevTimeLineID; /* previous TLI, if this record begins a new
* timeline (equals ThisTimeLineID otherwise) */
bool fullPageWrites; /* current full_page_writes */
uint32 nextXidEpoch; /* higher-order bits of nextXid */
TransactionId nextXid; /* next free XID */
Oid nextOid; /* next free OID */
MultiXactId nextMulti; /* next free MultiXactId */
MultiXactOffset nextMultiOffset; /* next free MultiXact offset */
TransactionId oldestXid; /* cluster-wide minimum datfrozenxid */
Oid oldestXidDB; /* database with minimum datfrozenxid */
MultiXactId oldestMulti; /* cluster-wide minimum datminmxid */
Oid oldestMultiDB; /* database with minimum datminmxid */
pg_time_t time; /* time stamp of checkpoint */
TransactionId oldestActiveXid;
} CheckPoint93;
/* Same for 9.5, 9.6, 10, HEAD */
typedef struct CheckPoint95
{
XLogRecPtr redo; /* next RecPtr available when we began to
* create CheckPoint (i.e. REDO start point) */
TimeLineID ThisTimeLineID; /* current TLI */
TimeLineID PrevTimeLineID; /* previous TLI, if this record begins a new
* timeline (equals ThisTimeLineID otherwise) */
bool fullPageWrites; /* current full_page_writes */
uint32 nextXidEpoch; /* higher-order bits of nextXid */
TransactionId nextXid; /* next free XID */
Oid nextOid; /* next free OID */
MultiXactId nextMulti; /* next free MultiXactId */
MultiXactOffset nextMultiOffset; /* next free MultiXact offset */
TransactionId oldestXid; /* cluster-wide minimum datfrozenxid */
Oid oldestXidDB; /* database with minimum datfrozenxid */
MultiXactId oldestMulti; /* cluster-wide minimum datminmxid */
Oid oldestMultiDB; /* database with minimum datminmxid */
pg_time_t time; /* time stamp of checkpoint */
TransactionId oldestCommitTsXid; /* oldest Xid with valid commit
* timestamp */
TransactionId newestCommitTsXid; /* newest Xid with valid commit
* timestamp */
TransactionId oldestActiveXid;
} CheckPoint95;
typedef struct ControlFileData93
{
uint64 system_identifier;
uint32 pg_control_version; /* PG_CONTROL_VERSION */
uint32 catalog_version_no; /* see catversion.h */
DBState state; /* see enum above */
pg_time_t time; /* time stamp of last pg_control update */
XLogRecPtr checkPoint; /* last check point record ptr */
XLogRecPtr prevCheckPoint; /* previous check point record ptr */
CheckPoint93 checkPointCopy; /* copy of last check point record */
XLogRecPtr unloggedLSN; /* current fake LSN value, for unlogged rels */
XLogRecPtr minRecoveryPoint;
TimeLineID minRecoveryPointTLI;
XLogRecPtr backupStartPoint;
XLogRecPtr backupEndPoint;
bool backupEndRequired;
int wal_level;
int MaxConnections;
int max_prepared_xacts;
int max_locks_per_xact;
uint32 maxAlign; /* alignment requirement for tuples */
double floatFormat; /* constant 1234567.0 */
uint32 blcksz; /* data block size for this DB */
uint32 relseg_size; /* blocks per segment of large relation */
uint32 xlog_blcksz; /* block size within WAL files */
uint32 xlog_seg_size; /* size of each WAL segment */
uint32 nameDataLen; /* catalog name field width */
uint32 indexMaxKeys; /* max number of columns in an index */
uint32 toast_max_chunk_size; /* chunk size in TOAST tables */
/* flag indicating internal format of timestamp, interval, time */
bool enableIntTimes; /* int64 storage enabled? */
/* flags indicating pass-by-value status of various types */
bool float4ByVal; /* float4 pass-by-value? */
bool float8ByVal; /* float8, int8, etc pass-by-value? */
/* Are data pages protected by checksums? Zero if no checksum version */
uint32 data_checksum_version;
} ControlFileData93;
/*
* Following fields added since 9.3:
*
* int max_worker_processes;
* int max_prepared_xacts;
* int max_locks_per_xact;
*
*/
typedef struct ControlFileData94
{
uint64 system_identifier;
uint32 pg_control_version; /* PG_CONTROL_VERSION */
uint32 catalog_version_no; /* see catversion.h */
DBState state; /* see enum above */
pg_time_t time; /* time stamp of last pg_control update */
XLogRecPtr checkPoint; /* last check point record ptr */
XLogRecPtr prevCheckPoint; /* previous check point record ptr */
CheckPoint93 checkPointCopy; /* copy of last check point record */
XLogRecPtr unloggedLSN; /* current fake LSN value, for unlogged rels */
XLogRecPtr minRecoveryPoint;
TimeLineID minRecoveryPointTLI;
XLogRecPtr backupStartPoint;
XLogRecPtr backupEndPoint;
bool backupEndRequired;
int wal_level;
bool wal_log_hints;
int MaxConnections;
int max_worker_processes;
int max_prepared_xacts;
int max_locks_per_xact;
uint32 maxAlign; /* alignment requirement for tuples */
double floatFormat; /* constant 1234567.0 */
uint32 blcksz; /* data block size for this DB */
uint32 relseg_size; /* blocks per segment of large relation */
uint32 xlog_blcksz; /* block size within WAL files */
uint32 xlog_seg_size; /* size of each WAL segment */
uint32 nameDataLen; /* catalog name field width */
uint32 indexMaxKeys; /* max number of columns in an index */
uint32 toast_max_chunk_size; /* chunk size in TOAST tables */
uint32 loblksize; /* chunk size in pg_largeobject */
bool enableIntTimes; /* int64 storage enabled? */
bool float4ByVal; /* float4 pass-by-value? */
bool float8ByVal; /* float8, int8, etc pass-by-value? */
/* Are data pages protected by checksums? Zero if no checksum version */
uint32 data_checksum_version;
} ControlFileData94;
/*
* Following field added since 9.4:
*
* bool track_commit_timestamp;
*
* Unchanged in 9.6
*
* In 10, following field appended *after* "data_checksum_version":
*
* char mock_authentication_nonce[MOCK_AUTH_NONCE_LEN];
*
* (but we don't care about that)
*/
typedef struct ControlFileData95
{
uint64 system_identifier;
uint32 pg_control_version; /* PG_CONTROL_VERSION */
uint32 catalog_version_no; /* see catversion.h */
DBState state; /* see enum above */
pg_time_t time; /* time stamp of last pg_control update */
XLogRecPtr checkPoint; /* last check point record ptr */
XLogRecPtr prevCheckPoint; /* previous check point record ptr */
CheckPoint95 checkPointCopy; /* copy of last check point record */
XLogRecPtr unloggedLSN; /* current fake LSN value, for unlogged rels */
XLogRecPtr minRecoveryPoint;
TimeLineID minRecoveryPointTLI;
XLogRecPtr backupStartPoint;
XLogRecPtr backupEndPoint;
bool backupEndRequired;
int wal_level;
bool wal_log_hints;
int MaxConnections;
int max_worker_processes;
int max_prepared_xacts;
int max_locks_per_xact;
bool track_commit_timestamp;
uint32 maxAlign; /* alignment requirement for tuples */
double floatFormat; /* constant 1234567.0 */
uint32 blcksz; /* data block size for this DB */
uint32 relseg_size; /* blocks per segment of large relation */
uint32 xlog_blcksz; /* block size within WAL files */
uint32 xlog_seg_size; /* size of each WAL segment */
uint32 nameDataLen; /* catalog name field width */
uint32 indexMaxKeys; /* max number of columns in an index */
uint32 toast_max_chunk_size; /* chunk size in TOAST tables */
uint32 loblksize; /* chunk size in pg_largeobject */
bool enableIntTimes; /* int64 storage enabled? */
bool float4ByVal; /* float4 pass-by-value? */
bool float8ByVal; /* float8, int8, etc pass-by-value? */
uint32 data_checksum_version;
} ControlFileData95;
extern DBState get_db_state(const char *data_directory);
extern const char *describe_db_state(DBState state);
extern int get_data_checksum_version(const char *data_directory);

1099
dbutils.c

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
/*
* dbutils.h
*
* Copyright (c) 2ndQuadrant, 2010-2017
* Copyright (c) 2ndQuadrant, 2010-2018
*
* This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
#include "strutil.h"
#include "voting.h"
#define REPMGR_NODES_COLUMNS "node_id, type, upstream_node_id, node_name, conninfo, repluser, slot_name, location, priority, active, config_file, '' AS upstream_node_name "
#define REPMGR_NODES_COLUMNS "n.node_id, n.type, n.upstream_node_id, n.node_name, n.conninfo, n.repluser, n.slot_name, n.location, n.priority, n.active, n.config_file, '' AS upstream_node_name "
#define BDR_NODES_COLUMNS "node_sysid, node_timeline, node_dboid, node_status, node_name, node_local_dsn, node_init_from_dsn, node_read_only, node_seq_id"
#define ERRBUFF_SIZE 512
@@ -38,6 +38,7 @@ typedef enum
UNKNOWN = 0,
PRIMARY,
STANDBY,
WITNESS,
BDR
} t_server_type;
@@ -73,17 +74,18 @@ typedef enum
{
NODE_STATUS_UNKNOWN = -1,
NODE_STATUS_UP,
NODE_STATUS_SHUTTING_DOWN,
NODE_STATUS_DOWN,
NODE_STATUS_UNCLEAN_SHUTDOWN
} NodeStatus;
typedef enum
{
VR_VOTE_REFUSED = -1,
VR_POSITIVE_VOTE,
VR_NEGATIVE_VOTE
} VoteRequestResult;
CONN_UNKNOWN = -1,
CONN_OK,
CONN_BAD,
CONN_ERROR
} ConnectionStatus;
typedef enum
{
@@ -181,11 +183,13 @@ typedef struct s_event_info
{
char *node_name;
char *conninfo_str;
int node_id;
} t_event_info;
#define T_EVENT_INFO_INITIALIZER { \
NULL, \
NULL \
NULL, \
UNKNOWN_NODE_ID \
}
@@ -339,9 +343,6 @@ bool atobool(const char *value);
PGconn *establish_db_connection(const char *conninfo,
const bool exit_on_error);
PGconn *establish_db_connection_quiet(const char *conninfo);
PGconn *establish_db_connection_as_user(const char *conninfo,
const char *user,
const bool exit_on_error);
PGconn *establish_db_connection_by_params(t_conninfo_param_list *param_list,
const bool exit_on_error);
@@ -352,6 +353,7 @@ PGconn *get_primary_connection(PGconn *standby_conn, int *primary_id, char *p
PGconn *get_primary_connection_quiet(PGconn *standby_conn, int *primary_id, char *primary_conninfo_out);
bool is_superuser_connection(PGconn *conn, t_connection_user *userinfo);
void close_connection(PGconn **conn);
/* conninfo manipulation functions */
bool get_conninfo_value(const char *conninfo, const char *keyword, char *output);
@@ -363,8 +365,9 @@ void conn_to_param_list(PGconn *conn, t_conninfo_param_list *param_list);
void param_set(t_conninfo_param_list *param_list, const char *param, const char *value);
void param_set_ine(t_conninfo_param_list *param_list, const char *param, const char *value);
char *param_get(t_conninfo_param_list *param_list, const char *param);
bool parse_conninfo_string(const char *conninfo_str, t_conninfo_param_list *param_list, char *errmsg, bool ignore_local_params);
bool parse_conninfo_string(const char *conninfo_str, t_conninfo_param_list *param_list, char **errmsg, bool ignore_local_params);
char *param_list_to_string(t_conninfo_param_list *param_list);
bool has_passfile(void);
/* transaction functions */
bool begin_transaction(PGconn *conn);
@@ -375,10 +378,8 @@ bool check_cluster_schema(PGconn *conn);
/* GUC manipulation functions */
bool set_config(PGconn *conn, const char *config_param, const char *config_value);
bool set_config_bool(PGconn *conn, const char *config_param, bool state);
int guc_set(PGconn *conn, const char *parameter, const char *op,
const char *value);
int guc_set_typed(PGconn *conn, const char *parameter, const char *op,
const char *value, const char *datatype);
int guc_set(PGconn *conn, const char *parameter, const char *op, const char *value);
int guc_set_typed(PGconn *conn, const char *parameter, const char *op, const char *value, const char *datatype);
bool get_pg_setting(PGconn *conn, const char *setting, char *output);
/* server information functions */
@@ -386,10 +387,10 @@ bool get_cluster_size(PGconn *conn, char *size);
int get_server_version(PGconn *conn, char *server_version);
RecoveryType get_recovery_type(PGconn *conn);
int get_primary_node_id(PGconn *conn);
bool can_use_pg_rewind(PGconn *conn, const char *data_directory, PQExpBufferData *reason);
int get_ready_archive_files(PGconn *conn, const char *data_directory);
bool identify_system(PGconn *repl_conn, t_system_identification *identification);
bool repmgrd_set_local_node_id(PGconn *conn, int local_node_id);
int repmgrd_get_local_node_id(PGconn *conn);
/* extension functions */
ExtensionStatus get_repmgr_extension_status(PGconn *conn);
@@ -404,6 +405,8 @@ t_server_type parse_node_type(const char *type);
const char *get_node_type_string(t_server_type type);
RecordStatus get_node_record(PGconn *conn, int node_id, t_node_info *node_info);
RecordStatus get_node_record_with_upstream(PGconn *conn, int node_id, t_node_info *node_info);
RecordStatus get_node_record_by_name(PGconn *conn, const char *node_name, t_node_info *node_info);
t_node_info *get_node_record_pointer(PGconn *conn, int node_id);
@@ -414,17 +417,23 @@ void get_all_node_records(PGconn *conn, NodeInfoList *node_list);
void get_downstream_node_records(PGconn *conn, int node_id, NodeInfoList *nodes);
void get_active_sibling_node_records(PGconn *conn, int node_id, int upstream_node_id, NodeInfoList *node_list);
void get_node_records_by_priority(PGconn *conn, NodeInfoList *node_list);
void get_all_node_records_with_upstream(PGconn *conn, NodeInfoList *node_list);
bool get_all_node_records_with_upstream(PGconn *conn, NodeInfoList *node_list);
bool get_downstream_nodes_with_missing_slot(PGconn *conn, int this_node_id, NodeInfoList *noede_list);
bool create_node_record(PGconn *conn, char *repmgr_action, t_node_info *node_info);
bool update_node_record(PGconn *conn, char *repmgr_action, t_node_info *node_info);
bool delete_node_record(PGconn *conn, int node);
bool truncate_node_records(PGconn *conn);
bool update_node_record_set_active(PGconn *conn, int this_node_id, bool active);
bool update_node_record_set_primary(PGconn *conn, int this_node_id);
bool update_node_record_set_active_standby(PGconn *conn, int this_node_id);
bool update_node_record_set_upstream(PGconn *conn, int this_node_id, int new_upstream_node_id);
bool update_node_record_status(PGconn *conn, int this_node_id, char *type, int upstream_node_id, bool active);
bool update_node_record_conn_priority(PGconn *conn, t_configuration_options *options);
bool update_node_record_slot_name(PGconn *primary_conn, int node_id, char *slot_name);
bool witness_copy_node_records(PGconn *primary_conn, PGconn *witness_conn);
void clear_node_info_list(NodeInfoList *nodes);
@@ -438,11 +447,14 @@ void config_file_list_add(t_configfile_list *list, const char *file, const char
bool create_event_record(PGconn *conn, t_configuration_options *options, int node_id, char *event, bool successful, char *details);
bool create_event_notification(PGconn *conn, t_configuration_options *options, int node_id, char *event, bool successful, char *details);
bool create_event_notification_extended(PGconn *conn, t_configuration_options *options, int node_id, char *event, bool successful, char *details, t_event_info *event_info);
PGresult *get_event_records(PGconn *conn, int node_id, const char *node_name, const char *event, bool all, int limit);
/* replication slot functions */
void create_slot_name(char *slot_name, int node_id);
bool create_replication_slot(PGconn *conn, char *slot_name, int server_version_num, PQExpBufferData *error_msg);
bool drop_replication_slot(PGconn *conn, char *slot_name);
RecordStatus get_slot_record(PGconn *conn, char *slot_name, t_replication_slot *record);
int get_free_replication_slots(PGconn *conn);
/* tablespace functions */
bool get_tablespace_name_by_location(PGconn *conn, const char *location, char *name);
@@ -453,6 +465,8 @@ int wait_connection_availability(PGconn *conn, long long timeout);
/* node availability functions */
bool is_server_available(const char *conninfo);
bool is_server_available_params(t_conninfo_param_list *param_list);
void connection_ping(PGconn *conn);
/* monitoring functions */
void
@@ -474,9 +488,9 @@ bool delete_monitoring_records(PGconn *primary_conn, int keep_history);
/* node voting functions */
NodeVotingStatus get_voting_status(PGconn *conn);
VoteRequestResult request_vote(PGconn *conn, t_node_info *this_node, t_node_info *other_node, int electoral_term);
int set_voting_status_initiated(PGconn *conn);
void initialize_voting_term(PGconn *conn);
int get_current_term(PGconn *conn);
void increment_current_term(PGconn *conn);
bool announce_candidature(PGconn *conn, t_node_info *this_node, t_node_info *other_node, int electoral_term);
void notify_follow_primary(PGconn *conn, int primary_node_id);
bool get_new_primary(PGconn *conn, int *primary_node_id);
@@ -487,24 +501,30 @@ XLogRecPtr get_current_wal_lsn(PGconn *conn);
XLogRecPtr get_last_wal_receive_location(PGconn *conn);
bool get_replication_info(PGconn *conn, ReplInfo *replication_info);
int get_replication_lag_seconds(PGconn *conn);
void get_node_replication_stats(PGconn *conn, t_node_info *node_info);
void get_node_replication_stats(PGconn *conn, int server_version_num, t_node_info *node_info);
bool is_downstream_node_attached(PGconn *conn, char *node_name);
/* BDR functions */
void get_all_bdr_node_records(PGconn *conn, BdrNodeInfoList *node_list);
RecordStatus get_bdr_node_record_by_name(PGconn *conn, const char *node_name, t_bdr_node_info *node_info);
bool is_bdr_db(PGconn *conn, PQExpBufferData *output);
bool is_bdr_db_quiet(PGconn *conn);
bool is_active_bdr_node(PGconn *conn, const char *node_name);
bool is_bdr_repmgr(PGconn *conn);
bool is_table_in_bdr_replication_set(PGconn *conn, const char *tablename, const char *set);
bool add_table_to_bdr_replication_set(PGconn *conn, const char *tablename, const char *set);
void add_extension_tables_to_bdr_replication_set(PGconn *conn);
bool bdr_node_exists(PGconn *conn, const char *node_name);
bool bdr_node_name_matches(PGconn *conn, const char *node_name, PQExpBufferData *bdr_local_node_name);
ReplSlotStatus get_bdr_node_replication_slot_status(PGconn *conn, const char *node_name);
void get_bdr_other_node_name(PGconn *conn, int node_id, char *name_buf);
bool am_bdr_failover_handler(PGconn *conn, int node_id);
void unset_bdr_failover_handler(PGconn *conn);
bool bdr_node_has_repmgr_set(PGconn *conn, const char *node_name);
bool bdr_node_set_repmgr_set(PGconn *conn, const char *node_name);
/* miscellaneous debugging functions */
const char *print_node_status(NodeStatus node_status);
const char *print_pqping_status(PGPing ping_status);
#endif /* _REPMGR_DBUTILS_H_ */

208
dirutil.c
View File

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
* dirmod.c
* directory handling functions
*
* Copyright (c) 2ndQuadrant, 2010-2017
* Copyright (c) 2ndQuadrant, 2010-2018
*
* This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -21,6 +21,7 @@
#include <unistd.h>
#include <dirent.h>
#include <signal.h>
#include <sys/stat.h>
#include <errno.h>
#include <stdio.h>
@@ -34,34 +35,33 @@
#include "dirutil.h"
#include "strutil.h"
#include "log.h"
#include "controldata.h"
static int unlink_dir_callback(const char *fpath, const struct stat *sb, int typeflag, struct FTW *ftwbuf);
/* PID can be negative if backend is standalone */
typedef long pgpid_t;
/*
* make sure the directory either doesn't exist or is empty
* we use this function to check the new data directory and
* the directories for tablespaces
* Check if a directory exists, and if so whether it is empty.
*
* This is the same check initdb does on the new PGDATA dir
*
* Returns 0 if nonexistent, 1 if exists and empty, 2 if not empty,
* or -1 if trouble accessing directory
* This function is used for checking both the data directory
* and tablespace directories.
*/
int
DataDirState
check_dir(char *path)
{
DIR *chkdir;
struct dirent *file;
int result = 1;
DIR *chkdir = NULL;
struct dirent *file = NULL;
int result = DIR_EMPTY;
errno = 0;
chkdir = opendir(path);
if (!chkdir)
return (errno == ENOENT) ? 0 : -1;
return (errno == ENOENT) ? DIR_NOENT : DIR_ERROR;
while ((file = readdir(chkdir)) != NULL)
{
@@ -73,25 +73,15 @@ check_dir(char *path)
}
else
{
result = 2; /* not empty */
result = DIR_NOT_EMPTY;
break;
}
}
#ifdef WIN32
/*
* This fix is in mingw cvs (runtime/mingwex/dirent.c rev 1.4), but not in
* released version
*/
if (GetLastError() == ERROR_NO_MORE_FILES)
errno = 0;
#endif
closedir(chkdir);
if (errno != 0)
return -1; /* some kind of I/O error? */
return DIR_ERROR; /* some kind of I/O error? */
return result;
}
@@ -106,12 +96,13 @@ create_dir(char *path)
if (mkdir_p(path, 0700) == 0)
return true;
log_error(_("unable to create directory \"%s\": %s"),
path, strerror(errno));
log_error(_("unable to create directory \"%s\""), path);
log_detail("%s", strerror(errno));
return false;
}
bool
set_dir_permissions(char *path)
{
@@ -146,26 +137,6 @@ mkdir_p(char *path, mode_t omode)
oumask = 0;
retval = 0;
#ifdef WIN32
/* skip network and drive specifiers for win32 */
if (strlen(p) >= 2)
{
if (p[0] == '/' && p[1] == '/')
{
/* network drive */
p = strstr(p + 2, "/");
if (p == NULL)
return 1;
}
else if (p[1] == ':' &&
((p[0] >= 'a' && p[0] <= 'z') ||
(p[0] >= 'A' && p[0] <= 'Z')))
{
/* local drive */
p += 2;
}
}
#endif
if (p[0] == '/') /* Skip leading '/'. */
++p;
@@ -242,17 +213,91 @@ is_pg_dir(char *path)
return false;
}
/*
* Attempt to determine if a PostgreSQL data directory is in use
* by reading the pidfile. This is the same mechanism used by
* "pg_ctl".
*
* This function will abort with appropriate log messages if a file error
* is encountered, as the user will need to address the situation before
* any further useful progress can be made.
*/
PgDirState
is_pg_running(char *path)
{
long pid;
FILE *pidf;
char pid_file[MAXPGPATH];
/* it's reasonable to assume the pidfile name will not change */
snprintf(pid_file, MAXPGPATH, "%s/postmaster.pid", path);
pidf = fopen(pid_file, "r");
if (pidf == NULL)
{
/*
* No PID file - PostgreSQL shouldn't be running. From 9.3 (the
* earliesty version we care about) removal of the PID file will
* cause the postmaster to shut down, so it's highly unlikely
* that PostgreSQL will still be running.
*/
if (errno == ENOENT)
{
return PG_DIR_NOT_RUNNING;
}
else
{
log_error(_("unable to open PostgreSQL PID file \"%s\""), pid_file);
log_detail("%s", strerror(errno));
exit(ERR_BAD_CONFIG);
}
}
/*
* In the unlikely event we're unable to extract a PID from the PID file,
* log a warning but assume we're not dealing with a running instance
* as PostgreSQL should have shut itself down in these cases anyway.
*/
if (fscanf(pidf, "%ld", &pid) != 1)
{
/* Is the file empty? */
if (ftell(pidf) == 0 && feof(pidf))
{
log_warning(_("PostgreSQL PID file \"%s\" is empty"), path);
}
else
{
log_warning(_("invalid data in PostgreSQL PID file \"%s\""), path);
}
return PG_DIR_NOT_RUNNING;
}
fclose(pidf);
if (pid == getpid())
return PG_DIR_NOT_RUNNING;
if (pid == getppid())
return PG_DIR_NOT_RUNNING;
if (kill(pid, 0) == 0)
return PG_DIR_RUNNING;
return PG_DIR_NOT_RUNNING;
}
bool
create_pg_dir(char *path, bool force)
{
bool pg_dir = false;
/* Check this directory could be used as a PGDATA dir */
/* Check this directory can be used as a PGDATA dir */
switch (check_dir(path))
{
case 0:
/* dir not there, must create it */
case DIR_NOENT:
/* directory does not exist, attempt to create it */
log_info(_("creating directory \"%s\"..."), path);
if (!create_dir(path))
@@ -262,55 +307,62 @@ create_pg_dir(char *path, bool force)
return false;
}
break;
case 1:
/* Present but empty, fix permissions and use it */
log_info(_("checking and correcting permissions on existing directory %s"),
case DIR_EMPTY:
/* exists but empty, fix permissions and use it */
log_info(_("checking and correcting permissions on existing directory \"%s\""),
path);
if (!set_dir_permissions(path))
{
log_error(_("unable to change permissions of directory \"%s\":\n %s"),
path, strerror(errno));
log_error(_("unable to change permissions of directory \"%s\""), path);
log_detail("%s", strerror(errno));
return false;
}
break;
case 2:
/* Present and not empty */
case DIR_NOT_EMPTY:
/* exists but is not empty */
log_warning(_("directory \"%s\" exists but is not empty"),
path);
pg_dir = is_pg_dir(path);
if (pg_dir && force)
if (is_pg_dir(path))
{
/* TODO: check DB state, if not running overwrite */
if (false)
if (force == true)
{
log_notice(_("deleting existing data directory \"%s\""), path);
log_notice(_("-F/--force provided - deleting existing data directory \"%s\""), path);
nftw(path, unlink_dir_callback, 64, FTW_DEPTH | FTW_PHYS);
return true;
}
/* Let it continue */
break;
}
else if (pg_dir && !force)
{
log_hint(_("This looks like a PostgreSQL directory.\n"
"If you are sure you want to clone here, "
"please check there is no PostgreSQL server "
"running and use the -F/--force option"));
return false;
}
return false;
default:
else
{
if (force == true)
{
log_notice(_("deleting existing directory \"%s\""), path);
nftw(path, unlink_dir_callback, 64, FTW_DEPTH | FTW_PHYS);
return true;
}
return false;
}
break;
case DIR_ERROR:
log_error(_("could not access directory \"%s\": %s"),
path, strerror(errno));
return false;
}
return true;
}
int
rmdir_recursive(char *path)
{
return nftw(path, unlink_dir_callback, 64, FTW_DEPTH | FTW_PHYS);
}
static int
unlink_dir_callback(const char *fpath, const struct stat *sb, int typeflag, struct FTW *ftwbuf)
{

View File

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
/*
* dirutil.h
* Copyright (c) 2ndQuadrant, 2010-2017
* Copyright (c) 2ndQuadrant, 2010-2018
*
* This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,12 +19,29 @@
#ifndef _DIRUTIL_H_
#define _DIRUTIL_H_
typedef enum
{
DIR_ERROR = -1,
DIR_NOENT,
DIR_EMPTY,
DIR_NOT_EMPTY
} DataDirState;
typedef enum
{
PG_DIR_ERROR = -1,
PG_DIR_NOT_RUNNING,
PG_DIR_RUNNING
} PgDirState;
extern int mkdir_p(char *path, mode_t omode);
extern bool set_dir_permissions(char *path);
extern int check_dir(char *path);
extern DataDirState check_dir(char *path);
extern bool create_dir(char *path);
extern bool is_pg_dir(char *path);
extern PgDirState is_pg_running(char *path);
extern bool create_pg_dir(char *path, bool force);
extern int rmdir_recursive(char *path);
#endif

7
doc/.gitignore vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
HTML.index
bookindex.sgml
html-stamp
html/
nochunks.dsl
repmgr.html
version.sgml

76
doc/Makefile.in Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
repmgr_subdir = doc
repmgr_top_builddir = ..
include $(repmgr_top_builddir)/Makefile.global
ifndef JADE
JADE = $(missing) jade
endif
SGMLINCLUDE = -D . -D ${srcdir}
SPFLAGS += -wall -wno-unused-param -wno-empty -wfully-tagged
JADE.html.call = $(JADE) $(JADEFLAGS) $(SPFLAGS) $(SGMLINCLUDE) $(CATALOG) -t sgml -i output-html
ALLSGML := $(wildcard $(srcdir)/*.sgml)
# to build bookindex
ALMOSTALLSGML := $(filter-out %bookindex.sgml,$(ALLSGML))
GENERATED_SGML = version.sgml bookindex.sgml
Makefile: Makefile.in
cd $(repmgr_top_builddir) && ./config.status doc/Makefile
all: html
html: html-stamp
html-stamp: repmgr.sgml $(ALLSGML) $(GENERATED_SGML) stylesheet.dsl website-docs.css
$(MKDIR_P) html
$(JADE.html.call) -d stylesheet.dsl -i include-index $<
cp $(srcdir)/stylesheet.css $(srcdir)/website-docs.css html/
touch $@
repmgr.html: repmgr.sgml $(ALLSGML) $(GENERATED_SGML) stylesheet.dsl website-docs.css
sed '/html-index-filename/a\
(define nochunks #t)' <stylesheet.dsl >nochunks.dsl
$(JADE.html.call) -d nochunks.dsl -i include-index $< >repmgr.html
version.sgml: ${repmgr_top_builddir}/repmgr_version.h
{ \
echo "<!ENTITY repmgrversion \"$(REPMGR_VERSION)\">"; \
} > $@
HTML.index: repmgr.sgml $(ALMOSTALLSGML) stylesheet.dsl
@$(MKDIR_P) html
$(JADE.html.call) -d stylesheet.dsl -V html-index $<
website-docs.css:
@$(MKDIR_P) html
curl http://www.postgresql.org/media/css/docs.css > ${srcdir}/website-docs.css
bookindex.sgml: HTML.index
ifdef COLLATEINDEX
LC_ALL=C $(PERL) $(COLLATEINDEX) -f -g -i 'bookindex' -o $@ $<
else
@$(missing) collateindex.pl $< $@
endif
clean:
rm -f html-stamp
rm -f HTML.index $(GENERATED_SGML)
maintainer-clean:
rm -rf html
rm -rf Makefile
zip: html
cp -r html repmgr-docs-$(REPMGR_VERSION)
zip -r repmgr-docs-$(REPMGR_VERSION).zip repmgr-docs-$(REPMGR_VERSION)
rm -rf repmgr-docs-$(REPMGR_VERSION)
install: html
@$(MKDIR_P) $(DESTDIR)$(docdir)/$(docmoduledir)/repmgr
@$(INSTALL_DATA) $(wildcard html/*.html) $(wildcard html/*.css) $(DESTDIR)$(docdir)/$(docmoduledir)/repmgr
@echo Installed docs to $(DESTDIR)$(docdir)/$(docmoduledir)/repmgr
.PHONY: html all

307
doc/appendix-faq.sgml Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,307 @@
<appendix id="appendix-faq" xreflabel="FAQ">
<indexterm>
<primary>FAQ (Frequently Asked Questions)</primary>
</indexterm>
<title>FAQ (Frequently Asked Questions)</title>
<sect1 id="faq-general" xreflabel="General">
<title>General</title>
<sect2 id="faq-xrepmgr-version-diff" xreflabel="Version differences">
<title>What's the difference between the repmgr versions?</title>
<para>
&repmgr; 4 is a complete rewrite of the existing &repmgr; code base
and implements &repmgr; as a PostgreSQL extension. It
supports all PostgreSQL versions from 9.3 (although some &repmgr;
features are not available for PostgreSQL 9.3 and 9.4).
</para>
<para>
&repmgr; 3.x builds on the improved replication facilities added
in PostgreSQL 9.3, as well as improved automated failover support
via <application>repmgrd</application>, and is not compatible with PostgreSQL 9.2
and earlier. We recommend upgrading to &repmgr; 4, as the &repmgr; 3.x
series will no longer be actively maintained.
</para>
<para>
&repmgr; 2.x supports PostgreSQL 9.0 ~ 9.3. While it is compatible
with PostgreSQL 9.3, we recommend using repmgr 4.x. &repmgr; 2.x is
no longer maintained.
</para>
</sect2>
<sect2 id="faq-replication-slots-advantage" xreflabel="Advantages of replication slots">
<title>What's the advantage of using replication slots?</title>
<para>
Replication slots, introduced in PostgreSQL 9.4, ensure that the
primary server will retain WAL files until they have been consumed
by all standby servers. This makes WAL file management much easier,
and if used &repmgr; will no longer insist on a fixed minimum number
(default: 5000) of WAL files being retained.
</para>
<para>
However this does mean that if a standby is no longer connected to the
primary, the presence of the replication slot will cause WAL files
to be retained indefinitely.
</para>
</sect2>
<sect2 id="faq-replication-slots-number" xreflabel="Number of replication slots">
<title>How many replication slots should I define in <varname>max_replication_slots</varname>?</title>
<para>
Normally at least same number as the number of standbys which will connect
to the node. Note that changes to <varname>max_replication_slots</varname> require a server
restart to take effect, and as there is no particular penalty for unused
replication slots, setting a higher figure will make adding new nodes
easier.
</para>
</sect2>
<sect2 id="faq-hash-index" xreflabel="Hash indexes">
<title>Does &repmgr; support hash indexes?</title>
<para>
Before PostgreSQL 10, hash indexes were not WAL logged and are therefore not suitable
for use in streaming replication in PostgreSQL 9.6 and earlier. See the
<ulink url="https://www.postgresql.org/docs/9.6/static/sql-createindex.html#AEN80279">PostgreSQL documentation</ulink>
for details.
</para>
<para>
From PostgreSQL 10, this restriction has been lifted and hash indexes can be used
in a streaming replication cluster.
</para>
</sect2>
<sect2 id="faq-upgrades" xreflabel="Upgrading PostgreSQL with repmgr">
<title>Can &repmgr; assist with upgrading a PostgreSQL cluster?</title>
<para>
For <emphasis>minor</emphasis> version upgrades, e.g. from 9.6.7 to 9.6.8, a common
approach is to upgrade a standby to the latest version, perform a
<link linkend="performing-switchover">switchover</link> promoting it to a primary,
then upgrade the former primary.
</para>
<para>
For <emphasis>major</emphasis> version upgrades (e.g. from PostgreSQL 9.6 to PostgreSQL 10),
the traditional approach is to "reseed" a cluster by upgrading a single
node with <ulink url="https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/static/pgupgrade.html">pg_upgrade</ulink>
and recloning standbys from this.
</para>
<para>
To minimize downtime during major upgrades, for more recent PostgreSQL
versions (PostgreSQL 9.4 and later),
<ulink url="https://www.2ndquadrant.com/en/resources/pglogical/">pglogical</ulink>
can be used to set up a parallel cluster using the newer PostgreSQL version,
which can be kept in sync with the existing production cluster until the
new cluster is ready to be put into production.
</para>
</sect2>
<sect2 id="faq-libdir-repmgr-error">
<title>What does this error mean: <literal>ERROR: could not access file "$libdir/repmgr"</literal>?</title>
<para>
It means the &repmgr; extension code is not installed in the
PostgreSQL application directory. This typically happens when using PostgreSQL
packages provided by a third-party vendor, which often have different
filesystem layouts.
</para>
<para>
Either use PostgreSQL packages provided by the community or 2ndQuadrant; if this
is not possible, contact your vendor for assistance.
</para>
</sect2>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="faq-repmgr" xreflabel="repmgr">
<title><command>repmgr</command></title>
<sect2 id="faq-register-existing-node" xreflabel="registering an existing node">
<title>Can I register an existing PostgreSQL server with repmgr?</title>
<para>
Yes, any existing PostgreSQL server which is part of the same replication
cluster can be registered with &repmgr;. There's no requirement for a
standby to have been cloned using &repmgr;.
</para>
</sect2>
<sect2 id="faq-repmgr-clone-other-source" >
<title>Can I use a standby not cloned by &repmgr; as a &repmgr; node?</title>
<para>
For a standby which has been manually cloned or recovered from an external
backup manager such as Barman, the command
<command><link linkend="repmgr-standby-clone">repmgr standby clone --recovery-conf-only</link></command>
can be used to create the correct <filename>recovery.conf</filename> file for
use with &repmgr; (and will create a replication slot if required). Once this has been done,
<link linkend="repmgr-standby-register">register the node</link> as usual.
</para>
</sect2>
<sect2 id="faq-repmgr-recovery-conf" >
<title>What does &repmgr; write in <filename>recovery.conf</filename>, and what options can be set there?</title>
<para>
See section <link linkend="repmgr-standby-clone-recovery-conf">Customising recovery.conf</link>.
</para>
</sect2>
<sect2 id="faq-repmgr-failed-primary-standby" xreflabel="Reintegrate a failed primary as a standby">
<title>How can a failed primary be re-added as a standby?</title>
<para>
This is a two-stage process. First, the failed primary's data directory
must be re-synced with the current primary; secondly the failed primary
needs to be re-registered as a standby.
</para>
<para>
It's possible to use <command>pg_rewind</command> to re-synchronise the existing data
directory, which will usually be much
faster than re-cloning the server. However <command>pg_rewind</command> can only
be used if PostgreSQL either has <varname>wal_log_hints</varname> enabled, or
data checksums were enabled when the cluster was initialized.
</para>
<para>
Note that <command>pg_rewind</command> is available as part of the core PostgreSQL
distribution from PostgreSQL 9.5, and as a third-party utility for PostgreSQL 9.3 and 9.4.
</para>
<para>
&repmgr; provides the command <command>repmgr node rejoin</command> which can
optionally execute <command>pg_rewind</command>; see the <xref linkend="repmgr-node-rejoin">
documentation for details, in particular the section <xref linkend="repmgr-node-rejoin-pg-rewind">.
</para>
<para>
If <command>pg_rewind</command> cannot be used, then the data directory will need
to be re-cloned from scratch.
</para>
</sect2>
<sect2 id="faq-repmgr-check-configuration" xreflabel="Check PostgreSQL configuration">
<title>Is there an easy way to check my primary server is correctly configured for use with &repmgr;?</title>
<para>
Execute <command><link linkend="repmgr-standby-clone">repmgr standby clone</link></command>
with the <literal>--dry-run</literal> option; this will report any configuration problems
which need to be rectified.
</para>
</sect2>
<sect2 id="faq-repmgr-clone-skip-config-files" xreflabel="">
<title>When cloning a standby, how can I get &repmgr; to copy
<filename>postgresql.conf</filename> and <filename>pg_hba.conf</filename> from the PostgreSQL configuration
directory in <filename>/etc</filename>?</title>
<para>
Use the command line option <literal>--copy-external-config-files</literal>. For more details
see <xref linkend="repmgr-standby-clone-config-file-copying">.
</para>
</sect2>
<sect2 id="faq-repmgr-shared-preload-libaries-no-repmgrd" xreflabel="shared_preload_libraries without repmgrd">
<title>Do I need to include <literal>shared_preload_libraries = 'repmgr'</literal>
in <filename>postgresql.conf</filename> if I'm not using <application>repmgrd</application>?</title>
<para>
No, the <literal>repmgr</literal> shared library is only needed when running <application>repmgrd</application>.
If you later decide to run <application>repmgrd</application>, you just need to add
<literal>shared_preload_libraries = 'repmgr'</literal> and restart PostgreSQL.
</para>
</sect2>
<sect2 id="faq-repmgr-permissions" xreflabel="Replication permission problems">
<title>I've provided replication permission for the <literal>repmgr</literal> user in <filename>pg_hba.conf</filename>
but <command>repmgr</command>/<application>repmgrd</application> complains it can't connect to the server... Why?</title>
<para>
<command>repmgr</command> and <application>repmgrd</application> need to be able to connect to the repmgr database
with a normal connection to query metadata. The <literal>replication</literal> connection
permission is for PostgreSQL's streaming replication (and doesn't necessarily need to be the <literal>repmgr</literal> user).
</para>
</sect2>
<sect2 id="faq-repmgr-clone-provide-primary-conninfo" xreflabel="Providing primary connection parameters">
<title>When cloning a standby, why do I need to provide the connection parameters
for the primary server on the command line, not in the configuration file?</title>
<para>
Cloning a standby is a one-time action; the role of the server being cloned
from could change, so fixing it in the configuration file would create
confusion. If &repmgr; needs to establish a connection to the primary
server, it can retrieve this from the <literal>repmgr.nodes</literal> table on the local
node, and if necessary scan the replication cluster until it locates the active primary.
</para>
</sect2>
<sect2 id="faq-repmgr-clone-waldir-xlogdir" xreflabel="Providing a custom WAL directory">
<title>When cloning a standby, how do I ensure the WAL files are placed in a custom directory?</title>
<para>
Provide the option <literal>--waldir</literal> (<literal>--xlogdir</literal> in PostgreSQL 9.6
and earlier) with the absolute path to the WAL directory in <varname>pg_basebackup_options</varname>.
For more details see <xref linkend="cloning-advanced-pg-basebackup-options">.
</para>
</sect2>
<sect2 id="faq-repmgr-events-no-fkey" xreflabel="No foreign key on node_id in repmgr.events">
<title>Why is there no foreign key on the <literal>node_id</literal> column in the <literal>repmgr.events</literal>
table?</title>
<para>
Under some circumstances event notifications can be generated for servers
which have not yet been registered; it's also useful to retain a record
of events which includes servers removed from the replication cluster
which no longer have an entry in the <literal>repmrg.nodes</literal> table.
</para>
</sect2>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="faq-repmgrd" xreflabel="repmgrd">
<title><application>repmgrd</application></title>
<sect2 id="faq-repmgrd-prevent-promotion" xreflabel="Prevent standby from being promoted to primary">
<title>How can I prevent a node from ever being promoted to primary?</title>
<para>
In `repmgr.conf`, set its priority to a value of 0 or less; apply the changed setting with
<command><link linkend="repmgr-standby-register">repmgr standby register --force</link></command>.
</para>
<para>
Additionally, if <varname>failover</varname> is set to <literal>manual</literal>, the node will never
be considered as a promotion candidate.
</para>
</sect2>
<sect2 id="faq-repmgrd-delayed-standby" xreflabel="Delayed standby support">
<title>Does <application>repmgrd</application> support delayed standbys?</title>
<para>
<application>repmgrd</application> can monitor delayed standbys - those set up with
<varname>recovery_min_apply_delay</varname> set to a non-zero value
in <filename>recovery.conf</filename> - but as it's not currently possible
to directly examine the value applied to the standby, <application>repmgrd</application>
may not be able to properly evaluate the node as a promotion candidate.
</para>
<para>
We recommend that delayed standbys are explicitly excluded from promotion
by setting <varname>priority</varname> to <literal>0</literal> in
<filename>repmgr.conf</filename>.
</para>
<para>
Note that after registering a delayed standby, <application>repmgrd</application> will only start
once the metadata added in the primary node has been replicated.
</para>
</sect2>
<sect2 id="faq-repmgrd-logfile-rotate" xreflabel="repmgrd logfile rotation">
<title>How can I get <application>repmgrd</application> to rotate its logfile?</title>
<para>
Configure your system's <literal>logrotate</literal> service to do this; see <xref linkend="repmgrd-log-rotation">.
</para>
</sect2>
<sect2 id="faq-repmgrd-recloned-no-start" xreflabel="repmgrd not restarting after node cloned">
<title>I've recloned a failed primary as a standby, but <application>repmgrd</application> refuses to start?</title>
<para>
Check you registered the standby after recloning. If unregistered, the standby
cannot be considered as a promotion candidate even if <varname>failover</varname> is set to
<literal>automatic</literal>, which is probably not what you want. <application>repmgrd</application> will start if
<varname>failover</varname> is set to <literal>manual</literal> so the node's replication status can still
be monitored, if desired.
</para>
</sect2>
</sect1>
</appendix>

366
doc/appendix-packages.sgml Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,366 @@
<appendix id="appendix-packages" xreflabel="Package details">
<indexterm>
<primary>packages</primary>
</indexterm>
<title>&repmgr; package details</title>
<para>
This section provides technical details about various &repmgr; binary
packages, such as location of the installed binaries and
configuration files.
</para>
<sect1 id="packages-centos" xreflabel="CentOS packages">
<title>CentOS Packages</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>packages</primary>
<secondary>CentOS packages</secondary>
</indexterm>
<para>
Currently, &repmgr; RPM packages are provided for versions 6.x and 7.x of CentOS. These should also
work on matching versions of Red Hat Enterprise Linux, Scientific Linux and Oracle Enterprise Linux;
together with CentOS, these are the same RedHat-based distributions for which the main community project
(PGDG) provides packages (see the <ulink url="https://yum.postgresql.org/">PostgreSQL RPM Building Project</ulink>
page for details).
</para>
<para>
Note these &repmgr; RPM packages are not designed to work with SuSE/OpenSuSE.
</para>
<note>
<para>
&repmgr; packages are designed to be compatible with community-provided PostgreSQL packages.
They may not work with vendor-specific packages such as those provided by RedHat for RHEL
customers, as the filesystem layout may be different to the community RPMs.
Please contact your support vendor for assistance.
</para>
</note>
<sect2 id="packages-centos-repositories">
<title>CentOS repositories</title>
<para>
&repmgr; packages are available from the 2ndQuadrant repository, and also the PostgreSQL
community repository. The 2ndQuadrant repository is updated immediately after each
&repmgr; release.
</para>
<table id="centos-2ndquadrant-repository">
<title>2ndQuadrant repository</title>
<tgroup cols="2">
<tbody>
<row>
<entry>Repository URL:</entry>
<entry><ulink url="http://packages.2ndquadrant.com/repmgr/">http://packages.2ndquadrant.com/repmgr/</ulink></entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>Repository documentation:</entry>
<entry><ulink url="https://repmgr.org/docs/4.0/installation-packages.html#INSTALLATION-PACKAGES-REDHAT-2NDQ">https://repmgr.org/docs/4.0/installation-packages.html#INSTALLATION-PACKAGES-REDHAT-2NDQ</ulink></entry>
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</table>
<table id="centos-pgdg-repository">
<title>PostgreSQL community repository (PGDG)</title>
<tgroup cols="2">
<tbody>
<row>
<entry>Repository URL:</entry>
<entry><ulink url="https://yum.postgresql.org/repopackages.php">https://yum.postgresql.org/repopackages.php</ulink></entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>Repository documentation:</entry>
<entry><ulink url="https://yum.postgresql.org/">https://yum.postgresql.org/</ulink></entry>
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</table>
</sect2>
<sect2 id="packages-centos-details">
<title>CentOS package details</title>
<para>
The two tables below list relevant information, paths, commands etc. for the &repmgr; packages on
CentOS 7 (with systemd) and CentOS 6 (no systemd). Substitute the appropriate PostgreSQL major
version number for your installation.
</para>
<note>
<para>
For PostgreSQL 9.6 and lower, the CentOS packages use a mixture of <literal>9.6</literal>
and <literal>96</literal> in various places to designate the major version; e.g. the
package name is <literal>repmgr96</literal>, but the binary directory is
<filename>/var/lib/pgsql/9.6/data</filename>.
</para>
<para>
From PostgreSQL 10, the first part of the version number (e.g. <literal>10</literal>) is
the major version, so there is more consistency in file/path/package naming
(package <literal>repmgr10</literal>, binary directory <filename>/var/lib/pgsql/10/data</filename>).
</para>
</note>
<table id="centos-7-packages">
<title>CentOS 7 packages</title>
<tgroup cols="2">
<tbody>
<row>
<entry>Package name example:</entry>
<entry><filename>repmgr10-4.0.4-1.rhel7.x86_64</filename></entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>Metapackage:</entry>
<entry>(none)</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>Installation command:</entry>
<entry><literal>yum install repmgr10</literal></entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>Binary location:</entry>
<entry><filename>/usr/pgsql-10/bin</filename></entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>repmgr in default path:</entry>
<entry>NO</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>Configuration file location:</entry>
<entry><filename>/etc/repmgr/10/repmgr.conf</filename></entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>Data directory:</entry>
<entry><filename>/var/lib/pgsql/10/data</filename></entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>repmgrd service command:</entry>
<entry><command>systemctl [start|stop|restart|reload] repmgr10</command></entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>repmgrd service file location:</entry>
<entry><filename>/usr/lib/systemd/system/repmgr10.service</filename></entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>repmgrd log file location:</entry>
<entry>(not specified by package; set in <filename>repmgr.conf</filename>)</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</table>
<table id="centos-6-packages">
<title>CentOS 6 packages</title>
<tgroup cols="2">
<tbody>
<row>
<entry>Package name example:</entry>
<entry><filename>repmgr96-4.0.4-1.rhel6.x86_64</filename></entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>Metapackage:</entry>
<entry>(none)</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>Installation command:</entry>
<entry><literal>yum install repmgr96</literal></entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>Binary location:</entry>
<entry><filename>/usr/pgsql-9.6/bin</filename></entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>repmgr in default path:</entry>
<entry>NO</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>Configuration file location:</entry>
<entry><filename>/etc/repmgr/9.6/repmgr.conf</filename></entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>Data directory:</entry>
<entry><filename>/var/lib/pgsql/9.6/data</filename></entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>repmgrd service command:</entry>
<entry><literal>service [start|stop|restart|reload] repmgr-9.6</literal></entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>repmgrd service file location:</entry>
<entry><literal>/etc/init.d/repmgr-9.6</literal></entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>repmgrd log file location:</entry>
<entry><filename>/var/log/repmgr/repmgrd-9.6.log</filename></entry>
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</table>
</sect2>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="packages-debian-ubuntu" xreflabel="Debian/Ubuntu packages">
<title>Debian/Ubuntu Packages</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>packages</primary>
<secondary>Debian/Ubuntu packages</secondary>
</indexterm>
<para>
&repmgr; <literal>.deb</literal> packages are provided via the
PostgreSQL Community APT repository, and are available for each community-supported
PostgreSQL version, currently supported Debian releases, and currently supported
Ubuntu LTS releases.
</para>
<sect2 id="packages-apt-repository">
<title>APT repository</title>
<para>
&repmgr; packages are available from the PostgreSQL Community APT repository,
which is updated immediately after each &repmgr; release.
</para>
<table id="apt-repository">
<title>PostgreSQL Community APT repository (PGDG)</title>
<tgroup cols="2">
<tbody>
<row>
<entry>Repository URL:</entry>
<entry><ulink url="http://apt.postgresql.org/">http://apt.postgresql.org/</ulink></entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>Repository documentation:</entry>
<entry><ulink url="https://wiki.postgresql.org/wiki/Apt)">https://wiki.postgresql.org/wiki/Apt)</ulink></entry>
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</table>
</sect2>
<sect2 id="packages-debian-details">
<title>Debian/Ubuntu package details</title>
<para>
The table below lists relevant information, paths, commands etc. for the &repmgr; packages on
Debian 9.x ("Stretch"). Substitute the appropriate PostgreSQL major
version number for your installation.
</para>
<para>
See also <xref linkend="repmgrd-configuration-debian-ubuntu"> for some specifics related
to configuring the <application>repmgrd</application> daemon.
</para>
<table id="debian-9-packages">
<title>Debian 9.x packages</title>
<tgroup cols="2">
<tbody>
<row>
<entry>Package name example:</entry>
<entry><filename>postgresql-10-repmgr</filename></entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>Metapackage:</entry>
<entry><filename>repmgr-common</filename></entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>Installation command:</entry>
<entry><literal>apt-get install postgresql-10-repmgr</literal></entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>Binary location:</entry>
<entry><filename>/usr/lib/postgresql/10/bin</filename></entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>repmgr in default path:</entry>
<entry>Yes (via wrapper script <filename>/usr/bin/repmgr</filename>)</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>Configuration file location:</entry>
<entry>(not set by package)</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>Data directory:</entry>
<entry><filename>/var/lib/postgresql/10/main</filename></entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>PostgreSQL service command:</entry>
<entry><command>systemctl [start|stop|restart|reload] postgresql@10-main</command></entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>repmgrd service command:</entry>
<entry><command>systemctl [start|stop|restart|reload] repmgrd</command></entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>repmgrd service file location:</entry>
<entry><filename>/etc/init.d/repmgrd</filename> (defaults in: <filename>/etc/defaults/repmgrd</filename>)</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>repmgrd log file location:</entry>
<entry>(not specified by package; set in <filename>repmgr.conf</filename>)</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</table>
<note>
<para>
Instead of using the <application>systemd</application> service command directly,
it's recommended to execute <command>pg_ctlcluster</command> (as <literal>root</literal>,
either directly or via <command>sudo</command>), e.g.:
<programlisting>
<command>pg_ctlcluster 10 main [start|stop|restart|reload]</command></programlisting>
</para>
<para>
For pre-<application>systemd</application> systems, <command>pg_ctlcluster</command>
can be executed directly by the <literal>postgres</literal> user.
</para>
</note>
</sect2>
</sect1>
</appendix>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,956 @@
<appendix id="appendix-release-notes">
<title>Release notes</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>Release notes</primary>
</indexterm>
<para>
Changes to each &repmgr; release are documented in the release notes.
Please read the release notes for all versions between
your current version and the version you are plan to upgrade to
before performing an upgrade, as there may be version-specific upgrade steps.
</para>
<para>
See also: <xref linkend="upgrading-repmgr">
</para>
<sect1 id="release-4.0.5">
<title>Release 4.0.5</title>
<para><emphasis>Wed May 2, 2018</emphasis></para>
<para>
&repmgr; 4.0.5 contains a number of usability enhancements related to
<application>pg_rewind</application> usage, <filename>recovery.conf</filename>
generation and (in <application>repmgrd</application>) handling of various
corner-case situations, as well as a number of bug fixes.
</para>
<sect2>
<title>Usability enhancements</title>
<para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<para>
Various documentation improvements, with particular emphasis on
the importance of setting appropriate <link linkend="configuration-service-commands">service commands</link>
instead of relying on <application>pg_ctl</application>.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
Poll demoted primary after restart as a standby during a switchover operation (GitHub #408).
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
Add configuration parameter <option>config_directory</option> (GitHub #424).
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
Add sanity check if <option>--upstream-node-id</option> not supplied when executing
<xref linkend="repmgr-standby-register"> (GitHub #395).
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
Enable <link linkend="repmgr-node-rejoin-pg-rewind">pg_rewind</link> to be used with
PostgreSQL 9.3/9.4 (GitHub #413).
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
When generating replication connection strings, set <literal>dbname=replication</literal>
if appropriate (GitHub #421).
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
Enable provision of <option>archive_cleanup_command</option> in <filename>recovery.conf</filename>
(GitHub #416).
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
Actively check for node to <link linkend="repmgr-node-rejoin">rejoin</link> cluster (GitHub #415).
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
<application>repmgrd</application>: set <literal>connect_timeout=2</literal> (if not explicitly set)
when pinging a server.
</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</para>
</sect2>
<sect2>
<title>Bug fixes</title>
<para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<para>
Fix display of conninfo parsing error messages.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
Fix minimum accepted value for <varname>degraded_monitoring_timeout</varname> (GitHub #411).
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
Fix superuser password handling (GitHub #400)
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
Fix parsing of <varname>archive_ready_critical</varname> configuration file parameter (GitHub #426).
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
Fix <command><link linkend="repmgr-cluster-crosscheck">repmgr cluster crosscheck</link></command>
output (GitHub #389)
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
Fix memory leaks in witness code (GitHub #402).
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
<application>repmgrd</application>: handle <command>pg_ctl promote</command> timeout (GitHub #425).
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
<application>repmgrd</application>: handle failover situation with only two nodes in the primary
location, and at least one node in another location (GitHub #407).
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
<application>repmgrd</application>: prevent standby connection handle from going stale.
</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</para>
</sect2>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="release-4.0.4">
<title>Release 4.0.4</title>
<para><emphasis>Fri Mar 9, 2018</emphasis></para>
<para>
&repmgr; 4.0.4 contains some bug fixes and and a number of
usability enhancements related to logging/diagnostics,
event notifications and pre-action checks.
</para>
<para>
This release can be installed as a simple package upgrade from repmgr 4.0 ~ 4.0.3;
<application>repmgrd</application> (if running) should be restarted. See <xref linkend="upgrading-repmgr">
for more details.
</para>
<note>
<para>
It is not possible to perform a switchover where the demotion candidate is
running &repmgr; 4.0.2 or lower; all nodes should be upgraded to the latest version (4.0.4).
This is due to additional checks introduced in 4.0.3 which require the presence of
4.0.3 or later versions on all nodes.
</para>
</note>
<sect2>
<title>Usability enhancements</title>
<para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<para>
add <command><link linkend="repmgr-standby-clone">repmgr standby clone --recovery-conf-only</link></command>
option to enable integration of a standby cloned from another source into a &repmgr; cluster (GitHub #382)
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
remove restriction on using replication slots when cloning from a Barman server (GitHub #379)
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
make <command><link linkend="repmgr-standby-promote">repmgr standby promote</link></command>
timeout values configurable (GitHub #387)
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
add missing options to main <literal>--help</literal> output (GitHub #391, #392)
</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</para>
</sect2>
<sect2>
<title>Bug fixes</title>
<para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<para>
ensure <command><link linkend="repmgr-node-rejoin">repmgr node rejoin</link></command>
honours the <option>--dry-run</option> option (GitHub #383)
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
improve replication slot warnings generated by
<command><link linkend="repmgr-node-status">repmgr node status</link></command>
(GitHub #385)
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
fix --superuser handling when cloning a standby (GitHub #380)
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
<application>repmgrd</application>: improve detection of status change from primary to
standby
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
<application>repmgrd</application>: improve reconnection to the local node after a
failover (previously a connection error due to the node starting up was being
interpreted as the node being unavailable)
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
<application>repmgrd</application>: when running on a witness server, correctly connect
to new primary after a failover
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
<application>repmgrd</application>: add <link linkend="event-notifications">event notification</link>
<literal>repmgrd_shutdown</literal> (GitHub #393)
</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</para>
</sect2>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="release-4.0.3">
<title>Release 4.0.3</title>
<para><emphasis>Thu Feb 15, 2018</emphasis></para>
<para>
&repmgr; 4.0.3 contains some bug fixes and and a number of
usability enhancements related to logging/diagnostics,
event notifications and pre-action checks.
</para>
<para>
This release can be installed as a simple package upgrade from repmgr 4.0 ~ 4.0.2;
repmgrd (if running) should be restarted.
</para>
<note>
<para>
It is not possible to perform a switchover where the demotion candidate is
running &repmgr; 4.0.2 or lower; all nodes should be upgraded to 4.0.3. This is due
to additional checks introduced in 4.0.3 which require the presence of
4.0.3 or later versions on all nodes.
</para>
</note>
<sect2>
<title>Usability enhancements</title>
<para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<para>
improve <command><link linkend="repmgr-standby-switchover">repmgr standby switchover</link></command>
behaviour when <command>pg_ctl</command> is used to control the server and logging output is
not explicitly redirected
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
improve <command><link linkend="repmgr-standby-switchover">repmgr standby switchover</link></command>
log messages and provide new exit code <literal>ERR_SWITCHOVER_INCOMPLETE</literal> when old primary could
not be shut down cleanly
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
add check to verify the demotion candidate can make a replication connection to the
promotion candidate before executing a switchover (GitHub #370)
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
add check for sufficient walsenders and replication slots on the promotion candidate before executing
<command><link linkend="repmgr-standby-switchover">repmgr standby switchover</link></command>
(GitHub #371)
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
add --dry-run mode to <command><link linkend="repmgr-standby-switchover">repmgr standby follow</link></command>
(GitHub #368)
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
provide information about the primary node for
<command><link linkend="repmgr-standby-register">repmgr standby register</link></command> and
<command><link linkend="repmgr-standby-follow">repmgr standby follow</link></command> event notifications (GitHub #375)
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
add <literal>standby_register_sync</literal> <link linkend="event-notifications">event notification</link>, which is fired when
<command><link linkend="repmgr-standby-register">repmgr standby register</link></command>
is run with the <option>--wait-sync</option> option and the new or updated standby node
record has synchronised to the standby (GitHub #374)
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
when running <command><link linkend="repmgr-cluster-show">repmgr cluster show</link></command>,
if any node is unreachable, output the error message encountered in the list of warnings
(GitHub #369)
</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</para>
</sect2>
<sect2>
<title>Bug fixes</title>
<para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<para>
ensure an inactive data directory can be overwritten when
cloning a standby (GitHub #366)
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
<command><link linkend="repmgr-node-status">repmgr node status</link></command>
upstream node display fixed (GitHub #363)
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
<command><link linkend="repmgr-primary-unregister">repmgr primary unregister</link></command>:
clarify usage and fix <literal>--help</literal> output (GitHub #373)
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
parsing of <varname>pg_basebackup_options</varname> fixed (GitHub #376)
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
ensure the <filename>pg_subtrans</filename> directory is created when cloning a
standby in Barman mode
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
<command><link linkend="repmgr-witness-register">repmgr witness register</link></command>:
fix primary node check (GitHub #377).
</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</para>
</sect2>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="release-4.0.2">
<title>Release 4.0.2</title>
<para><emphasis>Thu Jan 18, 2018</emphasis></para>
<para>
&repmgr; 4.0.2 contains some bug fixes and small usability enhancements.
</para>
<para>
This release can be installed as a simple package upgrade from &repmgr; 4.0.1 or 4.0;
<application>repmgrd</application> (if running) should be restarted.
</para>
<sect2>
<title>Usability enhancements</title>
<para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<para>
Recognize the <option>-t</option>/<option>--terse</option> option for
<command><link linkend="repmgr-cluster-event">repmgr cluster event</link></command> to hide
the <literal>Details</literal> column (GitHub #360)
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
Add "--wait-start" option for
<command><link linkend="repmgr-standby-register">repmgr standby register</link></command>
(GitHub #356)
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
Add <literal>%p</literal> <link linkend="event-notifications">event notification parameter</link>
for <command><link linkend="repmgr-standby-switchover">repmgr standby switchover</link></command>
</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</para>
</sect2>
<sect2>
<title>Bug fixes</title>
<para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<para>
Add missing -W option to <literal>getopt_long()</literal> invocation (GitHub #350)
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
Automatically create slot name if missing (GitHub #343)
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
Fixes to parsing output of remote repmgr invocations (GitHub #349)
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
When registering BDR nodes, automatically create missing connection replication set (GitHub #347)
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
Handle missing node record in <command><link linkend="repmgr-node-rejoin">repmgr node rejoin</link></command>
(GitHub #358)
</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</para>
</sect2>
<sect2>
<title>Documentation</title>
<para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<para>
The documentation can now be built as a single HTML file (GitHub pull request #353)
</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</para>
</sect2>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="release-4.0.1">
<title>Release 4.0.1</title>
<para><emphasis>Wed Dec 13, 2017</emphasis></para>
<para>
&repmgr; 4.0.1 is a bugfix release.
</para>
<sect2>
<title>Bug fixes</title>
<para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<para>
ensure correct return codes are returned for
<command><link linkend="repmgr-node-check">repmgr node check --action=</link></command> operations
(GitHub #340)
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
Fix <xref linkend="repmgr-cluster-show"> when <literal>repmgr</literal> schema not set in search path
(GitHub #341)
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
When using <literal>--force-rewind</literal> with <xref linkend="repmgr-node-rejoin">
delete any replication slots copied by <application>pg_rewind</application>
(GitHub #334)
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
Only perform sanity check on accessibility of configuration files outside
the data directory when <literal>--copy-external-config-files</literal>
provided (GitHub #342)
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
Initialise "voting_term" table in application, not extension SQL
(GitHub #344)
</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</para>
</sect2>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="release-4.0.0">
<title>Release 4.0.0</title>
<para><emphasis>Tue Nov 21, 2017</emphasis></para>
<para>
repmgr 4.0 is an entirely new version of &repmgr;, implementing &repmgr;
as a native PostgreSQL extension, adding new and improving existing features,
and making &repmgr; more user-friendly and intuitive to use. The new code base
will make it easier to add additional functionality for future releases.
</para>
<note>
<simpara>
With the new version, the opportunity has been taken to
make some changes in the way &repmgr; is set up and
configured. In particular changes have been made to some
configuration file settings consistency for and clarity.
Changes are covered in detail below
</simpara>
<simpara>
To standardise terminology, from this release <literal>primary</literal> is used to
denote the read/write node in a streaming replication cluster. <literal>master</literal>
is still accepted as an alias for &repmgr; commands
(e.g. <link linkend="repmgr-primary-register"><command>repmgr master register</command></link>).
</simpara>
</note>
<para>
For detailed instructions on upgrading from repmgr 3.x, see <xref linkend="upgrading-from-repmgr-3">.
</para>
<sect2>
<title>Features and improvements</title>
<para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<para>
<emphasis>improved switchover</emphasis>:
the <command>switchover</command> process has been improved and streamlined,
speeding up the switchover process and can also instruct other standbys
to follow the new primary once the switchover has completed. See
<xref linkend="performing-switchover"> for more details.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
<emphasis>"--dry-run" option</emphasis>: many &repmgr; commands now provide
a <literal>--dry-run</literal> option which will execute the command as far
as possible without making any changes, which will enable possible issues
to be identified before the intended operation is actually carried out.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
<emphasis>easier upgrades</emphasis>: &repmgr; is now implemented as a native
PostgreSQL extension, which means future upgrades can be carried out by
installing the upgraded package and issuing
<ulink url="https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/static/sql-alterextension.html">ALTER EXTENSION repmgr UPDATE</ulink>.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
<emphasis>improved logging output</emphasis>:
&repmgr; (and <application>repmgrd</application>) now provide more explicit
logging output giving a better picture of what is going on. Where appropriate,
<literal>DETAIL</literal> and <literal>HINT</literal> log lines provide additional
detail and suggestions for resolving problems. Additionally, <application>repmgrd</application>
now emits informational log lines at regular, configurable intervals
to confirm that it's running correctly and which node(s) it's monitoring.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
<emphasis>automatic configuration file location in packages</emphasis>:
Many operating system packages place the &repmgr; configuration files
in a version-specific subdirectory, e.g. <filename>/etc/repmgr/9.6/repmgr.conf</filename>;
&repmgr; now makes it easy for package maintainers to provide a patch
with the actual file location, meaning <filename>repmgr.conf</filename>
does not need to be provided explicitly. This is currently the case
for 2ndQuadrant-provided <literal>.deb</literal> and <literal>.rpm</literal> packages.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
<emphasis>monitoring and status checks</emphasis>:
New commands <xref linkend="repmgr-node-check"> and
<xref linkend="repmgr-node-status"> providing information
about a node's status and replication-related monitoring
output.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
<emphasis>node rejoin</emphasis>:
New commands <xref linkend="repmgr-node-rejoin"> enables a failed
primary to be rejoined to a replication cluster, optionally using
<application>pg_rewind</application> to synchronise its data,
(note that <application>pg_rewind</application> may not be useable
in some circumstances).
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
<emphasis>automatic failover</emphasis>:
improved detection of node status; promotion decision based on a consensual
model, with the promoted primary explicitly informing other standbys to
follow it. The <application>repmgrd</application> daemon will continue
functioning even if the monitored PostgreSQL instance is down, and resume
monitoring if it reappears. Additionally, if the instance's role has changed
(typically from a primary to a standby, e.g. following reintegration of a
failed primary using <xref linkend="repmgr-node-rejoin">) <application>repmgrd</application>
will automatically resume monitoring it as a standby.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
<emphasis>new documentation</emphasis>:
the existing documentation spread over multiple text files
has been consolidated into DocBook format (as used by the
main PostgreSQL project) and is now available online in
HTML format.
</para>
<para>
The DocBook files can easily be used to create versions
of the documentation in other formats such as PDF.
</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</para>
</sect2>
<sect2>
<title>New command line options</title>
<para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem><para>
<literal>--dry-run</literal>: &repmgr; will attempt to perform
the action as far as possible without making any changes to the
database
</para></listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
<literal>--upstream-node-id</literal>: use to specify the upstream node
the standby will connect later stream from, when <link linkend="repmgr-standby-clone">cloning</link>
and <link linkend="repmgr-standby-register">registering</link> a standby.
</para>
<para>
This replaces the configuration file parameter <varname>upstream_node</varname>.
as the upstream node is set when the standby is initially cloned, but can change
over the lifetime of an installation (due to failovers, switchovers etc.) so it's
pointless/confusing keeping the original value around in <filename>repmgr.conf</filename>.
</para></listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</para>
</sect2>
<sect2>
<title>Changed command line options</title>
<para>
<application>repmgr</application>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem><para>
<literal>--replication-user</literal> has been deprecated; it has been replaced
by the configuration file option <varname>replication_user</varname>.
The value (which defaults to the user provided in the <varname>conninfo</varname>
string) will be stored in the &repmgr; metadata for use by
<xref linkend="repmgr-standby-clone"> and <xref linkend="repmgr-standby-follow">.
</para></listitem>
<listitem><para>
<literal>--recovery-min-apply-delay</literal> is now a configuration file parameter
<varname>recovery_min_apply_delay</varname>, to ensure the setting does not get lost
when a standby follows a new upstream.
</para></listitem>
<listitem><para>
<literal>--no-conninfo-password</literal> is deprecated; a password included in
the environment variable <varname>PGPASSWORD</varname> will no longer be added
to <varname>primary_conninfo</varname> by default; to force the inclusion
of a password (not recommended), use the new configuration file parameter
<varname>use_primary_conninfo_password</varname>. For details, ee section
<xref linkend="cloning-advanced-managing-passwords">.
</para></listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</para>
<para>
<application>repmgrd</application>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem><para>
<literal>--monitoring-history</literal> is deprecated and is replaced by the
configuration file option <varname>monitoring_history</varname>.
This enables the setting to be changed without having to modify system service
files.
</para></listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</para>
</sect2>
<sect2>
<title>Configuration file changes</title>
<para><emphasis>Required settings</emphasis></para>
<para>The following 4 parameters are mandatory in <filename>repmgr.conf</filename>:
<itemizedlist spacing="compact" mark="bullet">
<listitem>
<simpara>node_id</simpara>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<simpara>node_name</simpara>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<simpara>conninfo</simpara>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<simpara>data_directory</simpara>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</para>
<para><emphasis>Renamed settings</emphasis></para>
<para>
Some settings have been renamed for clarity and consistency:
<itemizedlist spacing="compact" mark="bullet">
<listitem>
<simpara><varname>node</varname> is now <varname>node_id</varname></simpara>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<simpara><varname>name</varname> is now <varname>node_name</varname></simpara>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<simpara><varname>barman_server</varname> is now <varname>barman_host</varname></simpara>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<simpara><varname>master_reponse_timeout</varname> is now
<varname>async_query_timeout</varname> (to better indicate its purpose)
</simpara>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</para>
<para>
The following configuration file parameters have been renamed for consistency
with other parameters (and conform to the pattern used by PostgreSQL itself,
which uses the prefix <varname>log_</varname> for logging parameters):
<itemizedlist spacing="compact" mark="bullet">
<listitem>
<simpara><varname>loglevel</varname> is now <varname>log_level</varname></simpara>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<simpara><varname>logfile</varname> is now <varname>log_file</varname></simpara>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<simpara><varname>logfacility</varname> is now <varname>log_facility</varname></simpara>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</para>
<para><emphasis>Removed settings</emphasis></para>
<para>
<itemizedlist spacing="compact" mark="bullet">
<listitem>
<simpara><varname>cluster</varname> has been removed</simpara>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<simpara><varname>upstream_node</varname> - see note about
<literal>--upstream-node-id</literal> above</simpara>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<simpara><varname>retry_promote_interval_secs</varname>this is now redundant due
to changes in the failover/promotion mechanism; the new equivalent is
<varname>primary_notification_timeout</varname> </simpara>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</para>
<para><emphasis>Logging changes</emphasis></para>
<para>
<itemizedlist spacing="compact" mark="bullet">
<listitem>
<simpara>
default value for <varname>log_level</varname> is <literal>INFO</literal>
rather than <literal>NOTICE</literal>.
</simpara>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<simpara>
new parameter <varname>log_status_interval</varname>, which causes
<application>repmgrd</application> to emit a status log
line at the specified interval
</simpara>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</para>
</sect2>
<sect2>
<title>repmgrd</title>
<para>
The shared library has been renamed from <literal>repmgr_funcs</literal> to
<literal>repmgr</literal>, meaning <varname>shared_preload_libraries</varname>
in <filename>postgresql.conf</filename> needs to be updated to the new name:
<programlisting>
shared_preload_libraries = 'repmgr'</programlisting>
</para>
</sect2>
</sect1>
</appendix>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
<appendix id="appendix-signatures" xreflabel="Verifying digital signatures">
<title>Verifying digital signatures</title>
<sect1 id="repmgr-source-key" xreflabel="repmgr source key">
<title>repmgr source code signing key</title>
<para>
The signing key ID used for <application>repmgr</application> source code bundles is:
<ulink url="http://packages.2ndquadrant.com/repmgr/SOURCE-GPG-KEY-repmgr">
<literal>0x297F1DCC</literal></ulink>.
</para>
<para>
To download the <application>repmgr</application> source key to your computer:
<programlisting>
curl -s http://packages.2ndquadrant.com/repmgr/SOURCE-GPG-KEY-repmgr | gpg --import
gpg --fingerprint 0x297F1DCC
</programlisting>
then verify that the fingerprint is the expected value:
<programlisting>
085A BE38 6FD9 72CE 6365 340D 8365 683D 297F 1DCC</programlisting>
</para>
<para>
For checking tarballs, first download and import the <application>repmgr</application>
source signing key as shown above. Then download both source tarball and the detached
key (e.g. <filename>repmgr-4.0beta1.tar.gz</filename> and
<filename>repmgr-4.0beta1.tar.gz.asc</filename>) from
<ulink url="https://repmgr.org/download/">https://repmgr.org/download/</ulink>
and use <application>gpg</application> to verify the key, e.g.:
<programlisting>
gpg --verify repmgr-4.0beta1.tar.gz.asc</programlisting>
</para>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="repmgr-rpm-key" xreflabel="repmgr rpm key">
<title>repmgr RPM signing key</title>
<para>
The signing key ID used for <application>repmgr</application> source code bundles is:
<ulink url="http://packages.2ndquadrant.com/repmgr/RPM-GPG-KEY-repmgr">
<literal>0x702D883A</literal></ulink>.
</para>
<para>
To download the <application>repmgr</application> source key to your computer:
<programlisting>
curl -s http://packages.2ndquadrant.com/repmgr/RPM-GPG-KEY-repmgr | gpg --import
gpg --fingerprint 0x702D883A
</programlisting>
then verify that the fingerprint is the expected value:
<programlisting>
AE4E 390E A58E 0037 6148 3F29 888D 018B 702D 883A</programlisting>
</para>
<para>
To check a repository RPM, use <application>rpmkeys</application> to load the
packaging signing key into the RPM database then use <literal>rpm -K</literal>, e.g.:
<programlisting>
sudo rpmkeys --import http://packages.2ndquadrant.com/repmgr/RPM-GPG-KEY-repmgr
rpm -K postgresql-bdr94-2ndquadrant-redhat-1.0-2.noarch.rpm
</programlisting>
</para>
</sect1>
</appendix>

View File

@@ -1,288 +1,8 @@
BDR failover with repmgrd
=========================
`repmgr 4` provides support for monitoring BDR nodes and taking action in case
one of the nodes fails.
This document has been integrated into the main `repmgr` documentation
and is now located here:
*NOTE* Due to the nature of BDR, it's only safe to use this solution for
a two-node scenario. Introducing additional nodes will create an inherent
risk of node desynchronisation if a node goes down without being cleanly
removed from the cluster.
> [BDR failover with repmgrd](https://repmgr.org/docs/4.0/repmgrd-bdr.html)
In contrast to streaming replication, there's no concept of "promoting" a new
primary node with BDR. Instead, "failover" involves monitoring both nodes
with `repmgrd` and redirecting queries from the failed node to the remaining
active node. This can be done by using the event notification script generated by
`repmgrd` to dynamically reconfigure a proxy server/connection pooler such
as PgBouncer.
Prerequisites
-------------
`repmgr 4` requires PostgreSQL 9.6 with the BDR 2 extension enabled and
configured for a two-node BDR network. `repmgr 4` packages
must be installed on each node before attempting to configure repmgr.
*NOTE* `repmgr 4` will refuse to install if it detects more than two
BDR nodes.
Application database connections *must* be passed through a proxy server/
connection pooler such as PgBouncer, and it must be possible to dynamically
reconfigure that from `repmgrd`. The example demonstrated in this document
will use PgBouncer.
The proxy server / connection poolers must not be installed on the database
servers.
For this example, it's assumed password-less SSH connections are available
from the PostgreSQL servers to the servers where PgBouncer runs, and
that the user on those servers has permission to alter the PgBouncer
configuration files.
PostgreSQL connections must be possible between each node, and each node
must be able to connect to each PgBouncer instance.
Configuration
-------------
Sample configuration for `repmgr.conf`:
node_id=1
node_name='node1'
conninfo='host=node1 dbname=bdrtest user=repmgr connect_timeout=2'
replication_type='bdr'
event_notifications=bdr_failover
event_notification_command='/path/to/bdr-pgbouncer.sh %n %e %s "%c" "%a" >> /tmp/bdr-failover.log 2>&1'
# repmgrd options
monitor_interval_secs=5
reconnect_attempts=6
reconnect_interval=5
Adjust settings as appropriate; copy and adjust for the second node (particularly
the values `node_id`, `node_name` and `conninfo`).
Note that the values provided for the `conninfo` string must be valid for
connections from *both* nodes in the cluster. The database must be the BDR
database.
If defined, `event_notifications` will restrict execution of `event_notification_command`
to the specified events.
`event_notification_command` is the script which does the actual "heavy lifting"
of reconfiguring the proxy server/ connection pooler. It is fully user-definable;
a sample implementation is documented below.
repmgr user permissions
-----------------------
`repmgr` will create an extension in the BDR database containing objects
for administering `repmgr` metadata. The user defined in the `conninfo`
setting must be able to access all objects. Additionally, superuser permissions
are required to install the `repmgr` extension. The easiest way to do this
is create the `repmgr` user as a superuser, however if this is not
desirable, the `repmgr` user can be created as a normal user and a
superuser specified with `--superuser` when registering a BDR node.
repmgr setup
------------
Register both nodes:
$ repmgr -f /etc/repmgr.conf bdr register
NOTICE: attempting to install extension "repmgr"
NOTICE: "repmgr" extension successfully installed
NOTICE: node record created for node 'node1' (ID: 1)
NOTICE: BDR node 1 registered (conninfo: host=localhost dbname=bdrtest user=repmgr port=5501)
$ repmgr -f /etc/repmgr.conf bdr register
NOTICE: node record created for node 'node2' (ID: 2)
NOTICE: BDR node 2 registered (conninfo: host=localhost dbname=bdrtest user=repmgr port=5502)
The `repmgr` extension will be automatically created when the first
node is registered, and will be propagated to the second node.
*IMPORTANT* ensure the repmgr package is available on both nodes before
attempting to register the first node
At this point the meta data for both nodes has been created; executing
`repmgr cluster show` (on either node) should produce output like this:
$ repmgr -f /etc/repmgr.conf cluster show
ID | Name | Role | Status | Upstream | Connection string
----+-------+------+-----------+----------+--------------------------------------------------------
1 | node1 | bdr | * running | | host=node1 dbname=bdrtest user=repmgr connect_timeout=2
2 | node2 | bdr | * running | | host=node2 dbname=bdrtest user=repmgr connect_timeout=2
Additionally it's possible to see a log of significant events; so far
this will only record the two node registrations (in reverse chronological order):
Node ID | Event | OK | Timestamp | Details
---------+--------------+----+---------------------+----------------------------------------------
2 | bdr_register | t | 2017-07-27 17:51:48 | node record created for node 'node2' (ID: 2)
1 | bdr_register | t | 2017-07-27 17:51:00 | node record created for node 'node1' (ID: 1)
Defining the "event_notification_command"
-----------------------------------------
Key to "failover" execution is the `event_notification_command`, which is a
user-definable script which should reconfigure the proxy server/
connection pooler.
Each time `repmgr` (or `repmgrd`) records an event, it can optionally
execute the script defined in `event_notification_command` to
take further action; details of the event will be passed as parameters.
Following placeholders are available to the script:
%n - node ID
%e - event type
%s - success (1 or 0)
%t - timestamp
%d - details
%c - conninfo string of the next available node
%a - name of the next available node
Note that `%c` and `%a` will only be provided during `bdr_failover`
events, which is what is of interest here.
The provided sample script (`scripts/bdr-pgbouncer.sh`) is configured like
this:
event_notification_command='/path/to/bdr-pgbouncer.sh %n %e %s "%c" "%a"'
and parses the configures parameters like this:
NODE_ID=$1
EVENT_TYPE=$2
SUCCESS=$3
NEXT_CONNINFO=$4
NEXT_NODE_NAME=$5
It also contains some hard-coded values about the PgBouncer configuration for
both nodes; these will need to be adjusted for your local environment of course
(ideally the scripts would be maintained as templates and generated by some
kind of provisioning system).
The script performs following steps:
- pauses PgBouncer on all nodes
- recreates the PgBouncer configuration file on each node using the information
provided by `repmgrd` (mainly the `conninfo` string) to configure PgBouncer
to point to the remaining node
- reloads the PgBouncer configuration
- resumes PgBouncer
From that point, any connections to PgBouncer on the failed BDR node will be redirected
to the active node.
repmgrd
-------
Node monitoring and failover
----------------------------
At the intervals specified by `monitor_interval_secs` in `repmgr.conf`, `repmgrd`
will ping each node to check if it's available. If a node isn't available,
`repmgrd` will enter failover mode and check `reconnect_attempts` times
at intervals of `reconnect_interval` to confirm the node is definitely unreachable.
This buffer period is necessary to avoid false positives caused by transient
network outages.
If the node is still unavailable, `repmgrd` will enter failover mode and execute
the script defined in `event_notification_command`; an entry will be logged
in the `repmgr.events` table and `repmgrd` will (unless otherwise configured)
resume monitoring of the node in "degraded" mode until it reappears.
`repmgrd` logfile output during a failover event will look something like this
one one node (usually the node which has failed, here "node2"):
...
[2017-07-27 21:08:39] [INFO] starting continuous BDR node monitoring
[2017-07-27 21:08:39] [INFO] monitoring BDR replication status on node "node2" (ID: 2)
[2017-07-27 21:08:55] [INFO] monitoring BDR replication status on node "node2" (ID: 2)
[2017-07-27 21:09:11] [INFO] monitoring BDR replication status on node "node2" (ID: 2)
[2017-07-27 21:09:23] [WARNING] unable to connect to node node2 (ID 2)
[2017-07-27 21:09:23] [INFO] checking state of node 2, 0 of 5 attempts
[2017-07-27 21:09:23] [INFO] sleeping 1 seconds until next reconnection attempt
[2017-07-27 21:09:24] [INFO] checking state of node 2, 1 of 5 attempts
[2017-07-27 21:09:24] [INFO] sleeping 1 seconds until next reconnection attempt
[2017-07-27 21:09:25] [INFO] checking state of node 2, 2 of 5 attempts
[2017-07-27 21:09:25] [INFO] sleeping 1 seconds until next reconnection attempt
[2017-07-27 21:09:26] [INFO] checking state of node 2, 3 of 5 attempts
[2017-07-27 21:09:26] [INFO] sleeping 1 seconds until next reconnection attempt
[2017-07-27 21:09:27] [INFO] checking state of node 2, 4 of 5 attempts
[2017-07-27 21:09:27] [INFO] sleeping 1 seconds until next reconnection attempt
[2017-07-27 21:09:28] [WARNING] unable to reconnect to node 2 after 5 attempts
[2017-07-27 21:09:28] [NOTICE] setting node record for node 2 to inactive
[2017-07-27 21:09:28] [INFO] executing notification command for event "bdr_failover"
[2017-07-27 21:09:28] [DETAIL] command is:
/path/to/bdr-pgbouncer.sh 2 bdr_failover 1 "host=host=node1 dbname=bdrtest user=repmgr connect_timeout=2" "node1"
[2017-07-27 21:09:28] [INFO] node 'node2' (ID: 2) detected as failed; next available node is 'node1' (ID: 1)
[2017-07-27 21:09:28] [INFO] monitoring BDR replication status on node "node2" (ID: 2)
[2017-07-27 21:09:28] [DETAIL] monitoring node "node2" (ID: 2) in degraded mode
...
Output on the other node ("node1") during the same event will look like this:
[2017-07-27 21:08:35] [INFO] starting continuous BDR node monitoring
[2017-07-27 21:08:35] [INFO] monitoring BDR replication status on node "node1" (ID: 1)
[2017-07-27 21:08:51] [INFO] monitoring BDR replication status on node "node1" (ID: 1)
[2017-07-27 21:09:07] [INFO] monitoring BDR replication status on node "node1" (ID: 1)
[2017-07-27 21:09:23] [WARNING] unable to connect to node node2 (ID 2)
[2017-07-27 21:09:23] [INFO] checking state of node 2, 0 of 5 attempts
[2017-07-27 21:09:23] [INFO] sleeping 1 seconds until next reconnection attempt
[2017-07-27 21:09:24] [INFO] checking state of node 2, 1 of 5 attempts
[2017-07-27 21:09:24] [INFO] sleeping 1 seconds until next reconnection attempt
[2017-07-27 21:09:25] [INFO] checking state of node 2, 2 of 5 attempts
[2017-07-27 21:09:25] [INFO] sleeping 1 seconds until next reconnection attempt
[2017-07-27 21:09:26] [INFO] checking state of node 2, 3 of 5 attempts
[2017-07-27 21:09:26] [INFO] sleeping 1 seconds until next reconnection attempt
[2017-07-27 21:09:27] [INFO] checking state of node 2, 4 of 5 attempts
[2017-07-27 21:09:27] [INFO] sleeping 1 seconds until next reconnection attempt
[2017-07-27 21:09:28] [WARNING] unable to reconnect to node 2 after 5 attempts
[2017-07-27 21:09:28] [NOTICE] other node's repmgrd is handling failover
[2017-07-27 21:09:28] [INFO] monitoring BDR replication status on node "node1" (ID: 1)
[2017-07-27 21:09:28] [DETAIL] monitoring node "node2" (ID: 2) in degraded mode
This assumes only the PostgreSQL instance on "node2" has failed. In this case the
`repmgrd` instance running on "node2" has performed the failover. However if
the entire server becomes unavailable, `repmgrd` on "node1" will perform
the failover.
Node recovery
-------------
Following failure of a BDR node, if the node subsequently becomes available again,
a `bdr_recovery` event will be generated. This could potentially be used to
reconfigure PgBouncer automatically to bring the node back into the available pool,
however it would be prudent to manually verify the node's status before
exposing it to the application.
If the failed node comes back up and connects correctly, output similar to this
will be visible in the `repmgrd` log:
[2017-07-27 21:25:30] [DETAIL] monitoring node "node2" (ID: 2) in degraded mode
[2017-07-27 21:25:46] [INFO] monitoring BDR replication status on node "node2" (ID: 2)
[2017-07-27 21:25:46] [DETAIL] monitoring node "node2" (ID: 2) in degraded mode
[2017-07-27 21:25:55] [INFO] active replication slot for node "node1" found after 1 seconds
[2017-07-27 21:25:55] [NOTICE] node "node2" (ID: 2) has recovered after 986 seconds
Shutdown of both nodes
----------------------
If both PostgreSQL instances are shut down, `repmgrd` will try and handle the
situation as gracefully as possible, though with no failover candidates available
there's not much it can do. Should this case ever occur, we recommend shutting
down `repmgrd` on both nodes and restarting it once the PostgreSQL instances
are running properly.

View File

@@ -1,106 +1,7 @@
Changes in repmgr 4
===================
Standardisation on `primary`
----------------------------
This document has been integrated into the main `repmgr` documentation
and is now located here:
To standardise terminology, `primary` is used to denote the read/write
node in a streaming replication cluster. `master` is still accepted
as a synonym (e.g. `repmgr master register`).
New command line options
------------------------
- `--dry-run`: repmgr will attempt to perform the action as far as possible
without making any changes to the database
- `--upstream-node-id`: use to specify the upstream node the standby will
connect later stream from, when cloning a standby. This replaces the configuration
file parameter `upstream_node`, as the upstream node is set when the standby
is initially cloned, but can change over the lifetime of an installation (due
to failovers, switchovers etc.) so it's pointless/confusing keeping the original
value around in the config file.
Changed command line options
----------------------------
### repmgr
- `--replication-user` has been deprecated; it has been replaced by the
configuration file option `replication_user`. The value (which defaults
to the user in the `conninfo` string) will be stored in the repmgr metadata
for use by standby clone/follow..
- `--recovery-min-apply-delay` is now a configuration file parameter
`recovery_min_apply_delay, to ensure the setting does not get lost when
a standby follows a new upstream.
### repmgrd
- `--monitoring-history` is deprecated and has been replaced by the
configuration file option `monitoring_history`. This enables the
setting to be changed without having to modify system service files.
Changes to repmgr commands
--------------------------
### `repmgr cluster show`
This now displays the role of each node (e.g. `primary`, `standby`)
and its status in separate columns.
The `--csv` option now emits a third column indicating the recovery
status of the node.
Configuration file changes
--------------------------
### Required settings
The following 4 parameters are mandatory in `repmgr.conf`:
- `node_id`
- `node_name`
- `conninfo`
- `data_directory`
### Renamed settings
Some settings have been renamed for clarity and consistency:
- `node`: now `node_id`
- `name`: now `node_name`
- `master_reponse_timeout`: now `async_query_timeout` to better indicate its
purpose
- The following configuration file parameters have been renamed for consistency
with other parameters (and conform to the pattern used by PostgreSQL itself,
which uses the prefix `log_` for logging parameters):
- `loglevel` has been renamed to `log_level`
- `logfile` has been renamed to `log_file`
- `logfacility` has been renamed to `log_facility`
### Removed settings
- `cluster`: has been removed
- `upstream_node`: see note about `--upstream-node-id` above.
- `retry_promote_interval_secs`: this is now redundant due to changes in the
failover/promotion mechanism; the new equivalent is `primary_notification_timeout`
### Logging changes
- default value for `log_level` is `INFO` rather than `NOTICE`.
- new parameter `log_status_interval`, which causes `repmgrd` to emit a status log
line at the specified interval
repmgrd
-------
The `repmgr` shared library has been renamed from `repmgr_funcs` to `repmgr`,
meaning `shared_preload_libraries` needs to be updated to the new name:
shared_preload_libraries = 'repmgr'
> [Release notes](https://repmgr.org/docs/4.0/release-4.0.html)

455
doc/cloning-standbys.sgml Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,455 @@
<chapter id="cloning-standbys" xreflabel="cloning standbys">
<title>Cloning standbys</title>
<sect1 id="cloning-from-barman" xreflabel="Cloning from Barman">
<indexterm>
<primary>cloning</primary>
<secondary>from Barman</secondary>
</indexterm>
<indexterm>
<primary>Barman</primary>
<secondary>cloning a standby</secondary>
</indexterm>
<title>Cloning a standby from Barman</title>
<para>
<xref linkend="repmgr-standby-clone"> can use
<ulink url="https://www.2ndquadrant.com/">2ndQuadrant</ulink>'s
<ulink url="https://www.pgbarman.org/">Barman</ulink> application
to clone a standby (and also as a fallback source for WAL files).
</para>
<tip>
<simpara>
Barman (aka PgBarman) should be considered as an integral part of any
PostgreSQL replication cluster. For more details see:
<ulink url="https://www.pgbarman.org/">https://www.pgbarman.org/</ulink>.
</simpara>
</tip>
<para>
Barman support provides the following advantages:
<itemizedlist spacing="compact" mark="bullet">
<listitem>
<para>
the primary node does not need to perform a new backup every time a
new standby is cloned
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
a standby node can be disconnected for longer periods without losing
the ability to catch up, and without causing accumulation of WAL
files on the primary node
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
WAL management on the primary becomes much easier as there's no need
to use replication slots, and <varname>wal_keep_segments</varname>
does not need to be set.
</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</para>
<sect2 id="cloning-from-barman-prerequisites">
<title>Prerequisites for cloning from Barman</title>
<para>
In order to enable Barman support for <command>repmgr standby clone</command>, following
prerequisites must be met:
<itemizedlist spacing="compact" mark="bullet">
<listitem>
<para>
the <varname>barman_server</varname> setting in <filename>repmgr.conf</filename> is the same as the
server configured in Barman;
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
the <varname>barman_host</varname> setting in <filename>repmgr.conf</filename> is set to the SSH
hostname of the Barman server;
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
the <varname>restore_command</varname> setting in <filename>repmgr.conf</filename> is configured to
use a copy of the <command>barman-wal-restore</command> script shipped with the
<literal>barman-cli</literal> package (see section <xref linkend="cloning-from-barman-restore-command">
below).
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
the Barman catalogue includes at least one valid backup for this server.
</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</para>
<note>
<simpara>
Barman support is automatically enabled if <varname>barman_server</varname>
is set. Normally it is good practice to use Barman, for instance
when fetching a base backup while cloning a standby; in any case,
Barman mode can be disabled using the <literal>--without-barman</literal>
command line option.
</simpara>
</note>
<tip>
<simpara>
If you have a non-default SSH configuration on the Barman
server, e.g. using a port other than 22, then you can set those
parameters in a dedicated Host section in <filename>~/.ssh/config</filename>
corresponding to the value of<varname>barman_host</varname> in
<filename>repmgr.conf</filename>. See the <literal>Host</literal>
section in <command>man 5 ssh_config</command> for more details.
</simpara>
</tip>
<para>
It's now possible to clone a standby from Barman, e.g.:
<programlisting>
NOTICE: using configuration file "/etc/repmgr.conf"
NOTICE: destination directory "/var/lib/postgresql/data" provided
INFO: connecting to Barman server to verify backup for test_cluster
INFO: checking and correcting permissions on existing directory "/var/lib/postgresql/data"
INFO: creating directory "/var/lib/postgresql/data/repmgr"...
INFO: connecting to Barman server to fetch server parameters
INFO: connecting to upstream node
INFO: connected to source node, checking its state
INFO: successfully connected to source node
DETAIL: current installation size is 29 MB
NOTICE: retrieving backup from Barman...
receiving file list ...
(...)
NOTICE: standby clone (from Barman) complete
NOTICE: you can now start your PostgreSQL server
HINT: for example: pg_ctl -D /var/lib/postgresql/data start</programlisting>
</para>
</sect2>
<sect2 id="cloning-from-barman-restore-command" xreflabel="Using Barman as a WAL file source">
<indexterm>
<primary>Barman</primary>
<secondary>fetching archived WAL</secondary>
</indexterm>
<title>Using Barman as a WAL file source</title>
<para>
As a fallback in case streaming replication is interrupted, PostgreSQL can optionally
retrieve WAL files from an archive, such as that provided by Barman. This is done by
setting <varname>restore_command</varname> in <filename>recovery.conf</filename> to
a valid shell command which can retrieve a specified WAL file from the archive.
</para>
<para>
<command>barman-wal-restore</command> is a Python script provided as part of the <literal>barman-cli</literal>
package (Barman 2.0 and later; for Barman 1.x the script is provided separately as
<command>barman-wal-restore.py</command>) which performs this function for Barman.
</para>
<para>
To use <command>barman-wal-restore</command> with &repmgr;
and assuming Barman is located on the <literal>barmansrv</literal> host
and that <command>barman-wal-restore</command> is located as an executable at
<filename>/usr/bin/barman-wal-restore</filename>,
<filename>repmgr.conf</filename> should include the following lines:
<programlisting>
barman_host=barmansrv
barman_server=somedb
restore_command=/usr/bin/barman-wal-restore barmansrv somedb %f %p</programlisting>
</para>
<note>
<simpara>
<command>barman-wal-restore</command> supports command line switches to
control parallelism (<literal>--parallel=N</literal>) and compression (
<literal>--bzip2</literal>, <literal>--gzip</literal>).
</simpara>
</note>
<note>
<para>
To use a non-default Barman configuration file on the Barman server,
specify this in <filename>repmgr.conf</filename> with <filename>barman_config</filename>:
<programlisting>
barman_config=/path/to/barman.conf</programlisting>
</para>
</note>
</sect2>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="cloning-replication-slots" xreflabel="Cloning and replication slots">
<indexterm>
<primary>cloning</primary>
<secondary>replication slots</secondary>
</indexterm>
<indexterm>
<primary>replication slots</primary>
<secondary>cloning</secondary>
</indexterm>
<title>Cloning and replication slots</title>
<para>
Replication slots were introduced with PostgreSQL 9.4 and are designed to ensure
that any standby connected to the primary using a replication slot will always
be able to retrieve the required WAL files. This removes the need to manually
manage WAL file retention by estimating the number of WAL files that need to
be maintained on the primary using <varname>wal_keep_segments</varname>.
Do however be aware that if a standby is disconnected, WAL will continue to
accumulate on the primary until either the standby reconnects or the replication
slot is dropped.
</para>
<para>
To enable &repmgr; to use replication slots, set the boolean parameter
<varname>use_replication_slots</varname> in <filename>repmgr.conf</filename>:
<programlisting>
use_replication_slots=true</programlisting>
</para>
<para>
Replication slots must be enabled in <filename>postgresql.conf</filename> by
setting the parameter <varname>max_replication_slots</varname> to at least the
number of expected standbys (changes to this parameter require a server restart).
</para>
<para>
When cloning a standby, &repmgr; will automatically generate an appropriate
slot name, which is stored in the <literal>repmgr.nodes</literal> table, and create the slot
on the upstream node:
<programlisting>
repmgr=# SELECT node_id, upstream_node_id, active, node_name, type, priority, slot_name
FROM repmgr.nodes ORDER BY node_id;
node_id | upstream_node_id | active | node_name | type | priority | slot_name
---------+------------------+--------+-----------+---------+----------+---------------
1 | | t | node1 | primary | 100 | repmgr_slot_1
2 | 1 | t | node2 | standby | 100 | repmgr_slot_2
3 | 1 | t | node3 | standby | 100 | repmgr_slot_3
(3 rows)</programlisting>
<programlisting>
repmgr=# SELECT slot_name, slot_type, active, active_pid FROM pg_replication_slots ;
slot_name | slot_type | active | active_pid
---------------+-----------+--------+------------
repmgr_slot_2 | physical | t | 23658
repmgr_slot_3 | physical | t | 23687
(2 rows)</programlisting>
</para>
<para>
Note that a slot name will be created by default for the primary but not
actually used unless the primary is converted to a standby using e.g.
<command>repmgr standby switchover</command>.
</para>
<para>
Further information on replication slots in the PostgreSQL documentation:
<ulink url="https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/interactive/warm-standby.html#STREAMING-REPLICATION-SLOTS">https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/interactive/warm-standby.html#STREAMING-REPLICATION-SLOTS</ulink>
</para>
<tip>
<simpara>
While replication slots can be useful for streaming replication, it's
recommended to monitor for inactive slots as these will cause WAL files to
build up indefinitely, possibly leading to server failure.
</simpara>
<simpara>
As an alternative we recommend using 2ndQuadrant's <ulink url="https://www.pgbarman.org/">Barman</ulink>,
which offloads WAL management to a separate server, negating the need to use replication
slots to reserve WAL. See section <xref linkend="cloning-from-barman">
for more details on using &repmgr; together with Barman.
</simpara>
</tip>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="cloning-cascading" xreflabel="Cloning and cascading replication">
<indexterm>
<primary>cloning</primary>
<secondary>cascading replication</secondary>
</indexterm>
<title>Cloning and cascading replication</title>
<para>
Cascading replication, introduced with PostgreSQL 9.2, enables a standby server
to replicate from another standby server rather than directly from the primary,
meaning replication changes "cascade" down through a hierarchy of servers. This
can be used to reduce load on the primary and minimize bandwith usage between
sites. For more details, see the
<ulink url="https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/static/warm-standby.html#CASCADING-REPLICATION">
PostgreSQL cascading replication documentation</ulink>.
</para>
<para>
&repmgr; supports cascading replication. When cloning a standby,
set the command-line parameter <literal>--upstream-node-id</literal> to the
<varname>node_id</varname> of the server the standby should connect to, and
&repmgr; will create <filename>recovery.conf</filename> to point to it. Note
that if <literal>--upstream-node-id</literal> is not explicitly provided,
&repmgr; will set the standby's <filename>recovery.conf</filename> to
point to the primary node.
</para>
<para>
To demonstrate cascading replication, first ensure you have a primary and standby
set up as shown in the <xref linkend="quickstart">.
Then create an additional standby server with <filename>repmgr.conf</filename> looking
like this:
<programlisting>
node_id=3
node_name=node3
conninfo='host=node3 user=repmgr dbname=repmgr'
data_directory='/var/lib/postgresql/data'</programlisting>
</para>
<para>
Clone this standby (using the connection parameters for the existing standby),
ensuring <literal>--upstream-node-id</literal> is provide with the <varname>node_id</varname>
of the previously created standby (if following the example, this will be <literal>2</literal>):
<programlisting>
$ repmgr -h node2 -U repmgr -d repmgr -f /etc/repmgr.conf standby clone --upstream-node-id=2
NOTICE: using configuration file "/etc/repmgr.conf"
NOTICE: destination directory "/var/lib/postgresql/data" provided
INFO: connecting to upstream node
INFO: connected to source node, checking its state
NOTICE: checking for available walsenders on upstream node (2 required)
INFO: sufficient walsenders available on upstream node (2 required)
INFO: successfully connected to source node
DETAIL: current installation size is 29 MB
INFO: creating directory "/var/lib/postgresql/data"...
NOTICE: starting backup (using pg_basebackup)...
HINT: this may take some time; consider using the -c/--fast-checkpoint option
INFO: executing: 'pg_basebackup -l "repmgr base backup" -D /var/lib/postgresql/data -h node2 -U repmgr -X stream '
NOTICE: standby clone (using pg_basebackup) complete
NOTICE: you can now start your PostgreSQL server
HINT: for example: pg_ctl -D /var/lib/postgresql/data start</programlisting>
then register it (note that <literal>--upstream-node-id</literal> must be provided here
too):
<programlisting>
$ repmgr -f /etc/repmgr.conf standby register --upstream-node-id=2
NOTICE: standby node "node2" (ID: 2) successfully registered
</programlisting>
</para>
<para>
After starting the standby, the cluster will look like this, showing that <literal>node3</literal>
is attached to <literal>node2</literal>, not the primary (<literal>node1</literal>).
<programlisting>
$ repmgr -f /etc/repmgr.conf cluster show
ID | Name | Role | Status | Upstream | Location | Connection string
----+-------+---------+-----------+----------+----------+--------------------------------------
1 | node1 | primary | * running | | default | host=node1 dbname=repmgr user=repmgr
2 | node2 | standby | running | node1 | default | host=node2 dbname=repmgr user=repmgr
3 | node3 | standby | running | node2 | default | host=node3 dbname=repmgr user=repmgr
</programlisting>
</para>
<tip>
<simpara>
Under some circumstances when setting up a cascading replication
cluster, you may wish to clone a downstream standby whose upstream node
does not yet exist. In this case you can clone from the primary (or
another upstream node); provide the parameter <literal>--upstream-conninfo</literal>
to explictly set the upstream's <varname>primary_conninfo</varname> string
in <filename>recovery.conf</filename>.
</simpara>
</tip>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="cloning-advanced" xreflabel="Advanced cloning options">
<indexterm>
<primary>cloning</primary>
<secondary>advanced options</secondary>
</indexterm>
<title>Advanced cloning options</title>
<sect2 id="cloning-advanced-pg-basebackup-options" xreflabel="pg_basebackup options when cloning a standby">
<title>pg_basebackup options when cloning a standby</title>
<para>
As &repmgr; uses <command>pg_basebackup</command> to clone a standby, it's possible to
provide additional parameters for <command>pg_basebackup</command> to customise the
cloning process.
</para>
<para>
By default, <command>pg_basebackup</command> performs a checkpoint before beginning the backup
process. However, a normal checkpoint may take some time to complete;
a fast checkpoint can be forced with the <literal>-c/--fast-checkpoint</literal> option.
Note that this may impact performance of the server being cloned from (typically the primary)
so should be used with care.
</para>
<tip>
<simpara>
If <application>Barman</application> is set up for the cluster, it's possible to
clone the standby directly from Barman, without any impact on the server the standby
is being cloned from. For more details see <xref linkend="cloning-from-barman">.
</simpara>
</tip>
<para>
Other options can be passed to <command>pg_basebackup</command> by including them
in the <filename>repmgr.conf</filename> setting <varname>pg_basebackup_options</varname>.
</para>
<para>
If using a separate directory to store WAL files, provide the option <literal>--waldir</literal>
(<literal>--xlogdir</literal> in PostgreSQL 9.6 and earlier) with the absolute path to the
WAL directory. Any WALs generated during the cloning process will be copied here, and
a symlink will automatically be created from the main data directory.
</para>
<para>
See the <ulink url="https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/static/app-pgbasebackup.html">PostgreSQL pg_basebackup documentation</ulink>
for more details of available options.
</para>
</sect2>
<sect2 id="cloning-advanced-managing-passwords" xreflabel="Managing passwords">
<title>Managing passwords</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>cloning</primary>
<secondary>using passwords</secondary>
</indexterm>
<para>
If replication connections to a standby's upstream server are password-protected,
the standby must be able to provide the password so it can begin streaming replication.
</para>
<para>
The recommended way to do this is to store the password in the <literal>postgres</literal> system
user's <filename>~/.pgpass</filename> file. It's also possible to store the password in the
environment variable <varname>PGPASSWORD</varname>, however this is not recommended for
security reasons. For more details see the
<ulink url="https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/static/libpq-pgpass.html">PostgreSQL password file documentation</ulink>.
</para>
<note>
<para>
If using a <filename>pgpass</filename> file, an entry for the replication user (by default the
user who connects to the <literal>repmgr</literal> database) <emphasis>must</emphasis>
be provided, with database name set to <literal>replication</literal>, e.g.:
<programlisting>
node1:5432:replication:repmgr:12345</programlisting>
</para>
</note>
<para>
If, for whatever reason, you wish to include the password in <filename>recovery.conf</filename>,
set <varname>use_primary_conninfo_password</varname> to <literal>true</literal> in
<filename>repmgr.conf</filename>. This will read a password set in <varname>PGPASSWORD</varname>
(but not <filename>~/.pgpass</filename>) and place it into the <varname>primary_conninfo</varname>
string in <filename>recovery.conf</filename>. Note that <varname>PGPASSWORD</varname>
will need to be set during any action which causes <filename>recovery.conf</filename> to be
rewritten, e.g. <xref linkend="repmgr-standby-follow">.
</para>
<para>
It is of course also possible to include the password value in the <varname>conninfo</varname>
string for each node, but this is obviously a security risk and should be avoided.
</para>
<para>
From PostgreSQL 9.6, <application>libpq</application> supports the <varname>passfile</varname>
parameter in connection strings, which can be used to specify a password file other than
the default <filename>~/.pgpass</filename>.
</para>
<para>
To have &repmgr; write a custom password file in <varname>primary_conninfo</varname>,
specify its location in <varname>passfile</varname> in <filename>repmgr.conf</filename>.
</para>
</sect2>
<sect2 id="cloning-advanced-replication-user" xreflabel="Separate replication user">
<title>Separate replication user</title>
<para>
In some circumstances it might be desirable to create a dedicated replication-only
user (in addition to the user who manages the &repmgr; metadata). In this case,
the replication user should be set in <filename>repmgr.conf</filename> via the parameter
<varname>replication_user</varname>; &repmgr; will use this value when making
replication connections and generating <filename>recovery.conf</filename>. This
value will also be stored in the parameter <literal>repmgr.nodes</literal>
table for each node; it no longer needs to be explicitly specified when
cloning a node or executing <xref linkend="repmgr-standby-follow">.
</para>
</sect2>
</sect1>
</chapter>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
<sect1 id="configuration-file-settings" xreflabel="configuration file settings">
<indexterm>
<primary>repmgr.conf</primary>
<secondary>basic settings</secondary>
</indexterm>
<title>Basic configuration file settings</title>
<para>
Each <filename>repmgr.conf</filename> file must contain the following parameters:
</para>
<para>
<variablelist>
<varlistentry id="repmgr-conf-node-id" xreflabel="node_id">
<term><varname>node_id</varname> (<type>int</type>)
<indexterm>
<primary><varname>node_id</varname> configuration file parameter</primary>
</indexterm>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
A unique integer greater than zero which identifies the node.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry id="repmgr-conf-node-name" xreflabel="node_name">
<term><varname>node_name</varname> (<type>string</type>)
<indexterm>
<primary><varname>node_name</varname> configuration file parameter</primary>
</indexterm>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
An arbitrary (but unique) string; we recommend using the server's hostname
or another identifier unambiguously associated with the server to avoid
confusion. Avoid choosing names which reflect the node's current role,
e.g. <varname>primary</varname> or <varname>standby1</varname>
as roles can change and if you end up in a solution where the current primary is
called <varname>standby1</varname> (for example), things will be confusing
to say the least.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry id="repmgr-conf-conninfo" xreflabel="conninfo">
<term><varname>conninfo</varname> (<type>string</type>)
<indexterm>
<primary><varname>conninfo</varname> configuration file parameter</primary>
</indexterm>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
Database connection information as a conninfo string.
All servers in the cluster must be able to connect to
the local node using this string.
</para>
<para>
For details on conninfo strings, see section <ulink
url="https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/static/libpq-connect.html#LIBPQ-CONNSTRING">Connection Strings</>
in the PosgreSQL documentation.
</para>
<para>
If repmgrd is in use, consider explicitly setting
<varname>connect_timeout</varname> in the <varname>conninfo</varname>
string to determine the length of time which elapses before a network
connection attempt is abandoned; for details see <ulink
url="https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/static/libpq-connect.html#LIBPQ-CONNECT-CONNECT-TIMEOUT">
the PostgreSQL documentation</>.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry id="repmgr-conf-data-directory" xreflabel="data_directory">
<term><varname>data_directory</varname> (<type>string</type>)
<indexterm>
<primary><varname>data_directory</varname> configuration file parameter</primary>
</indexterm>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
The node's data directory. This is needed by repmgr
when performing operations when the PostgreSQL instance
is not running and there's no other way of determining
the data directory.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</para>
<para>
For a full list of annotated configuration items, see the file
<ulink url="https://raw.githubusercontent.com/2ndQuadrant/repmgr/master/repmgr.conf.sample">repmgr.conf.sample</ulink>.
</para>
<para>
For <application>repmgrd</application>-specific settings, see <xref linkend="repmgrd-configuration">.
</para>
<note>
<para>
The following parameters in the configuration file can be overridden with
command line options:
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<simpara>
<literal>-L/--log-level</literal> overrides <literal>log_level</literal> in
<filename>repmgr.conf</filename>
</simpara>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<simpara>
<literal>-b/--pg_bindir</literal> overrides <literal>pg_bindir</literal> in
<filename>repmgr.conf</filename>
</simpara>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</para>
</note>
</sect1>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
<sect1 id="configuration-file" xreflabel="configuration file location">
<indexterm>
<primary>repmgr.conf</primary>
<secondary>location</secondary>
</indexterm>
<indexterm>
<primary>configuration</primary>
<secondary>repmgr.conf location</secondary>
</indexterm>
<title>Configuration file location</title>
<para>
<application>repmgr</application> and <application>repmgrd</application>
use a common configuration file, by default called
<filename>repmgr.conf</filename> (although any name can be used if explicitly specified).
<filename>repmgr.conf</filename> must contain a number of required parameters, including
the database connection string for the local node and the location
of its data directory; other values will be inferred from defaults if
not explicitly supplied. See section <xref linkend="configuration-file-settings">
for more details.
</para>
<para>
The configuration file will be searched for in the following locations:
<itemizedlist spacing="compact" mark="bullet">
<listitem>
<para>a configuration file specified by the <literal>-f/--config-file</literal> command line option</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
a location specified by the package maintainer (if <application>repmgr</application>
as installed from a package and the package maintainer has specified the configuration
file location)
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para><filename>repmgr.conf</filename> in the local directory</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para><filename>/etc/repmgr.conf</filename></para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>the directory reported by <application>pg_config --sysconfdir</application></para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</para>
<para>
Note that if a file is explicitly specified with <literal>-f/--config-file</literal>,
an error will be raised if it is not found or not readable, and no attempt will be made to
check default locations; this is to prevent <application>repmgr</application> unexpectedly
reading the wrong configuraton file.
</para>
<note>
<para>
If providing the configuration file location with <literal>-f/--config-file</literal>,
avoid using a relative path, particularly when executing <xref linkend="repmgr-primary-register">
and <xref linkend="repmgr-standby-register">, as &repmgr; stores the configuration file location
in the repmgr metadata for use when &repmgr; is executed remotely (e.g. during
<xref linkend="repmgr-standby-switchover">). &repmgr; will attempt to convert the
a relative path into an absolute one, but this may not be the same as the path you
would explicitly provide (e.g. <filename>./repmgr.conf</filename> might be converted
to <filename>/path/to/./repmgr.conf</filename>, whereas you'd normally write
<filename>/path/to/repmgr.conf</filename>).
</para>
</note>
</sect1>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
<sect1 id="configuration-service-commands" xreflabel="service command settings">
<indexterm>
<primary>repmgr.conf</primary>
<secondary>service command settings</secondary>
</indexterm>
<indexterm>
<primary>service command settings</primary>
<secondary>configuration in repmgr.conf</secondary>
</indexterm>
<title>Service command settings</title>
<para>
In some circumstances, &repmgr; (and <application>repmgrd</application>) need to
be able to stop, start or restart PostgreSQL. &repmgr; commands which need to do this
include <link linkend="repmgr-standby-follow"><command>repmgr standby follow</command></link>,
<link linkend="repmgr-standby-switchover"><command>repmgr standby switchover</command></link> and
<link linkend="repmgr-node-rejoin"><command>repmgr node rejoin</command></link>.
</para>
<para>
By default, &repmgr; will use PostgreSQL's <command>pg_ctl</command> to control the PostgreSQL
server. However this can lead to various problems, particularly when PostgreSQL has been
installed from packages, and expecially so if <application>systemd</application> is in use.
</para>
<note>
<para>
If using <application>systemd</application>, ensure you have <varname>RemoteIPC</varname> set to <literal>off</literal>.
See the <ulink url="https://wiki.postgresql.org/wiki/Systemd">systemd</ulink>
entry in the <ulink url="https://wiki.postgresql.org/wiki/Main_Page">PostgreSQL wiki</ulink> for details.
</para>
</note>
<para>
With this in mind, we recommend to <emphasis>always</emphasis> configure &repmgr; to use the
available system service commands.
</para>
<para>
To do this, specify the appropriate command for each action
in <filename>repmgr.conf</filename> using the following configuration
parameters:
<programlisting>
service_start_command
service_stop_command
service_restart_command
service_reload_command</programlisting>
</para>
<note>
<para>
It's also possible to specify a <varname>service_promote_command</varname>;
this overrides any value contained in the setting <varname>promote_command</varname>.
This is intended for systems which provide a package-level promote command,
such as Debian's <application>pg_ctlcluster</application>.
</para>
</note>
<para>
To confirm which command &repmgr; will execute for each action, use
<command>repmgr node service --list --action=...</command>, e.g.:
<programlisting>
repmgr -f /etc/repmgr.conf node service --list --action=stop
repmgr -f /etc/repmgr.conf node service --list --action=start
repmgr -f /etc/repmgr.conf node service --list --action=restart
repmgr -f /etc/repmgr.conf node service --list --action=reload</programlisting>
</para>
<para>
These commands will be executed by the system user which &repmgr; runs as (usually <literal>postgres</literal>)
and will probably require passwordless sudo access to be able to execute the command.
</para>
<para>
For example, using <application>systemd</application> on CentOS 7, the service commands can be
set as follows:
<programlisting>
service_start_command = 'sudo systemctl start postgresql-9.6'
service_stop_command = 'sudo systemctl stop postgresql-9.6'
service_restart_command = 'sudo systemctl restart postgresql-9.6'
service_reload_command = 'sudo systemctl reload postgresql-9.6'</programlisting>
and <filename>/etc/sudoers</filename> should be set as follows:
<programlisting>
Defaults:postgres !requiretty
postgres ALL = NOPASSWD: /usr/bin/systemctl stop postgresql-9.6, \
/usr/bin/systemctl start postgresql-9.6, \
/usr/bin/systemctl restart postgresql-9.6 \
/usr/bin/systemctl reload postgresql-9.6</programlisting>
</para>
<important>
<indexterm>
<primary>pg_ctlcluster</primary>
<secondary>service command settings</secondary>
</indexterm>
<para>
Debian/Ubuntu users: instead of calling <command>sudo systemctl</command> directly, use
<command>sudo pg_ctlcluster</command>, e.g.:
<programlisting>
service_start_command = 'sudo pg_ctlcluster 9.6 main start'
service_stop_command = 'sudo pg_ctlcluster 9.6 main stop'
service_restart_command = 'sudo pg_ctlcluster 9.6 main restart'
service_reload_command = 'sudo pg_ctlcluster 9.6 main reload'</programlisting>
and set <filename>/etc/sudoers</filename> accordingly.
</para>
<para>
While <command>pg_ctlcluster</command> will work when executed as user <literal>postgres</literal>,
it's strongly recommended to use <command>sudo pg_ctlcluster</command> on <application>systemd</application>
systems, to ensure <application>systemd</application> has a correct picture of
the PostgreSQL application state.
</para>
</important>
</sect1>

25
doc/configuration.sgml Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
<chapter id="configuration" xreflabel="Configuration">
<title>repmgr configuration</title>
&configuration-file;
&configuration-file-settings;
&configuration-service-commands;
<sect1 id="configuration-permissions" xreflabel="User permissions">
<indexterm>
<primary>configuration</primary>
<secondary>user permissions</secondary>
</indexterm>
<title>repmgr user permissions</title>
<para>
&repmgr; will create an extension database containing objects
for administering &repmgr; metadata. The user defined in the <varname>conninfo</varname>
setting must be able to access all objects. Additionally, superuser permissions
are required to install the &repmgr; extension. The easiest way to do this
is create the &repmgr; user as a superuser, however if this is not
desirable, the &repmgr; user can be created as a normal user and a
superuser specified with <literal>--superuser</literal> when registering a &repmgr; node.
</para>
</sect1>
</chapter>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
<chapter id="using-witness-server">
<indexterm>
<primary>witness server</primary>
<seealso>Using a witness server with repmgrd</seealso>
</indexterm>
<title>Using a witness server</title>
<para>
A <xref linkend="witness-server"> is a normal PostgreSQL instance which
is not part of the streaming replication cluster; its purpose is, if a
failover situation occurs, to provide proof that the primary server
itself is unavailable.
</para>
<para>
A typical use case for a witness server is a two-node streaming replication
setup, where the primary and standby are in different locations (data centres).
By creating a witness server in the same location as the primary, if the primary
becomes unavailable it's possible for the standby to decide whether it can
promote itself without risking a "split brain" scenario: if it can't see either the
witness or the primary server, it's likely there's a network-level interruption
and it should not promote itself. If it can seen the witness but not the primary,
this proves there is no network interruption and the primary itself is unavailable,
and it can therefore promote itself (and ideally take action to fence the
former primary).
</para>
<para>
For more complex replication scenarios,e.g. with multiple datacentres, it may
be preferable to use location-based failover, which ensures that only nodes
in the same location as the primary will ever be promotion candidates;
see <xref linkend="repmgrd-network-split"> for more details.
</para>
<note>
<simpara>
A witness server will only be useful if <application>repmgrd</application>
is in use.
</simpara>
</note>
<sect1 id="creating-witness-server">
<title>Creating a witness server</title>
<para>
To create a witness server, set up a normal PostgreSQL instance on a server
in the same physical location as the cluster's primary server.
</para>
<para>
This instance should *not* be on the same physical host as the primary server,
as otherwise if the primary server fails due to hardware issues, the witness
server will be lost too.
</para>
<note>
<simpara>
&repmgr; 3.3 and earlier provided a <command>repmgr create witness</command>
command, which would automatically create a PostgreSQL instance. However
this often resulted in an unsatisfactory, hard-to-customise instance.
</simpara>
</note>
<para>
The witness server should be configured in the same way as a normal
&repmgr; node; see section <xref linkend="configuration">.
</para>
<para>
Register the witness server with <xref linkend="repmgr-witness-register">.
This will create the &repmgr; extension on the witness server, and make
a copy of the &repmgr; metadata.
</para>
<note>
<simpara>
As the witness server is not part of the replication cluster, further
changes to the &repmgr; metadata will be synchronised by
<application>repmgrd</application>.
</simpara>
</note>
<para>
Once the witness server has been configured, <application>repmgrd</application>
should be started; for more details see <xref linkend="repmgrd-witness-server">.
</para>
<para>
To unregister a witness server, use <xref linkend="repmgr-witness-unregister">.
</para>
</sect1>
</chapter>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,251 @@
<chapter id="event-notifications" xreflabel="event notifications">
<indexterm>
<primary>event notifications</primary>
</indexterm>
<title>Event Notifications</title>
<para>
Each time &repmgr; or <application>repmgrd</application> perform a significant event, a record
of that event is written into the <literal>repmgr.events</literal> table together with
a timestamp, an indication of failure or success, and further details
if appropriate. This is useful for gaining an overview of events
affecting the replication cluster. However note that this table has
advisory character and should be used in combination with the &repmgr;
and PostgreSQL logs to obtain details of any events.
</para>
<para>
Example output after a primary was registered and a standby cloned
and registered:
<programlisting>
repmgr=# SELECT * from repmgr.events ;
node_id | event | successful | event_timestamp | details
---------+------------------+------------+-------------------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | primary_register | t | 2016-01-08 15:04:39.781733+09 |
2 | standby_clone | t | 2016-01-08 15:04:49.530001+09 | Cloned from host 'repmgr_node1', port 5432; backup method: pg_basebackup; --force: N
2 | standby_register | t | 2016-01-08 15:04:50.621292+09 |
(3 rows)</programlisting>
</para>
<para>
Alternatively, use <xref linkend="repmgr-cluster-event"> to output a
formatted list of events.
</para>
<para>
Additionally, event notifications can be passed to a user-defined program
or script which can take further action, e.g. send email notifications.
This is done by setting the <literal>event_notification_command</literal> parameter in
<filename>repmgr.conf</filename>.
</para>
<para>
The following format placeholders are provided for all event notifications:
</para>
<variablelist>
<varlistentry>
<term><option>%n</option></term>
<listitem>
<para>
node ID
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><option>%e</option></term>
<listitem>
<para>
event type
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><option>%s</option></term>
<listitem>
<para>
success (1) or failure (0)
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><option>%t</option></term>
<listitem>
<para>
timestamp
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><option>%d</option></term>
<listitem>
<para>
details
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
<para>
The values provided for <literal>%t</literal> and <literal>%d</literal>
will probably contain spaces, so should be quoted in the provided command
configuration, e.g.:
<programlisting>
event_notification_command='/path/to/some/script %n %e %s "%t" "%d"'
</programlisting>
</para>
<para>
The following parameters are provided for a subset of event notifications:
</para>
<variablelist>
<varlistentry>
<term><option>%p</option></term>
<listitem>
<para>
node ID of the current primary (<xref linkend="repmgr-standby-register"> and <xref linkend="repmgr-standby-follow">)
</para>
<para>
node ID of the demoted primary (<xref linkend="repmgr-standby-switchover"> only)
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><option>%c</option></term>
<listitem>
<para>
<literal>conninfo</literal> string of the primary node
(<xref linkend="repmgr-standby-register"> and <xref linkend="repmgr-standby-follow">)
</para>
<para>
<literal>conninfo</literal> string of the next available node
(<varname>bdr_failover</varname> and <varname>bdr_recovery</varname>)
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><option>%a</option></term>
<listitem>
<para>
name of the current primary node (<xref linkend="repmgr-standby-register"> and <xref linkend="repmgr-standby-follow">)
</para>
<para>
name of the next available node (<varname>bdr_failover</varname> and <varname>bdr_recovery</varname>)
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
<para>
The values provided for <literal>%c</literal> and <literal>%a</literal>
will probably contain spaces, so should always be quoted.
</para>
<para>
By default, all notification types will be passed to the designated script;
the notification types can be filtered to explicitly named ones using the
<varname>event_notifications</varname> parameter:
<itemizedlist spacing="compact" mark="bullet">
<listitem>
<simpara><literal>primary_register</literal></simpara>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<simpara><literal>primary_unregister</literal></simpara>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<simpara><literal>standby_register</literal></simpara>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<simpara><literal>standby_register_sync</literal></simpara>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<simpara><literal>standby_unregister</literal></simpara>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<simpara><literal>standby_clone</literal></simpara>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<simpara><literal>standby_promote</literal></simpara>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<simpara><literal>standby_follow</literal></simpara>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<simpara><literal>standby_disconnect_manual</literal></simpara>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<simpara><literal>standby_failure</literal></simpara>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<simpara><literal>standby_recovery</literal></simpara>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<simpara><literal>witness_register</literal></simpara>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<simpara><literal>witness_unregister</literal></simpara>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<simpara><literal>node_rejoin</literal></simpara>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<simpara><literal>repmgrd_start</literal></simpara>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<simpara><literal>repmgrd_shutdown</literal></simpara>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<simpara><literal>repmgrd_failover_promote</literal></simpara>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<simpara><literal>repmgrd_failover_follow</literal></simpara>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<simpara><literal>repmgrd_failover_aborted</literal></simpara>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<simpara><literal>repmgrd_upstream_disconnect</literal></simpara>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<simpara><literal>repmgrd_upstream_reconnect</literal></simpara>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<simpara><literal>repmgrd_promote_error</literal></simpara>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<simpara><literal>repmgrd_failover_promote</literal></simpara>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<simpara><literal>bdr_failover</literal></simpara>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<simpara><literal>bdr_reconnect</literal></simpara>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<simpara><literal>bdr_recovery</literal></simpara>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<simpara><literal>bdr_register</literal></simpara>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<simpara><literal>bdr_unregister</literal></simpara>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</para>
<para>
Note that under some circumstances (e.g. when no replication cluster primary
could be located), it will not be possible to write an entry into the
<literal>repmgr.events</literal>
table, in which case executing a script via <varname>event_notification_command</varname>
can serve as a fallback by generating some form of notification.
</para>
</chapter>

87
doc/filelist.sgml Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
<!-- doc/filelist.sgml -->
<!ENTITY legal SYSTEM "legal.sgml">
<!ENTITY bookindex SYSTEM "bookindex.sgml">
<!--
Some parts of the documentation are also source for some plain-text
files used during installation. To selectively ignore or include
some parts (e.g., external xref's) when generating these files we use
these parameter entities. See also standalone-install.sgml.
-->
<!ENTITY % standalone-ignore "INCLUDE">
<!ENTITY % standalone-include "IGNORE">
<!-- doc/filelist.sgml -->
<!--
By default, no index is included. Use -i include-index on the command line
to include it.
-->
<!ENTITY % include-index "IGNORE">
<!--
Create empty index element for processing by XSLT stylesheet.
-->
<!ENTITY % include-xslt-index "IGNORE">
<!--
Include external documentation sections
-->
<!ENTITY overview SYSTEM "overview.sgml">
<!ENTITY install SYSTEM "install.sgml">
<!ENTITY install-requirements SYSTEM "install-requirements.sgml">
<!ENTITY install-packages SYSTEM "install-packages.sgml">
<!ENTITY install-source SYSTEM "install-source.sgml">
<!ENTITY quickstart SYSTEM "quickstart.sgml">
<!ENTITY configuration SYSTEM "configuration.sgml">
<!ENTITY configuration-file SYSTEM "configuration-file.sgml">
<!ENTITY configuration-file-settings SYSTEM "configuration-file-settings.sgml">
<!ENTITY configuration-service-commands SYSTEM "configuration-service-commands.sgml">
<!ENTITY cloning-standbys SYSTEM "cloning-standbys.sgml">
<!ENTITY promoting-standby SYSTEM "promoting-standby.sgml">
<!ENTITY follow-new-primary SYSTEM "follow-new-primary.sgml">
<!ENTITY switchover SYSTEM "switchover.sgml">
<!ENTITY configuring-witness-server SYSTEM "configuring-witness-server.sgml">
<!ENTITY event-notifications SYSTEM "event-notifications.sgml">
<!ENTITY upgrading-repmgr SYSTEM "upgrading-repmgr.sgml">
<!ENTITY repmgrd-automatic-failover SYSTEM "repmgrd-automatic-failover.sgml">
<!ENTITY repmgrd-configuration SYSTEM "repmgrd-configuration.sgml">
<!ENTITY repmgrd-demonstration SYSTEM "repmgrd-demonstration.sgml">
<!ENTITY repmgrd-monitoring SYSTEM "repmgrd-monitoring.sgml">
<!ENTITY repmgrd-degraded-monitoring SYSTEM "repmgrd-degraded-monitoring.sgml">
<!ENTITY repmgrd-cascading-replication SYSTEM "repmgrd-cascading-replication.sgml">
<!ENTITY repmgrd-network-split SYSTEM "repmgrd-network-split.sgml">
<!ENTITY repmgrd-witness-server SYSTEM "repmgrd-witness-server.sgml">
<!ENTITY repmgrd-bdr SYSTEM "repmgrd-bdr.sgml">
<!ENTITY repmgr-primary-register SYSTEM "repmgr-primary-register.sgml">
<!ENTITY repmgr-primary-unregister SYSTEM "repmgr-primary-unregister.sgml">
<!ENTITY repmgr-standby-clone SYSTEM "repmgr-standby-clone.sgml">
<!ENTITY repmgr-standby-register SYSTEM "repmgr-standby-register.sgml">
<!ENTITY repmgr-standby-unregister SYSTEM "repmgr-standby-unregister.sgml">
<!ENTITY repmgr-standby-promote SYSTEM "repmgr-standby-promote.sgml">
<!ENTITY repmgr-standby-follow SYSTEM "repmgr-standby-follow.sgml">
<!ENTITY repmgr-standby-switchover SYSTEM "repmgr-standby-switchover.sgml">
<!ENTITY repmgr-witness-register SYSTEM "repmgr-witness-register.sgml">
<!ENTITY repmgr-witness-unregister SYSTEM "repmgr-witness-unregister.sgml">
<!ENTITY repmgr-node-status SYSTEM "repmgr-node-status.sgml">
<!ENTITY repmgr-node-check SYSTEM "repmgr-node-check.sgml">
<!ENTITY repmgr-node-rejoin SYSTEM "repmgr-node-rejoin.sgml">
<!ENTITY repmgr-cluster-show SYSTEM "repmgr-cluster-show.sgml">
<!ENTITY repmgr-cluster-matrix SYSTEM "repmgr-cluster-matrix.sgml">
<!ENTITY repmgr-cluster-crosscheck SYSTEM "repmgr-cluster-crosscheck.sgml">
<!ENTITY repmgr-cluster-event SYSTEM "repmgr-cluster-event.sgml">
<!ENTITY repmgr-cluster-cleanup SYSTEM "repmgr-cluster-cleanup.sgml">
<!ENTITY appendix-release-notes SYSTEM "appendix-release-notes.sgml">
<!ENTITY appendix-faq SYSTEM "appendix-faq.sgml">
<!ENTITY appendix-signatures SYSTEM "appendix-signatures.sgml">
<!ENTITY appendix-packages SYSTEM "appendix-packages.sgml">
<!ENTITY bookindex SYSTEM "bookindex.sgml">

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
<chapter id="follow-new-primary">
<indexterm>
<primary>Following a new primary</primary>
<seealso>repmgr standby follow</seealso>
</indexterm>
<title>Following a new primary</title>
<para>
Following the failure or removal of the replication cluster's existing primary
server, <xref linkend="repmgr-standby-follow"> can be used to make 'orphaned' standbys
follow the new primary and catch up to its current state.
</para>
<para>
To demonstrate this, assuming a replication cluster in the same state as the
end of the preceding section (<xref linkend="promoting-standby">),
execute this:
<programlisting>
$ repmgr -f /etc/repmgr.conf repmgr standby follow
INFO: changing node 3's primary to node 2
NOTICE: restarting server using "pg_ctl -l /var/log/postgresql/startup.log -w -D '/var/lib/postgresql/data' restart"
waiting for server to shut down......... done
server stopped
waiting for server to start.... done
server started
NOTICE: STANDBY FOLLOW successful
DETAIL: node 3 is now attached to node 2
</programlisting>
</para>
<para>
The standby is now replicating from the new primary and
<command><link linkend="repmgr-cluster-show">repmgr cluster show</link></command>
output reflects this:
<programlisting>
$ repmgr -f /etc/repmgr.conf cluster show
ID | Name | Role | Status | Upstream | Location | Connection string
----+-------+---------+-----------+----------+----------+--------------------------------------
1 | node1 | primary | - failed | | default | host=node1 dbname=repmgr user=repmgr
2 | node2 | primary | * running | | default | host=node2 dbname=repmgr user=repmgr
3 | node3 | standby | running | node2 | default | host=node3 dbname=repmgr user=repmgr</programlisting>
</para>
<para>
Note that with cascading replication, <command>repmgr standby follow</command> can also be
used to detach a standby from its current upstream server and follow the
primary. However it's currently not possible to have it follow another standby;
we hope to improve this in a future release.
</para>
</chapter>

173
doc/install-packages.sgml Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,173 @@
<sect1 id="installation-packages" xreflabel="Installing from packages">
<title>Installing &repmgr; from packages</title>
<para>
We recommend installing &repmgr; using the available packages for your
system.
</para>
<sect2 id="installation-packages-redhat" xreflabel="Installing from packages on RHEL, Fedora and CentOS">
<indexterm>
<primary>installation</primary>
<secondary>on Red Hat/CentOS/Fedora etc.</secondary>
</indexterm>
<title>RedHat/Fedora/CentOS</title>
<para>
RPM packages for &repmgr; are available via Yum through
the PostgreSQL Global Development Group RPM repository
(<ulink url="https://yum.postgresql.org/">http://yum.postgresql.org/</ulink>).
Follow the instructions for your distribution (RedHat, CentOS,
Fedora, etc.) and architecture as detailed there.
</para>
<para>
<ulink url="https://2ndquadrant.com">2ndQuadrant</ulink> also provides its
own RPM packages which are made available
at the same time as each &repmgr; release, as it can take some days for
them to become available via the main PGDG repository. See following section for details:
</para>
<note>
<para>
&repmgr; packages are designed to be compatible with the community-provided PostgreSQL packages.
They may not work with vendor-specific packages such as those provided by RedHat for RHEL
customers, as the filesystem layout may be different to the community RPMs.
Please contact your support vendor for assistance.
</para>
</note>
<para>
For more information on the package contents, including details of installation
paths and relevant <link linkend="configuration-service-commands">service commands</link>,
see the appendix section <xref linkend="packages-centos">.
</para>
<sect3 id="installation-packages-redhat-2ndq">
<title>2ndQuadrant repmgr yum repository</title>
<para>
Beginning with <ulink url="http://repmgr.org/release-notes-3.1.3.html">repmgr 3.1.3</ulink>,
<ulink url="https://2ndquadrant.com/">2ndQuadrant</ulink> provides a dedicated <literal>yum</literal>
repository for &repmgr; releases. This repository complements the main
<ulink url="https://yum.postgresql.org/repopackages.php">PGDG community repository</ulink>,
but enables repmgr users to access the latest &repmgr; packages before they are
available via the PGDG repository, which can take several days to be updated following
a fresh &repmgr; release.
</para>
<para>
<emphasis>Installation</emphasis>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<para>
Import the repository public key (optional but recommended):
<programlisting>
rpm --import http://packages.2ndquadrant.com/repmgr/RPM-GPG-KEY-repmgr</programlisting>
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
Install the repository RPM for your distribution (this enables the 2ndQuadrant
repository as a source of repmgr packages):
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<simpara>
<emphasis>Fedora:</emphasis>
<ulink url="http://packages.2ndquadrant.com/repmgr/yum-repo-rpms/repmgr-fedora-1.0-1.noarch.rpm">http://packages.2ndquadrant.com/repmgr/yum-repo-rpms/repmgr-fedora-1.0-1.noarch.rpm</ulink>
</simpara>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<simpara>
<emphasis>RHEL, CentOS etc:</emphasis>
<ulink url="http://packages.2ndquadrant.com/repmgr/yum-repo-rpms/repmgr-rhel-1.0-1.noarch.rpm">http://packages.2ndquadrant.com/repmgr/yum-repo-rpms/repmgr-rhel-1.0-1.noarch.rpm</ulink>
</simpara>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</para>
<para>
e.g.:
<programlisting>
$ yum install http://packages.2ndquadrant.com/repmgr/yum-repo-rpms/repmgr-rhel-1.0-1.noarch.rpm</programlisting>
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
Install the repmgr version appropriate for your PostgreSQL version (e.g. <literal>repmgr96</literal>), e.g.:
<programlisting>
$ yum install repmgr96</programlisting>
</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</para>
<para>
<emphasis>Compatibility with PGDG Repositories</emphasis>
</para>
<para>
The 2ndQuadrant &repmgr; yum repository uses exactly the same package definitions as the
main PGDG repository and is effectively a selective mirror for &repmgr; packages only.
</para>
<para>
Normally yum should prioritize the repository with the most recent &repmgr; version.
Once the PGDG repository has been updated, it doesn't matter which repository
the packages are installed from.
</para>
<para>
To ensure the 2ndQuadrant repository is always prioritised, install <literal>yum-plugin-priorities</literal>
and set the repository priorities accordingly.
</para>
<para>
<emphasis>Installing a specific package version</emphasis>
</para>
<para>
To install a specific package version, execute <command>yum --showduplicates list</command>
for the package in question:
<programlisting>
[root@localhost ~]# yum --showduplicates list repmgr96
Loaded plugins: fastestmirror
Loading mirror speeds from cached hostfile
* base: ftp.iij.ad.jp
* extras: ftp.iij.ad.jp
* updates: ftp.iij.ad.jp
Available Packages
repmgr96.x86_64 3.2-1.el6 2ndquadrant-repmgr
repmgr96.x86_64 3.2.1-1.el6 2ndquadrant-repmgr
repmgr96.x86_64 3.3-1.el6 2ndquadrant-repmgr
repmgr96.x86_64 3.3.1-1.el6 2ndquadrant-repmgr
repmgr96.x86_64 3.3.2-1.el6 2ndquadrant-repmgr
repmgr96.x86_64 3.3.2-1.rhel6 pgdg96
repmgr96.x86_64 4.0.0-1.el6 2ndquadrant-repmgr
repmgr96.x86_64 4.0.0-1.rhel6 pgdg96</programlisting>
then append the appropriate version number to the package name with a hyphen, e.g.:
<programlisting>
[root@localhost ~]# yum install repmgr96-3.3.2-1.el6</programlisting>
</para>
</sect3>
</sect2>
<sect2 id="installation-packages-debian" xreflabel="Installing from packages on Debian or Ubuntu">
<indexterm>
<primary>installation</primary>
<secondary>on Debian/Ubuntu etc.</secondary>
</indexterm>
<title>Debian/Ubuntu</title>
<para>.deb packages for &repmgr; are available from the
PostgreSQL Community APT repository (<ulink url="http://apt.postgresql.org/">http://apt.postgresql.org/</ulink>).
Instructions can be found in the APT section of the PostgreSQL Wiki
(<ulink url="https://wiki.postgresql.org/wiki/Apt">https://wiki.postgresql.org/wiki/Apt</ulink>).
</para>
<para>
For more information on the package contents, including details of installation
paths and relevant <link linkend="configuration-service-commands">service commands</link>,
see the appendix section <xref linkend="packages-debian-ubuntu">.
</para>
</sect2>
</sect1>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
<sect1 id="install-requirements" xreflabel="installation requirements">
<indexterm>
<primary>installation</primary>
<secondary>requirements</secondary>
</indexterm>
<title>Requirements for installing repmgr</title>
<para>
repmgr is developed and tested on Linux and OS X, but should work on any
UNIX-like system supported by PostgreSQL itself. There is no support for
Microsoft Windows.
</para>
<para>
From version 4.0, repmgr is compatible with all PostgreSQL versions from 9.3, including PostgreSQL 10.
Note that some &repmgr; functionality is not available in PostgreSQL 9.3 and PostgreSQL 9.4.
</para>
<note>
<simpara>
If upgrading from &repmgr; 3.x, please see the section <xref linkend="upgrading-from-repmgr-3">.
</simpara>
</note>
<para>
All servers in the replication cluster must be running the same major version of
PostgreSQL, and we recommend that they also run the same minor version.
</para>
<para>
&repmgr; must be installed on each server in the replication cluster.
If installing repmgr from packages, the package version must match the PostgreSQL
version. If installing from source, repmgr must be compiled against the same
major version.
</para>
<para>
A dedicated system user for &repmgr; is *not* required; as many &repmgr; and
<application>repmgrd</application> actions require direct access to the PostgreSQL data directory,
these commands should be executed by the <literal>postgres</literal> user.
</para>
<para>
Passwordless <command>ssh</command> connectivity between all servers in the replication cluster
is not required, but is necessary in the following cases:
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<simpara>if you need &repmgr; to copy configuration files from outside the PostgreSQL
data directory (in which case <command>rsync</command> is also required)</simpara>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<simpara>to perform <link linkend="performing-switchover">switchover operations</link></simpara>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<simpara>
when executing <command><link linkend="repmgr-cluster-matrix">repmgr cluster matrix</link></command>
and <command><link linkend="repmgr-cluster-crosscheck">repmgr cluster crosscheck</link></command>
</simpara>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</para>
<tip>
<simpara>
We recommend using a session multiplexer utility such as <command>screen</command> or
<command>tmux</command> when performing long-running actions (such as cloning a database)
on a remote server - this will ensure the &repmgr; action won't be prematurely
terminated if your <command>ssh</command> session to the server is interrupted or closed.
</simpara>
</tip>
</sect1>

175
doc/install-source.sgml Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,175 @@
<sect1 id="installation-source" xreflabel="Installing from source code">
<indexterm>
<primary>installation</primary>
<secondary>from source</secondary>
</indexterm>
<title>Installing &repmgr; from source</title>
<sect2 id="installation-source-prereqs">
<title>Prerequisites for installing from source</title>
<para>
To install &repmgr; the prerequisites for compiling
&postgres; must be installed. These are described in &postgres;'s
documentation
on <ulink url="https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/install-requirements.html">build requirements</ulink>
and <ulink url="https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/docguide-toolsets.html">build requirements for documentation</ulink>.
</para>
<para>
Most mainstream Linux distributions and other UNIX variants provide simple
ways to install the prerequisites from packages.
<itemizedlist spacing="compact" mark="bullet">
<listitem>
<para>
<literal>Debian</literal> and <literal>Ubuntu</literal>: First
add the <ulink
url="http://apt.postgresql.org/">apt.postgresql.org</ulink>
repository to your <filename>sources.list</filename> if you
have not already done so. Then install the pre-requisites for
building PostgreSQL with:
<programlisting>
sudo apt-get update
sudo apt-get build-dep postgresql-9.6</programlisting>
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
<literal>RHEL or CentOS 6.x or 7.x</literal>: install the appropriate repository RPM
for your system from <ulink url="https://yum.postgresql.org/repopackages.php">
yum.postgresql.org</ulink>. Then install the prerequisites for building
PostgreSQL with:
<programlisting>
sudo yum check-update
sudo yum groupinstall "Development Tools"
sudo yum install yum-utils openjade docbook-dtds docbook-style-dsssl docbook-style-xsl
sudo yum-builddep postgresql96</programlisting>
</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</para>
<note>
<simpara>
Select the appropriate PostgreSQL versions for your target repmgr version.
</simpara>
</note>
</sect2>
<sect2 id="installation-get-source">
<title>Getting &repmgr; source code</title>
<para>
There are two ways to get the &repmgr; source code: with git, or by downloading tarballs of released versions.
</para>
<sect3>
<title>Using <application>git</application> to get the &repmgr; sources</title>
<para>
Use <application><ulink url="https://git-scm.com">git</ulink></application> if you expect
to update often, you want to keep track of development or if you want to contribute
changes to &repmgr;. There is no reason <emphasis>not</emphasis> to use <application>git</application>
if you're familiar with it.
</para>
<para>
The source for &repmgr; is maintained at
<ulink url="https://github.com/2ndQuadrant/repmgr">https://github.com/2ndQuadrant/repmgr</ulink>.
</para>
<para>
There are also tags for each &repmgr; release, e.g. <filename>REL4_0_STABLE</filename>.
</para>
<para>
Clone the source code using <application>git</application>:
<programlisting>
git clone https://github.com/2ndQuadrant/repmgr</programlisting>
</para>
<para>
For more information on using <application>git</application> see
<ulink url="https://git-scm.com/">git-scm.com</ulink>.
</para>
</sect3>
<sect3>
<title>Downloading release source tarballs</title>
<para>
Official release source code is uploaded as tarballs to the
&repmgr; website along with a tarball checksum and a matching GnuPG
signature. See
<ulink url="http://repmgr.org/">http://repmgr.org/</ulink>
for the download information. See <xref linkend="appendix-signatures">
for information on verifying digital signatures.
</para>
<para>
You will need to download the repmgr source, e.g. <filename>repmgr-4.0.tar.gz</filename>.
You may optionally verify the package checksums from the
<literal>.md5</literal> files and/or verify the GnuPG signatures
per <xref linkend="appendix-signatures">.
</para>
<para>
After you unpack the source code archives using <literal>tar xf</literal>
the installation process is the same as if you were installing from a git
clone.
</para>
</sect3>
</sect2>
<sect2 id="installation-repmgr-source">
<title>Installation of &repmgr; from source</title>
<para>
To installing &repmgr; from source, simply execute:
<programlisting>
./configure && make install</programlisting>
Ensure <command>pg_config</command> for the target PostgreSQL version is in
<varname>$PATH</varname>.
</para>
</sect2>
<sect2 id="installation-build-repmgr-docs">
<title>Building &repmgr; documentation</title>
<para>
The &repmgr; documentation is (like the main PostgreSQL project)
written in DocBook format. To build it locally as HTML, you'll need to
install the required packages as described in the
<ulink url="https://www.postgresql.org/docs/9.6/static/docguide-toolsets.html">
PostgreSQL documentation</ulink> then execute:
<programlisting>
./configure && make install-doc</programlisting>
</para>
<para>
The generated HTML files will be placed in the <filename>doc/html</filename>
subdirectory of your source tree.
</para>
<para>
To build the documentation as a single HTML file, execute:
<programlisting>
cd doc/ && make repmgr.html</programlisting>
</para>
<note>
<simpara>
Due to changes in PostgreSQL's documentation build system from PostgreSQL 10,
the documentation can currently only be built agains PostgreSQL 9.6 or earlier.
This limitation will be fixed when time and resources permit.
</simpara>
</note>
</sect2>
</sect1>

28
doc/install.sgml Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
<chapter id="installation" xreflabel="Installation">
<indexterm>
<primary>installation</primary>
</indexterm>
<title>Installation</title>
<para>
&repmgr; can be installed from binary packages provided by your operating
system's packaging system, or from source.
</para>
<para>
In general we recommend using binary packages, unless unavailable for your operating system.
</para>
<para>
Source installs are mainly useful if you want to keep track of the very
latest repmgr development and contribute to development. They're also the
only option if there are no packages for your operating system yet.
</para>
<para>
Before installing &repmgr; make sure you satisfy the <xref linkend="install-requirements">.
</para>
&install-requirements;
&install-packages;
&install-source;
</chapter>

37
doc/legal.sgml Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
<!-- doc/legal.sgml -->
<date>2017</date>
<copyright>
<year>2010-2018</year>
<holder>2ndQuadrant, Ltd.</holder>
</copyright>
<legalnotice id="legalnotice">
<title>Legal Notice</title>
<para>
<productname>repmgr</productname> is Copyright &copy; 2010-2018
by 2ndQuadrant, Ltd. All rights reserved.
</para>
<para>
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
</para>
<para>
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
</para>
<para>
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see
<ulink url="https://www.gnu.org/licenses/">https://www.gnu.org/licenses/</ulink>
to obtain one.
</para>
</legalnotice>

241
doc/overview.sgml Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,241 @@
<chapter id="overview" xreflabel="Overview">
<title>repmgr overview</title>
<para>
This chapter provides a high-level overview of &repmgr;'s components and
functionality.
</para>
<sect1 id="repmgr-concepts" xreflabel="Concepts">
<indexterm>
<primary>concepts</primary>
</indexterm>
<title>Concepts</title>
<para>
This guide assumes that you are familiar with PostgreSQL administration and
streaming replication concepts. For further details on streaming
replication, see the PostgreSQL documentation section on <ulink
url="https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/interactive/warm-standby.html#STREAMING-REPLICATION">
streaming replication</>.
</para>
<para>
The following terms are used throughout the &repmgr; documentation.
<variablelist>
<varlistentry>
<term>replication cluster</term>
<listitem>
<simpara>
In the &repmgr; documentation, "replication cluster" refers to the network
of PostgreSQL servers connected by streaming replication.
</simpara>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>node</term>
<listitem>
<simpara>
A node is a single PostgreSQL server within a replication cluster.
</simpara>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>upstream node</term>
<listitem>
<simpara>
The node a standby server connects to, in order to receive streaming replication.
This is either the primary server, or in the case of cascading replication, another
standby.
</simpara>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>failover</term>
<listitem>
<simpara>
This is the action which occurs if a primary server fails and a suitable standby
is promoted as the new primary. The <application>repmgrd</application> daemon supports automatic failover
to minimise downtime.
</simpara>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>switchover</term>
<listitem>
<simpara>
In certain circumstances, such as hardware or operating system maintenance,
it's necessary to take a primary server offline; in this case a controlled
switchover is necessary, whereby a suitable standby is promoted and the
existing primary removed from the replication cluster in a controlled manner.
The &repmgr; command line client provides this functionality.
</simpara>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>fencing</term>
<listitem>
<simpara>
In a failover situation, following the promotion of a new standby, it's
essential that the previous primary does not unexpectedly come back on
line, which would result in a split-brain situation. To prevent this,
the failed primary should be isolated from applications, i.e. "fenced off".
</simpara>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry id="witness-server">
<term>witness server</term>
<listitem>
<para>
&repmgr; provides functionality to set up a so-called "witness server" to
assist in determining a new primary server in a failover situation with more
than one standby. The witness server itself is not part of the replication
cluster, although it does contain a copy of the repmgr metadata schema.
</para>
<para>
The purpose of a witness server is to provide a "casting vote" where servers
in the replication cluster are split over more than one location. In the event
of a loss of connectivity between locations, the presence or absence of
the witness server will decide whether a server at that location is promoted
to primary; this is to prevent a "split-brain" situation where an isolated
location interprets a network outage as a failure of the (remote) primary and
promotes a (local) standby.
</para>
<para>
A witness server only needs to be created if <application>repmgrd</application>
is in use.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</para>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="repmgr-components" xreflabel="Components">
<title>Components</title>
<para>
&repmgr; is a suite of open-source tools to manage replication and failover
within a cluster of PostgreSQL servers. It supports and enhances PostgreSQL's
built-in streaming replication, which provides a single read/write primary server
and one or more read-only standbys containing near-real time copies of the primary
server's database. It provides two main tools:
<variablelist>
<varlistentry>
<term>repmgr</term>
<listitem>
<para>
A command-line tool used to perform administrative tasks such as:
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<simpara>setting up standby servers</simpara>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<simpara>promoting a standby server to primary</simpara>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<simpara>switching over primary and standby servers</simpara>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<simpara>displaying the status of servers in the replication cluster</simpara>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>repmgrd</term>
<listitem>
<para>
A daemon which actively monitors servers in a replication cluster
and performs the following tasks:
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<simpara>monitoring and recording replication performance</simpara>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<simpara>performing failover by detecting failure of the primary and
promoting the most suitable standby server
</simpara>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<simpara>provide notifications about events in the cluster to a user-defined
script which can perform tasks such as sending alerts by email</simpara>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</para>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="repmgr-user-metadata" xreflabel="Repmgr user and metadata">
<title>Repmgr user and metadata</title>
<para>
In order to effectively manage a replication cluster, &repmgr; needs to store
information about the servers in the cluster in a dedicated database schema.
This schema is automatically created by the &repmgr; extension, which is installed
during the first step in initializing a &repmgr;-administered cluster
(<command><link linkend="repmgr-primary-register">repmgr primary register</link></command>)
and contains the following objects:
<variablelist>
<varlistentry>
<term>Tables</term>
<listitem>
<para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<simpara><literal>repmgr.events</literal>: records events of interest</simpara>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<simpara><literal>repmgr.nodes</literal>: connection and status information for each server in the
replication cluster</simpara>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<simpara><literal>repmgr.monitoring_history</literal>: historical standby monitoring information
written by <application>repmgrd</application></simpara>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>Views</term>
<listitem>
<para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<simpara>repmgr.show_nodes: based on the table <literal>repmgr.nodes</literal>, additionally showing the
name of the server's upstream node</simpara>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<simpara>repmgr.replication_status: when <application>repmgrd</application>'s monitoring is enabled, shows
current monitoring status for each standby.</simpara>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</para>
<para>
The &repmgr; metadata schema can be stored in an existing database or in its own
dedicated database. Note that the &repmgr; metadata schema cannot reside on a database
server which is not part of the replication cluster managed by &repmgr;.
</para>
<para>
A database user must be available for &repmgr; to access this database and perform
necessary changes. This user does not need to be a superuser, however some operations
such as initial installation of the &repmgr; extension will require a superuser
connection (this can be specified where required with the command line option
<literal>--superuser</literal>).
</para>
</sect1>
</chapter>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
<chapter id="promoting-standby" xreflabel="Promoting a standby">
<indexterm>
<primary>promoting a standby</primary>
<seealso>repmgr standby promote</seealso>
</indexterm>
<title>Promoting a standby server with repmgr</title>
<para>
If a primary server fails or needs to be removed from the replication cluster,
a new primary server must be designated, to ensure the cluster continues
to function correctly. This can be done with <xref linkend="repmgr-standby-promote">,
which promotes the standby on the current server to primary.
</para>
<para>
To demonstrate this, set up a replication cluster with a primary and two attached
standby servers so that the cluster looks like this:
<programlisting>
$ repmgr -f /etc/repmgr.conf cluster show
ID | Name | Role | Status | Upstream | Location | Connection string
----+-------+---------+-----------+----------+----------+--------------------------------------
1 | node1 | primary | * running | | default | host=node1 dbname=repmgr user=repmgr
2 | node2 | standby | running | node1 | default | host=node2 dbname=repmgr user=repmgr
3 | node3 | standby | running | node1 | default | host=node3 dbname=repmgr user=repmgr</programlisting>
</para>
<para>
Stop the current primary with e.g.:
<programlisting>
$ pg_ctl -D /var/lib/postgresql/data -m fast stop</programlisting>
</para>
<para>
At this point the replication cluster will be in a partially disabled state, with
both standbys accepting read-only connections while attempting to connect to the
stopped primary. Note that the &repmgr; metadata table will not yet have been updated;
executing <xref linkend="repmgr-cluster-show"> will note the discrepancy:
<programlisting>
$ repmgr -f /etc/repmgr.conf cluster show
ID | Name | Role | Status | Upstream | Location | Connection string
----+-------+---------+---------------+----------+----------+--------------------------------------
1 | node1 | primary | ? unreachable | | default | host=node1 dbname=repmgr user=repmgr
2 | node2 | standby | running | node1 | default | host=node2 dbname=repmgr user=repmgr
3 | node3 | standby | running | node1 | default | host=node3 dbname=repmgr user=repmgr
WARNING: following issues were detected
node "node1" (ID: 1) is registered as an active primary but is unreachable</programlisting>
</para>
<para>
Now promote the first standby with:
<programlisting>
$ repmgr -f /etc/repmgr.conf standby promote</programlisting>
</para>
<para>
This will produce output similar to the following:
<programlisting>
INFO: connecting to standby database
NOTICE: promoting standby
DETAIL: promoting server using "pg_ctl -l /var/log/postgresql/startup.log -w -D '/var/lib/postgresql/data' promote"
server promoting
INFO: reconnecting to promoted server
NOTICE: STANDBY PROMOTE successful
DETAIL: node 2 was successfully promoted to primary</programlisting>
</para>
<para>
Executing <xref linkend="repmgr-cluster-show"> will show the current state; as there is now an
active primary, the previous warning will not be displayed:
<programlisting>
$ repmgr -f /etc/repmgr.conf cluster show
ID | Name | Role | Status | Upstream | Location | Connection string
----+-------+---------+-----------+----------+----------+--------------------------------------
1 | node1 | primary | - failed | | default | host=node1 dbname=repmgr user=repmgr
2 | node2 | primary | * running | | default | host=node2 dbname=repmgr user=repmgr
3 | node3 | standby | running | node1 | default | host=node3 dbname=repmgr user=repmgr</programlisting>
</para>
<para>
However the sole remaining standby (<literal>node3</literal>) is still trying to replicate from the failed
primary; <xref linkend="repmgr-standby-follow"> must now be executed to rectify this situation
(see <xref linkend="follow-new-primary"> for example).
</para>
</chapter>

455
doc/quickstart.sgml Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,455 @@
<chapter id="quickstart" xreflabel="Quick-start guide">
<title>Quick-start guide</title>
<para>
This section gives a quick introduction to &repmgr;, including setting up a
sample &repmgr; installation and a basic replication cluster.
</para>
<para>
These instructions for demonstration purposes and are not suitable for a production
install, as issues such as account security considerations, and system administration
best practices are omitted.
</para>
<note>
<simpara>
To upgrade an existing &repmgr; 3.x installation, see section
<xref linkend="upgrading-from-repmgr-3">.
</simpara>
</note>
<sect1 id="quickstart-prerequisites">
<title>Prerequisites for setting up a basic replication cluster with &repmgr;</title>
<para>
The following section will describe how to set up a basic replication cluster
with a primary and a standby server using the <application>repmgr</application>
command line tool.
</para>
<para>
We'll assume the primary is called <literal>node1</literal> with IP address
<literal>192.168.1.11</literal>, and the standby is called <literal>node2</literal>
with IP address <literal>192.168.1.12</literal>
</para>
<para>
Following software must be installed on both servers:
<itemizedlist spacing="compact" mark="bullet">
<listitem>
<simpara><application>PostgreSQL</application></simpara>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<simpara>
<application>repmgr</application> (matching the installed
<application>PostgreSQL</application> major version)
</simpara>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</para>
<para>
At network level, connections between the PostgreSQL port (default: <literal>5432</literal>)
must be possible in both directions.
</para>
<para>
If you want <application>repmgr</application> to copy configuration files which are
located outside the PostgreSQL data directory, and/or to test <command>switchover</command>
functionality, you will also need passwordless SSH connections between both servers, and
<application>rsync</application> should be installed.
</para>
<tip>
<simpara>
For testing <application>repmgr</application>, it's possible to use multiple PostgreSQL
instances running on different ports on the same computer, with
passwordless SSH access to <filename>localhost</filename> enabled.
</simpara>
</tip>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="quickstart-postgresql-configuration">
<title>PostgreSQL configuration</title>
<para>
On the primary server, a PostgreSQL instance must be initialised and running.
The following replication settings may need to be adjusted:
</para>
<programlisting>
# Enable replication connections; set this figure to at least one more
# than the number of standbys which will connect to this server
# (note that repmgr will execute `pg_basebackup` in WAL streaming mode,
# which requires two free WAL senders)
max_wal_senders = 10
# Ensure WAL files contain enough information to enable read-only queries
# on the standby.
#
# PostgreSQL 9.5 and earlier: one of 'hot_standby' or 'logical'
# PostgreSQL 9.6 and later: one of 'replica' or 'logical'
# ('hot_standby' will still be accepted as an alias for 'replica')
#
# See: https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/static/runtime-config-wal.html#GUC-WAL-LEVEL
wal_level = 'hot_standby'
# Enable read-only queries on a standby
# (Note: this will be ignored on a primary but we recommend including
# it anyway)
hot_standby = on
# Enable WAL file archiving
archive_mode = on
# Set archive command to a script or application that will safely store
# you WALs in a secure place. /bin/true is an example of a command that
# ignores archiving. Use something more sensible.
archive_command = '/bin/true'
# If you have configured "pg_basebackup_options"
# in "repmgr.conf" to include the setting "--xlog-method=fetch" (from
# PostgreSQL 10 "--wal-method=fetch"), *and* you have not set
# "restore_command" in "repmgr.conf"to fetch WAL files from another
# source such as Barman, you'll need to set "wal_keep_segments" to a
# high enough value to ensure that all WAL files generated while
# the standby is being cloned are retained until the standby starts up.
#
# wal_keep_segments = 5000
</programlisting>
<tip>
<simpara>
Rather than editing these settings in the default <filename>postgresql.conf</filename>
file, create a separate file such as <filename>postgresql.replication.conf</filename> and
include it from the end of the main configuration file with:
<command>include 'postgresql.replication.conf</command>.
</simpara>
</tip>
<para>
Additionally, if you are intending to use <application>pg_rewind</application>,
and the cluster was not initialised using data checksums, you may want to consider enabling
<varname>wal_log_hints</varname>; for more details see <xref linkend="repmgr-node-rejoin-pg-rewind">.
</para>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="quickstart-repmgr-user-database">
<title>Create the repmgr user and database</title>
<para>
Create a dedicated PostgreSQL superuser account and a database for
the &repmgr; metadata, e.g.
</para>
<programlisting>
createuser -s repmgr
createdb repmgr -O repmgr
</programlisting>
<para>
For the examples in this document, the name <literal>repmgr</literal> will be
used for both user and database, but any names can be used.
</para>
<note>
<para>
For the sake of simplicity, the <literal>repmgr</literal> user is created
as a superuser. If desired, it's possible to create the <literal>repmgr</literal>
user as a normal user. However for certain operations superuser permissions
are requiredl; in this case the command line option <command>--superuser</command>
can be provided to specify a superuser.
</para>
<para>
It's also assumed that the <literal>repmgr</literal> user will be used to make the
replication connection from the standby to the primary; again this can be
overridden by specifying a separate replication user when registering each node.
</para>
</note>
<tip>
<para>
&repmgr; will install the <literal>repmgr</literal> extension, which creates a
<literal>repmgr</literal> schema containing the &repmgr;'s metadata tables as
well as other functions and views. We also recommend that you set the
<literal>repmgr</literal> user's search path to include this schema name, e.g.
<programlisting>
ALTER USER repmgr SET search_path TO repmgr, "$user", public;</programlisting>
</para>
</tip>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="quickstart-authentication">
<title>Configuring authentication in pg_hba.conf</title>
<para>
Ensure the <literal>repmgr</literal> user has appropriate permissions in <filename>pg_hba.conf</filename> and
can connect in replication mode; <filename>pg_hba.conf</filename> should contain entries
similar to the following:
</para>
<programlisting>
local replication repmgr trust
host replication repmgr 127.0.0.1/32 trust
host replication repmgr 192.168.1.0/24 trust
local repmgr repmgr trust
host repmgr repmgr 127.0.0.1/32 trust
host repmgr repmgr 192.168.1.0/24 trust
</programlisting>
<para>
Note that these are simple settings for testing purposes.
Adjust according to your network environment and authentication requirements.
</para>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="quickstart-standby-preparation">
<title>Preparing the standby</title>
<para>
On the standby, do not create a PostgreSQL instance, but do ensure the destination
data directory (and any other directories which you want PostgreSQL to use)
exist and are owned by the <literal>postgres</literal> system user. Permissions
must be set to <literal>0700</literal> (<literal>drwx------</literal>).
</para>
<para>
Check the primary database is reachable from the standby using <application>psql</application>:
</para>
<programlisting>
psql 'host=node1 user=repmgr dbname=repmgr connect_timeout=2'</programlisting>
<note>
<para>
&repmgr; stores connection information as <ulink
url="https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/static/libpq-connect.html#LIBPQ-CONNSTRING">libpq
connection strings</ulink> throughout. This documentation refers to them as <literal>conninfo</literal>
strings; an alternative name is <literal>DSN</literal> (<literal>data source name</literal>).
We'll use these in place of the <command>-h hostname -d databasename -U username</command> syntax.
</para>
</note>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="quickstart-repmgr-conf">
<title>repmgr configuration file</title>
<para>
Create a <filename>repmgr.conf</filename> file on the primary server. The file must
contain at least the following parameters:
</para>
<programlisting>
node_id=1
node_name=node1
conninfo='host=node1 user=repmgr dbname=repmgr connect_timeout=2'
data_directory='/var/lib/postgresql/data'
</programlisting>
<para>
<filename>repmgr.conf</filename> should not be stored inside the PostgreSQL data directory,
as it could be overwritten when setting up or reinitialising the PostgreSQL
server. See sections on <xref linkend="configuration-file"> and <xref linkend="configuration-file-settings">
for further details about <filename>repmgr.conf</filename>.
</para>
<tip>
<simpara>
For Debian-based distributions we recommend explictly setting
<literal>pg_bindir</literal> to the directory where <command>pg_ctl</command> and other binaries
not in the standard path are located. For PostgreSQL 9.6 this would be <filename>/usr/lib/postgresql/9.6/bin/</filename>.
</simpara>
</tip>
<para>
See the file
<ulink url="https://raw.githubusercontent.com/2ndQuadrant/repmgr/master/repmgr.conf.sample">repmgr.conf.sample</>
for details of all available configuration parameters.
</para>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="quickstart-primary-register">
<title>Register the primary server</title>
<para>
To enable &repmgr; to support a replication cluster, the primary node must
be registered with &repmgr;. This installs the <literal>repmgr</literal>
extension and metadata objects, and adds a metadata record for the primary server:
</para>
<programlisting>
$ repmgr -f /etc/repmgr.conf primary register
INFO: connecting to primary database...
NOTICE: attempting to install extension "repmgr"
NOTICE: "repmgr" extension successfully installed
NOTICE: primary node record (id: 1) registered</programlisting>
<para>
Verify status of the cluster like this:
</para>
<programlisting>
$ repmgr -f /etc/repmgr.conf cluster show
ID | Name | Role | Status | Upstream | Connection string
----+-------+---------+-----------+----------+--------------------------------------------------------
1 | node1 | primary | * running | | host=node1 dbname=repmgr user=repmgr connect_timeout=2
</programlisting>
<para>
The record in the <literal>repmgr</literal> metadata table will look like this:
</para>
<programlisting>
repmgr=# SELECT * FROM repmgr.nodes;
-[ RECORD 1 ]----+-------------------------------------------------------
node_id | 1
upstream_node_id |
active | t
node_name | node1
type | primary
location | default
priority | 100
conninfo | host=node1 dbname=repmgr user=repmgr connect_timeout=2
repluser | repmgr
slot_name |
config_file | /etc/repmgr.conf</programlisting>
<para>
Each server in the replication cluster will have its own record. If <application>repmgrd</application>
is in use, the fields <literal>upstream_node_id</literal>, <literal>active</literal> and
<literal>type</literal> will be updated when the node's status or role changes.
</para>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="quickstart-standby-clone">
<title>Clone the standby server</title>
<para>
Create a <filename>repmgr.conf</filename> file on the standby server. It must contain at
least the same parameters as the primary's <filename>repmgr.conf</filename>, but with
the mandatory values <literal>node</literal>, <literal>node_name</literal>, <literal>conninfo</literal>
(and possibly <literal>data_directory</literal>) adjusted accordingly, e.g.:
</para>
<programlisting>
node_id=2
node_name=node2
conninfo='host=node2 user=repmgr dbname=repmgr connect_timeout=2'
data_directory='/var/lib/postgresql/data'</programlisting>
<para>
Use the <command>--dry-run</command> option to check the standby can be cloned:
</para>
<programlisting>
$ repmgr -h node1 -U repmgr -d repmgr -f /etc/repmgr.conf standby clone --dry-run
NOTICE: using provided configuration file "/etc/repmgr.conf"
NOTICE: destination directory "/var/lib/postgresql/data" provided
INFO: connecting to source node
NOTICE: checking for available walsenders on source node (2 required)
INFO: sufficient walsenders available on source node (2 required)
NOTICE: standby will attach to upstream node 1
HINT: consider using the -c/--fast-checkpoint option
INFO: all prerequisites for "standby clone" are met</programlisting>
<para>
If no problems are reported, the standby can then be cloned with:
</para>
<programlisting>
$ repmgr -h node1 -U repmgr -d repmgr -f /etc/repmgr.conf standby clone
NOTICE: using configuration file "/etc/repmgr.conf"
NOTICE: destination directory "/var/lib/postgresql/data" provided
INFO: connecting to source node
NOTICE: checking for available walsenders on source node (2 required)
INFO: sufficient walsenders available on source node (2 required)
INFO: creating directory "/var/lib/postgresql/data"...
NOTICE: starting backup (using pg_basebackup)...
HINT: this may take some time; consider using the -c/--fast-checkpoint option
INFO: executing:
pg_basebackup -l "repmgr base backup" -D /var/lib/postgresql/data -h node1 -U repmgr -X stream
NOTICE: standby clone (using pg_basebackup) complete
NOTICE: you can now start your PostgreSQL server
HINT: for example: pg_ctl -D /var/lib/postgresql/data start
</programlisting>
<para>
This has cloned the PostgreSQL data directory files from the primary <literal>node1</literal>
using PostgreSQL's <command>pg_basebackup</command> utility. A <filename>recovery.conf</filename>
file containing the correct parameters to start streaming from this primary server will be created
automatically.
</para>
<note>
<simpara>
By default, any configuration files in the primary's data directory will be
copied to the standby. Typically these will be <filename>postgresql.conf</filename>,
<filename>postgresql.auto.conf</filename>, <filename>pg_hba.conf</filename> and
<filename>pg_ident.conf</filename>. These may require modification before the standby
is started.
</simpara>
</note>
<para>
Make any adjustments to the standby's PostgreSQL configuration files now,
then start the server.
</para>
<para>
For more details on <command>repmgr standby clone</command>, see the
<link linkend="repmgr-standby-clone">command reference</link>.
A more detailed overview of cloning options is available in the
<link linkend="cloning-standbys">administration manual</link>.
</para>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="quickstart-verify-replication">
<title>Verify replication is functioning</title>
<para>
Connect to the primary server and execute:
<programlisting>
repmgr=# SELECT * FROM pg_stat_replication;
-[ RECORD 1 ]----+------------------------------
pid | 19111
usesysid | 16384
usename | repmgr
application_name | node2
client_addr | 192.168.1.12
client_hostname |
client_port | 50378
backend_start | 2017-08-28 15:14:19.851581+09
backend_xmin |
state | streaming
sent_location | 0/7000318
write_location | 0/7000318
flush_location | 0/7000318
replay_location | 0/7000318
sync_priority | 0
sync_state | async</programlisting>
This shows that the previously cloned standby (<literal>node2</literal> shown in the field
<literal>application_name</literal>) has connected to the primary from IP address
<literal>192.168.1.12</literal>.
</para>
<para>
From PostgreSQL 9.6 you can also use the view
<ulink url="https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/static/monitoring-stats.html#PG-STAT-WAL-RECEIVER-VIEW">
<literal>pg_stat_wal_receiver</literal></ulink> to check the replication status from the standby.
<programlisting>
repmgr=# SELECT * FROM pg_stat_wal_receiver;
Expanded display is on.
-[ RECORD 1 ]---------+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
pid | 18236
status | streaming
receive_start_lsn | 0/3000000
receive_start_tli | 1
received_lsn | 0/7000538
received_tli | 1
last_msg_send_time | 2017-08-28 15:21:26.465728+09
last_msg_receipt_time | 2017-08-28 15:21:26.465774+09
latest_end_lsn | 0/7000538
latest_end_time | 2017-08-28 15:20:56.418735+09
slot_name |
conninfo | user=repmgr dbname=replication host=node1 application_name=node2
</programlisting>
Note that the <varname>conninfo</varname> value is that generated in <filename>recovery.conf</filename>
and will differ slightly from the primary's <varname>conninfo</varname> as set in <filename>repmgr.conf</filename> -
among others it will contain the connecting node's name as <varname>application_name</varname>.
</para>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="quickstart-register-standby">
<title>Register the standby</title>
<para>
Register the standby server with:
<programlisting>
$ repmgr -f /etc/repmgr.conf standby register
NOTICE: standby node "node2" (ID: 2) successfully registered</programlisting>
</para>
<para>
Check the node is registered by executing <command>repmgr cluster show</command> on the standby:
<programlisting>
$ repmgr -f /etc/repmgr.conf cluster show
ID | Name | Role | Status | Upstream | Location | Connection string
----+-------+---------+-----------+----------+----------+--------------------------------------
1 | node1 | primary | * running | | default | host=node1 dbname=repmgr user=repmgr
2 | node2 | standby | running | node1 | default | host=node2 dbname=repmgr user=repmgr</programlisting>
</para>
<para>
Both nodes are now registered with &repmgr; and the records have been copied to the standby server.
</para>
</sect1>
</chapter>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
<refentry id="repmgr-cluster-cleanup">
<indexterm>
<primary>repmgr cluster cleanup</primary>
</indexterm>
<refmeta>
<refentrytitle>repmgr cluster cleanup</refentrytitle>
</refmeta>
<refnamediv>
<refname>repmgr cluster cleanup</refname>
<refpurpose>purge monitoring history</refpurpose>
</refnamediv>
<refsect1>
<title>Description</title>
<para>
Purges monitoring history from the <literal>repmgr.monitoring_history</literal> table to
prevent excessive table growth. Use the <literal>-k/--keep-history</literal> to specify the
number of days of monitoring history to retain. This command can be used
manually or as a cronjob.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1>
<title>Usage</title>
<para>
This command requires a valid <filename>repmgr.conf</filename> file for the node on which it is
executed; no additional arguments are required.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1>
<title>Notes</title>
<para>
Monitoring history will only be written if <application>repmgrd</application> is active, and
<varname>monitoring_history</varname> is set to <literal>true</literal> in
<filename>repmgr.conf</filename>.
</para>
</refsect1>
</refentry>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
<refentry id="repmgr-cluster-crosscheck">
<indexterm>
<primary>repmgr cluster crosscheck</primary>
</indexterm>
<refmeta>
<refentrytitle>repmgr cluster crosscheck</refentrytitle>
</refmeta>
<refnamediv>
<refname>repmgr cluster crosscheck</refname>
<refpurpose>cross-checks connections between each combination of nodes</refpurpose>
</refnamediv>
<refsect1>
<title>Description</title>
<para>
<command>repmgr cluster crosscheck</command> is similar to <xref linkend="repmgr-cluster-matrix">,
but cross-checks connections between each combination of nodes. In "Example 3" in
<xref linkend="repmgr-cluster-matrix"> we have no information about the state of <literal>node3</literal>.
However by running <command>repmgr cluster crosscheck</command> it's possible to get a better
overview of the cluster situation:
<programlisting>
$ repmgr -f /etc/repmgr.conf cluster crosscheck
Name | Id | 1 | 2 | 3
-------+----+----+----+----
node1 | 1 | * | * | x
node2 | 2 | * | * | *
node3 | 3 | * | * | *</programlisting>
</para>
<para>
What happened is that <command>repmgr cluster crosscheck</command> merged its own
<command><link linkend="repmgr-cluster-matrix">repmgr cluster matrix</link></command> with the
<command>repmgr cluster matrix</command> output from <literal>node2</literal>; the latter is
able to connect to <literal>node3</literal>
and therefore determine the state of outbound connections from that node.
</para>
</refsect1>
</refentry>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
<refentry id="repmgr-cluster-event">
<indexterm>
<primary>repmgr cluster event</primary>
</indexterm>
<refmeta>
<refentrytitle>repmgr cluster event</refentrytitle>
</refmeta>
<refnamediv>
<refname>repmgr cluster event</refname>
<refpurpose>output a formatted list of cluster events</refpurpose>
</refnamediv>
<refsect1>
<title>Description</title>
<para>
Outputs a formatted list of cluster events, as stored in the <literal>repmgr.events</literal> table.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1>
<title>Usage</title>
<para>
Output is in reverse chronological order, and
can be filtered with the following options:
<itemizedlist spacing="compact" mark="bullet">
<listitem>
<simpara><literal>--all</literal>: outputs all entries</simpara>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<simpara><literal>--limit</literal>: set the maximum number of entries to output (default: 20)</simpara>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<simpara><literal>--node-id</literal>: restrict entries to node with this ID</simpara>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<simpara><literal>--node-name</literal>: restrict entries to node with this name</simpara>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<simpara><literal>--event</literal>: filter specific event (see <xref linkend="event-notifications"> for a full list)</simpara>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</para>
<para>
The "Details" column can be omitted by providing <literal>--terse</literal>.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1>
<title>Example</title>
<para>
<programlisting>
$ repmgr -f /etc/repmgr.conf cluster event --event=standby_register
Node ID | Name | Event | OK | Timestamp | Details
---------+-------+------------------+----+---------------------+--------------------------------
3 | node3 | standby_register | t | 2017-08-17 10:28:55 | standby registration succeeded
2 | node2 | standby_register | t | 2017-08-17 10:28:53 | standby registration succeeded</programlisting>
</para>
</refsect1>
</refentry>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
<refentry id="repmgr-cluster-matrix">
<indexterm>
<primary>repmgr cluster matrix</primary>
</indexterm>
<refmeta>
<refentrytitle>repmgr cluster matrix</refentrytitle>
</refmeta>
<refnamediv>
<refname>repmgr cluster matrix</refname>
<refpurpose>
runs repmgr cluster show on each node and summarizes output
</refpurpose>
</refnamediv>
<refsect1>
<title>Description</title>
<para>
<command>repmgr cluster matrix</command> runs <command><link linkend="repmgr-cluster-show">repmgr cluster show</link></command> on each
node and arranges the results in a matrix, recording success or failure.
</para>
<para>
<command>repmgr cluster matrix</command> requires a valid <filename>repmgr.conf</filename>
file on each node. Additionally, passwordless <command>ssh</command> connections are required between
all nodes.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1>
<title>Example</title>
<para>
Example 1 (all nodes up):
<programlisting>
$ repmgr -f /etc/repmgr.conf cluster matrix
Name | Id | 1 | 2 | 3
-------+----+----+----+----
node1 | 1 | * | * | *
node2 | 2 | * | * | *
node3 | 3 | * | * | *</programlisting>
</para>
<para>
Example 2 (<literal>node1</literal> and <literal>node2</literal> up, <literal>node3</literal> down):
<programlisting>
$ repmgr -f /etc/repmgr.conf cluster matrix
Name | Id | 1 | 2 | 3
-------+----+----+----+----
node1 | 1 | * | * | x
node2 | 2 | * | * | x
node3 | 3 | ? | ? | ?
</programlisting>
</para>
<para>
Each row corresponds to one server, and indicates the result of
testing an outbound connection from that server.
</para>
<para>
Since <literal>node3</literal> is down, all the entries in its row are filled with
<literal>?</literal>, meaning that there we cannot test outbound connections.
</para>
<para>
The other two nodes are up; the corresponding rows have <literal>x</literal> in the
column corresponding to <literal>node3</literal>, meaning that inbound connections to
that node have failed, and <literal>*</literal> in the columns corresponding to
<literal>node1</literal> and <literal>node2</literal>, meaning that inbound connections
to these nodes have succeeded.
</para>
<para>
Example 3 (all nodes up, firewall dropping packets originating
from <literal>node1</literal> and directed to port 5432 on <literal>node3</literal>) -
running <command>repmgr cluster matrix</command> from <literal>node1</literal> gives the following output:
<programlisting>
$ repmgr -f /etc/repmgr.conf cluster matrix
Name | Id | 1 | 2 | 3
-------+----+----+----+----
node1 | 1 | * | * | x
node2 | 2 | * | * | *
node3 | 3 | ? | ? | ?</programlisting>
</para>
<para>
Note this may take some time depending on the <varname>connect_timeout</varname>
setting in the node <varname>conninfo</varname> strings; default is
<literal>1 minute</literal> which means without modification the above
command would take around 2 minutes to run; see comment elsewhere about setting
<varname>connect_timeout</varname>)
</para>
<para>
The matrix tells us that we cannot connect from <literal>node1</literal> to <literal>node3</literal>,
and that (therefore) we don't know the state of any outbound
connection from <literal>node3</literal>.
</para>
<para>
In this case, the <xref linkend="repmgr-cluster-crosscheck"> command will produce a more
useful result.
</para>
</refsect1>
</refentry>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
<refentry id="repmgr-cluster-show">
<indexterm>
<primary>repmgr cluster show</primary>
</indexterm>
<refmeta>
<refentrytitle>repmgr cluster show</refentrytitle>
</refmeta>
<refnamediv>
<refname>repmgr cluster show</refname>
<refpurpose>display information about each registered node in the replication cluster</refpurpose>
</refnamediv>
<refsect1>
<title>Description</title>
<para>
Displays information about each registered node in the replication cluster. This
command polls each registered server and shows its role (<literal>primary</literal> /
<literal>standby</literal> / <literal>bdr</literal>) and status. It polls each server
directly and can be run on any node in the cluster; this is also useful when analyzing
connectivity from a particular node.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1>
<title>Execution</title>
<para>
This command requires either a valid <filename>repmgr.conf</filename> file or a database
connection string to one of the registered nodes; no additional arguments are needed.
</para>
<para>
To show database connection errors when polling nodes, run the command in
<literal>--verbose</literal> mode.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1>
<title>Example</title>
<para>
<programlisting>
$ repmgr -f /etc/repmgr.conf cluster show
ID | Name | Role | Status | Upstream | Location | Connection string
----+-------+---------+-----------+----------+----------+-----------------------------------------
1 | node1 | primary | * running | | default | host=db_node1 dbname=repmgr user=repmgr
2 | node2 | standby | running | node1 | default | host=db_node2 dbname=repmgr user=repmgr
3 | node3 | standby | running | node1 | default | host=db_node3 dbname=repmgr user=repmgr</programlisting>
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1>
<title>Notes</title>
<para>
The column <literal>Role</literal> shows the expected server role according to the
&repmgr; metadata. <literal>Status</literal> shows whether the server is running or unreachable.
If the node has an unexpected role not reflected in the &repmgr; metadata, e.g. a node was manually
promoted to primary, this will be highlighted with an exclamation mark, e.g.:
<programlisting>
$ repmgr -f /etc/repmgr.conf cluster show
ID | Name | Role | Status | Upstream | Location | Connection string
----+-------+---------+----------------------+----------+----------+-----------------------------------------
1 | node1 | primary | ? unreachable | | default | host=db_node1 dbname=repmgr user=repmgr
2 | node2 | standby | ! running as primary | node1 | default | host=db_node2 dbname=repmgr user=repmgr
3 | node3 | standby | running | node1 | default | host=db_node3 dbname=repmgr user=repmgr
WARNING: following issues were detected
node "node1" (ID: 1) is registered as an active primary but is unreachable
node "node2" (ID: 2) is registered as standby but running as primary</programlisting>
</para>
<para>
Node availability is tested by connecting from the node where
<command>repmgr cluster show</command> is executed, and does not necessarily imply the node
is down. See <xref linkend="repmgr-cluster-matrix"> and <xref linkend="repmgr-cluster-crosscheck"> to get
a better overviews of connections between nodes.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1>
<title>Options</title>
<para>
<command>repmgr cluster show</command> accepts an optional parameter <literal>--csv</literal>, which
outputs the replication cluster's status in a simple CSV format, suitable for
parsing by scripts:
<programlisting>
$ repmgr -f /etc/repmgr.conf cluster show --csv
1,-1,-1
2,0,0
3,0,1</programlisting>
</para>
<para>
The columns have following meanings:
<itemizedlist spacing="compact" mark="bullet">
<listitem>
<simpara>
node ID
</simpara>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<simpara>
availability (0 = available, -1 = unavailable)
</simpara>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<simpara>
recovery state (0 = not in recovery, 1 = in recovery, -1 = unknown)
</simpara>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</para>
</refsect1>
</refentry>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
<refentry id="repmgr-node-check">
<indexterm>
<primary>repmgr node check</primary>
</indexterm>
<refmeta>
<refentrytitle>repmgr node check</refentrytitle>
</refmeta>
<refnamediv>
<refname>repmgr node check</refname>
<refpurpose>performs some health checks on a node from a replication perspective</refpurpose>
</refnamediv>
<refsect1>
<title>Description</title>
<para>
Performs some health checks on a node from a replication perspective.
This command must be run on the local node.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1>
<title>Example</title>
<para>
<programlisting>
$ repmgr -f /etc/repmgr.conf node check
Node "node1":
Server role: OK (node is primary)
Replication lag: OK (N/A - node is primary)
WAL archiving: OK (0 pending files)
Downstream servers: OK (2 of 2 downstream nodes attached)
Replication slots: OK (node has no replication slots)</programlisting>
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1>
<title>Individual checks</title>
<para>
Each check can be performed individually by supplying
an additional command line parameter, e.g.:
<programlisting>
$ repmgr node check --role
OK (node is primary)</programlisting>
</para>
<para>
Parameters for individual checks are as follows:
<itemizedlist spacing="compact" mark="bullet">
<listitem>
<simpara>
<literal>--role</literal>: checks if the node has the expected role
</simpara>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<simpara>
<literal>--replication-lag</literal>: checks if the node is lagging by more than
<varname>replication_lag_warning</varname> or <varname>replication_lag_critical</varname>
</simpara>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<simpara>
<literal>--archive-ready</literal>: checks for WAL files which have not yet been archived
</simpara>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<simpara>
<literal>--downstream</literal>: checks that the expected downstream nodes are attached
</simpara>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<simpara>
<literal>--slots</literal>: checks there are no inactive replication slots
</simpara>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</para>
<para>
Individual checks can also be output in a Nagios-compatible format by additionally
providing the option <literal>--nagios</literal>.
</para>
</refsect1>
</refentry>

233
doc/repmgr-node-rejoin.sgml Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,233 @@
<refentry id="repmgr-node-rejoin">
<indexterm>
<primary>repmgr node rejoin</primary>
</indexterm>
<refmeta>
<refentrytitle>repmgr node rejoin</refentrytitle>
</refmeta>
<refnamediv>
<refname>repmgr node rejoin</refname>
<refpurpose>rejoin a dormant (stopped) node to the replication cluster</refpurpose>
</refnamediv>
<refsect1>
<title>Description</title>
<para>
Enables a dormant (stopped) node to be rejoined to the replication cluster.
</para>
<para>
This can optionally use <application>pg_rewind</application> to re-integrate
a node which has diverged from the rest of the cluster, typically a failed primary.
</para>
<tip>
<para>
If the node is running and needs to be attached to the current primary, use
<xref linkend="repmgr-standby-follow">.
</para>
</tip>
</refsect1>
<refsect1>
<title>Usage</title>
<para>
<programlisting>
repmgr node rejoin -d '$conninfo'</programlisting>
where <literal>$conninfo</literal> is the conninfo string of any reachable node in the cluster.
<filename>repmgr.conf</filename> for the stopped node *must* be supplied explicitly if not
otherwise available.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1>
<title>Options</title>
<variablelist>
<varlistentry>
<term><option>--dry-run</option></term>
<listitem>
<para>
Check prerequisites but don't actually execute the rejoin.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><option>--force-rewind[=/path/to/pg_rewind]</option></term>
<listitem>
<para>
Execute <application>pg_rewind</application> if necessary.
</para>
<para>
It is only necessary to provide the <application>pg_rewind</application>
if using PostgreSQL 9.3 or 9.4, and <application>pg_rewind</application>
is not installed in the PostgreSQL <filename>bin</filename> directory.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><option>--config-files</option></term>
<listitem>
<para>
comma-separated list of configuration files to retain after
executing <application>pg_rewind</application>.
</para>
<para>
Currently <application>pg_rewind</application> will overwrite
the local node's configuration files with the files from the source node,
so it's advisable to use this option to ensure they are kept.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><option>--config-archive-dir</option></term>
<listitem>
<para>
Directory to temporarily store configuration files specified with
<option>--config-files</option>; default: <filename>/tmp</filename>.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><option>-W/--no-wait</option></term>
<listitem>
<para>
Don't wait for the node to rejoin cluster.
</para>
<para>
If this option is supplied, &repmgr; will restart the node but
not wait for it to connect to the primary.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</refsect1>
<refsect1>
<title>Event notifications</title>
<para>
A <literal>node_rejoin</literal> <link linkend="event-notifications">event notification</link> will be generated.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1>
<title>Notes</title>
<para>
Currently <command>repmgr node rejoin</command> can only be used to attach
a standby to the current primary, not another standby.
</para>
<para>
The node must have been shut down cleanly; if this was not the case, it will
need to be manually started (remove any existing <filename>recovery.conf</filename> file first)
until it has reached a consistent recovery point, then shut down cleanly.
</para>
<tip>
<para>
If <application>PostgreSQL</application> is started in single-user mode and
input is directed from <filename>/dev/null/</filename>, it will perform recovery
then immediately quit, and will then be in a state suitable for use by
<application>pg_rewind</application>.
<programlisting>
rm -f /var/lib/pgsql/data/recovery.conf
postgres --single -D /var/lib/pgsql/data/ &lt; /dev/null</programlisting>
</para>
</tip>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id="repmgr-node-rejoin-pg-rewind" xreflabel="Using pg_rewind">
<indexterm>
<primary>pg_rewind</primary>
<secondary>using with "repmgr node rejoin"</secondary>
</indexterm>
<title>Using <command>pg_rewind</command></title>
<para>
<command>repmgr node rejoin</command> can optionally use <command>pg_rewind</command> to re-integrate a
node which has diverged from the rest of the cluster, typically a failed primary.
<command>pg_rewind</command> is available in PostgreSQL 9.5 and later as part of the core distribution,
and can be installed from external sources for PostgreSQL 9.3 and 9.4.
</para>
<note>
<para>
<command>pg_rewind</command> <emphasis>requires</emphasis> that either
<varname>wal_log_hints</varname> is enabled, or that
data checksums were enabled when the cluster was initialized. See the
<ulink url="https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/static/app-pgrewind.html"><command>pg_rewind</command> documentation</ulink> for details.
</para>
</note>
<para>
To have <command>repmgr node rejoin</command> use <command>pg_rewind</command> if required,
pass the command line option <literal>--force-rewind</literal>, which will tell &repmgr;
to execute <command>pg_rewind</command> to ensure the node can be rejoined successfully.
</para>
<para>
Be aware that if <command>pg_rewind</command> is executed and actually performs a
rewind operation, any configuration files in the PostgreSQL data directory will be
overwritten with those from the source server.
</para>
<para>
To prevent this happening, provide a comma-separated list of files to retain
using the <literal>--config-file</literal> command line option; the specified files
will be archived in a temporary directory (whose parent directory can be specified with
<literal>--config-archive-dir</literal>) and restored once the rewind operation is
complete.
</para>
<para>
Example, first using <literal>--dry-run</literal>, then actually executing the
<literal>node rejoin command</literal>.
<programlisting>
$ repmgr node rejoin -f /etc/repmgr.conf -d 'host=node1 dbname=repmgr user=repmgr' \
--force-rewind --config-files=postgresql.local.conf,postgresql.conf --verbose --dry-run
NOTICE: using provided configuration file "/etc/repmgr.conf"
INFO: prerequisites for using pg_rewind are met
INFO: file "postgresql.local.conf" would be copied to "/tmp/repmgr-config-archive-node1/postgresql.local.conf"
INFO: file "postgresql.conf" would be copied to "/tmp/repmgr-config-archive-node1/postgresql.local.conf"
INFO: 2 files would have been copied to "/tmp/repmgr-config-archive-node1"
INFO: directory "/tmp/repmgr-config-archive-node1" deleted
INFO: pg_rewind would now be executed
DETAIL: pg_rewind command is:
pg_rewind -D '/var/lib/postgresql/data' --source-server='host=node1 dbname=repmgr user=repmgr'</programlisting>
<programlisting>
$ repmgr node rejoin -f /etc/repmgr.conf -d 'host=node1 dbname=repmgr user=repmgr' \
--force-rewind --config-files=postgresql.local.conf,postgresql.conf --verbose
NOTICE: using provided configuration file "/etc/repmgr.conf"
INFO: prerequisites for using pg_rewind are met
INFO: 2 files copied to "/tmp/repmgr-config-archive-node1"
NOTICE: executing pg_rewind
NOTICE: 2 files copied to /var/lib/pgsql/data
INFO: directory "/tmp/repmgr-config-archive-node1" deleted
INFO: deleting "recovery.done"
INFO: setting node 1's primary to node 2
NOTICE: starting server using "pg_ctl-l /var/log/postgres/startup.log -w -D '/var/lib/pgsql/data' start"
waiting for server to start.... done
server started
NOTICE: NODE REJOIN successful
DETAIL: node 1 is now attached to node 2</programlisting>
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1>
<title>See also</title>
<para>
<xref linkend="repmgr-standby-follow">
</para>
</refsect1>
</refentry>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
<refentry id="repmgr-node-status">
<indexterm>
<primary>repmgr node status</primary>
</indexterm>
<refmeta>
<refentrytitle>repmgr node status</refentrytitle>
</refmeta>
<refnamediv>
<refname>repmgr node status</refname>
<refpurpose>show overview of a node's basic information and replication status</refpurpose>
</refnamediv>
<refsect1>
<title>Description</title>
<para>
Displays an overview of a node's basic information and replication
status. This command must be run on the local node.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1>
<title>Example</title>
<para>
<programlisting>
$ repmgr -f /etc/repmgr.comf node status
Node "node1":
PostgreSQL version: 10beta1
Total data size: 30 MB
Conninfo: host=node1 dbname=repmgr user=repmgr connect_timeout=2
Role: primary
WAL archiving: off
Archive command: (none)
Replication connections: 2 (of maximal 10)
Replication slots: 0 (of maximal 10)
Replication lag: n/a</programlisting>
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1>
<title>See also</title>
<para>
See <xref linkend="repmgr-node-check"> to diagnose issues.
</para>
</refsect1>
</refentry>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
<refentry id="repmgr-primary-register">
<indexterm>
<primary>repmgr primary register</primary>
</indexterm>
<refmeta>
<refentrytitle>repmgr primary register</refentrytitle>
</refmeta>
<refnamediv>
<refname>repmgr primary register</refname>
<refpurpose>initialise a repmgr installation and register the primary node</refpurpose>
</refnamediv>
<refsect1>
<title>Description</title>
<para>
<command>repmgr primary register</command> registers a primary node in a
streaming replication cluster, and configures it for use with repmgr, including
installing the &repmgr; extension. This command needs to be executed before any
standby nodes are registered.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1>
<title>Execution</title>
<para>
Execute with the <option>--dry-run</option> option to check what would happen without
actually registering the primary.
</para>
<para>
<command>repmgr master register</command> can be used as an alias for
<command>repmgr primary register</command>.
</para>
<note>
<para>
If providing the configuration file location with <option>-f/--config-file</option>,
avoid using a relative path, as &repmgr; stores the configuration file location
in the repmgr metadata for use when &repmgr; is executed remotely (e.g. during
<xref linkend="repmgr-standby-switchover">). &repmgr; will attempt to convert the
a relative path into an absolute one, but this may not be the same as the path you
would explicitly provide (e.g. <filename>./repmgr.conf</filename> might be converted
to <filename>/path/to/./repmgr.conf</filename>, whereas you'd normally write
<filename>/path/to/repmgr.conf</filename>).
</para>
</note>
</refsect1>
<refsect1>
<title>Options</title>
<variablelist>
<varlistentry>
<term><option>--dry-run</option></term>
<listitem>
<para>
Check prerequisites but don't actually register the primary.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><option>-F</option>, <option>--force</option></term>
<listitem>
<para>
Overwrite an existing node record
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</refsect1>
<refsect1>
<title>Event notifications</title>
<para>
A <literal>primary_register</literal> <link linkend="event-notifications">event notification</link> will be generated.
</para>
</refsect1>
</refentry>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
<refentry id="repmgr-primary-unregister">
<indexterm>
<primary>repmgr primary unregister</primary>
</indexterm>
<refmeta>
<refentrytitle>repmgr primary unregister</refentrytitle>
</refmeta>
<refnamediv>
<refname>repmgr primary unregister</refname>
<refpurpose>unregister an inactive primary node</refpurpose>
</refnamediv>
<refsect1>
<title>Description</title>
<para>
<command>repmgr primary unregister</command> unregisters an inactive primary node
from the &repmgr; metadata. This is typically when the primary has failed and is
being removed from the cluster after a new primary has been promoted.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1>
<title>Execution</title>
<para>
<command>repmgr primary unregister</command> can be run on any active &repmgr; node,
with the ID of the node to unregister passed as <option>--node-id</option>.
</para>
<para>
Execute with the <literal>--dry-run</literal> option to check what would happen without
actually unregistering the node.
</para>
<para>
<command>repmgr master unregister</command> can be used as an alias for
<command>repmgr primary unregister</command>.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1>
<title>Options</title>
<variablelist>
<varlistentry>
<term><option>--dry-run</option></term>
<listitem>
<para>
Check prerequisites but don't actually unregister the primary.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><option>--node-id</option></term>
<listitem>
<para>
ID of the inactive primary to be unregistered.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</refsect1>
<refsect1>
<title>Event notifications</title>
<para>
A <literal>primary_unregister</literal> <link linkend="event-notifications">event notification</link> will be generated.
</para>
</refsect1>
</refentry>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,340 @@
<refentry id="repmgr-standby-clone">
<indexterm>
<primary>repmgr standby clone</primary>
<seealso>cloning</seealso>
</indexterm>
<refmeta>
<refentrytitle>repmgr standby clone</refentrytitle>
</refmeta>
<refnamediv>
<refname>repmgr standby clone</refname>
<refpurpose>clone a PostgreSQL standby node from another PostgreSQL node</refpurpose>
</refnamediv>
<refsect1>
<title>Description</title>
<para>
<command>repmgr standby clone</command> clones a PostgreSQL node from another
PostgreSQL node, typically the primary, but optionally from any other node in
the cluster or from Barman. It creates the <filename>recovery.conf</filename> file required
to attach the cloned node to the primary node (or another standby, if cascading replication
is in use).
</para>
<note>
<simpara>
<command>repmgr standby clone</command> does not start the standby, and after cloning
a standby, the command <command>repmgr standby register</command> must be executed to
notify &repmgr; of its existence.
</simpara>
</note>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id="repmgr-standby-clone-config-file-copying" xreflabel="Copying configuration files">
<title>Handling configuration files</title>
<para>
Note that by default, all configuration files in the source node's data
directory will be copied to the cloned node. Typically these will be
<filename>postgresql.conf</filename>, <filename>postgresql.auto.conf</filename>,
<filename>pg_hba.conf</filename> and <filename>pg_ident.conf</filename>.
These may require modification before the standby is started.
</para>
<para>
In some cases (e.g. on Debian or Ubuntu Linux installations), PostgreSQL's
configuration files are located outside of the data directory and will
not be copied by default. &repmgr; can copy these files, either to the same
location on the standby server (provided appropriate directory and file permissions
are available), or into the standby's data directory. This requires passwordless
SSH access to the primary server. Add the option <literal>--copy-external-config-files</literal>
to the <command>repmgr standby clone</command> command; by default files will be copied to
the same path as on the upstream server. Note that the user executing <command>repmgr</command>
must have write access to those directories.
</para>
<para>
To have the configuration files placed in the standby's data directory, specify
<literal>--copy-external-config-files=pgdata</literal>, but note that
any include directives in the copied files may need to be updated.
</para>
<tip>
<simpara>
For reliable configuration file management we recommend using a
configuration management tool such as Ansible, Chef, Puppet or Salt.
</simpara>
</tip>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id="repmgr-standby-clone-recovery-conf">
<indexterm>
<primary>recovery.conf</primary>
<secondary>customising with "repmgr standby clone"</secondary>
</indexterm>
<title>Customising recovery.conf</title>
<para>
By default, &repmgr; will create a minimal <filename>recovery.conf</filename>
containing following parameters:
</para>
<itemizedlist spacing="compact" mark="bullet">
<listitem>
<simpara><varname>standby_mode</varname> (always <literal>'on'</literal>)</simpara>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<simpara><varname>recovery_target_timeline</varname> (always <literal>'latest'</literal>)</simpara>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<simpara><varname>primary_conninfo</varname></simpara>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<simpara><varname>primary_slot_name</varname> (if replication slots in use)</simpara>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
<para>
The following additional parameters can be specified in <filename>repmgr.conf</filename>
for inclusion in <filename>recovery.conf</filename>:
</para>
<itemizedlist spacing="compact" mark="bullet">
<listitem>
<simpara><varname>restore_command</varname></simpara>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<simpara><varname>archive_cleanup_command</varname></simpara>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<simpara><varname>recovery_min_apply_delay</varname></simpara>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
<note>
<para>
We recommend using <ulink url="https://www.pgbarman.org/">Barman</ulink> to manage
WAL file archiving. For more details on combining &repmgr; and <application>Barman</application>,
in particular using <varname>restore_command</varname> to configure Barman as a backu source of
WAL files, see <xref linkend="cloning-from-barman">.
</para>
</note>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id="repmgr-standby-clone-wal-management">
<title>Managing WAL during the cloning process</title>
<para>
When initially cloning a standby, you will need to ensure
that all required WAL files remain available while the cloning is taking
place. To ensure this happens when using the default <command>pg_basebackup</command> method,
&repmgr; will set <command>pg_basebackup</command>'s <literal>--xlog-method</literal>
parameter to <literal>stream</literal>,
which will ensure all WAL files generated during the cloning process are
streamed in parallel with the main backup. Note that this requires two
replication connections to be available (&repmgr; will verify sufficient
connections are available before attempting to clone, and this can be checked
before performing the clone using the <literal>--dry-run</literal> option).
</para>
<para>
To override this behaviour, in <filename>repmgr.conf</filename> set
<command>pg_basebackup</command>'s <literal>--xlog-method</literal>
parameter to <literal>fetch</literal>:
<programlisting>
pg_basebackup_options='--xlog-method=fetch'</programlisting>
and ensure that <literal>wal_keep_segments</literal> is set to an appropriately high value.
See the <ulink url="https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/static/app-pgbasebackup.html">
pg_basebackup</ulink> documentation for details.
</para>
<note>
<simpara>
From PostgreSQL 10, <command>pg_basebackup</command>'s
<literal>--xlog-method</literal> parameter has been renamed to
<literal>--wal-method</literal>.
</simpara>
</note>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id="repmgr-standby-create-recovery-conf">
<indexterm>
<primary>recovery.conf</primary>
<secondary>generating for a standby cloned by another method</secondary>
</indexterm>
<title>Using a standby cloned by another method</title>
<para>
&repmgr; supports standbys cloned by another method (e.g. using <application>barman</application>'s
<command>barman recover</command> command).
</para>
<para>
To integrate the standby as a &repmgr; node, ensure the <filename>repmgr.conf</filename>
file is created for the node, then execute the command
<command>repmgr standby clone --recovery-conf-only</command>.
This will create the <filename>recovery.conf</filename> file needed to attach
the node to its upstream, and will also create a replication slot on the
upstream node if required.
</para>
<para>
Note that the upstream node must be running. An existing
<filename>recovery.conf</filename> will not be overwritten unless the
<option>-F/--force</option> option is provided.
</para>
<para>
Execute <command>repmgr standby clone --recovery-conf-only --dry-run</command>
to check the prerequisites for creating the <filename>recovery.conf</filename> file,
and display the contents of the file without actually creating it.
</para>
<note>
<para>
<option>--recovery-conf-only</option> was introduced in &repmgr; <link linkend="release-4.0.4">4.0.4</link>.
</para>
</note>
</refsect1>
<refsect1>
<title>Options</title>
<variablelist>
<varlistentry>
<term><option>--dry-run</option></term>
<listitem>
<para>
Check prerequisites but don't actually clone the standby.
</para>
<para>
If <option>--recovery-conf-only</option> specified, the contents of
the generated <filename>recovery.conf</filename> file will be displayed
but the file itself not written.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><option>-c, --fast-checkpoint</option></term>
<listitem>
<para>
Force fast checkpoint (not effective when cloning from Barman).
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><option>--copy-external-config-files[={samepath|pgdata}]</option></term>
<listitem>
<para>
Copy configuration files located outside the data directory on the source
node to the same path on the standby (default) or to the
PostgreSQL data directory.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><option>--no-upstream-connection</option></term>
<listitem>
<para>
When using Barman, do not connect to upstream node.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><option>-R, --remote-user=USERNAME</option></term>
<listitem>
<para>
Remote system username for SSH operations (default: current local system username).
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><option> --recovery-conf-only</option></term>
<listitem>
<para>
Create <filename>recovery.conf</filename> file for a previously cloned instance. &repmgr 4.0.4 and later.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><option>--replication-user</option></term>
<listitem>
<para>
User to make replication connections with (optional, not usually required).
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><option>--superuser</option></term>
<listitem>
<para>
If the &repmgr; user is not a superuser, the name of a valid superuser must
be provided with this option.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><option>--upstream-conninfo</option></term>
<listitem>
<para>
<literal>primary_conninfo</literal> value to write in recovery.conf
when the intended upstream server does not yet exist.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><option>--upstream-node-id</option></term>
<listitem>
<para>
ID of the upstream node to replicate from (optional, defaults to primary node)
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><option>--without-barman </option></term>
<listitem>
<para>
Do not use Barman even if configured.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</refsect1>
<refsect1>
<title>Event notifications</title>
<para>
A <literal>standby_clone</literal> <link linkend="event-notifications">event notification</link> will be generated.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1>
<title>See also</title>
<para>
See <xref linkend="cloning-standbys"> for details about various aspects of cloning.
</para>
</refsect1>
</refentry>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
<refentry id="repmgr-standby-follow">
<indexterm>
<primary>repmgr standby follow</primary>
</indexterm>
<refmeta>
<refentrytitle>repmgr standby follow</refentrytitle>
</refmeta>
<refnamediv>
<refname>repmgr standby follow</refname>
<refpurpose>attach a standby to a new primary</refpurpose>
</refnamediv>
<refsect1>
<title>Description</title>
<para>
Attaches the standby to a new primary. This command requires a valid
<filename>repmgr.conf</filename> file for the standby, either specified
explicitly with <literal>-f/--config-file</literal> or located in a
default location; no additional arguments are required.
</para>
<para>
This command will force a restart of the standby server, which must be
running. It can only be used to attach an active standby to the current primary node
(and not to another standby).
</para>
<para>
To re-add an inactive node to the replication cluster, see
<xref linkend="repmgr-node-rejoin">
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1>
<title>Example</title>
<para>
<programlisting>
$ repmgr -f /etc/repmgr.conf standby follow
INFO: setting node 3's primary to node 2
NOTICE: restarting server using "pg_ctl -l /var/log/postgres/startup.log -w -D '/var/lib/postgres/data' restart"
waiting for server to shut down........ done
server stopped
waiting for server to start.... done
server started
NOTICE: STANDBY FOLLOW successful
DETAIL: node 3 is now attached to node 2</programlisting>
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1>
<title>Options</title>
<variablelist>
<varlistentry>
<term><option>--dry-run</option></term>
<listitem>
<para>
Check prerequisites but don't actually follow a new standby.
</para>
<important>
<para>
This does not guarantee the standby can follow the primary; in
particular, whether the primary and standby timelines have diverged,
can currently only be determined by actually attempting to
attach the standby to the primary.
</para>
</important>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><option>-w</option></term>
<term><option>--wait</option></term>
<listitem>
<para>
Wait for a primary to appear. &repmgr; will wait for up to
<varname>primary_follow_timeout</varname> seconds
(default: 60 seconds) to verify that the standby is following the new primary.
This value can be defined in <filename>repmgr.conf</filename>.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</refsect1>
<refsect1>
<title>Event notifications</title>
<para>
A <literal>standby_follow</literal> <link linkend="event-notifications">event notification</link> will be generated.
</para>
<para>
If provided, &repmgr; will subsitute the placeholders <literal>%p</literal> with the node ID of the primary
being followed, <literal>%c</literal> with its <literal>conninfo</literal> string, and
<literal>%a</literal> with its node name.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1>
<title>See also</title>
<para>
<xref linkend="repmgr-node-rejoin">
</para>
</refsect1>
</refentry>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
<refentry id="repmgr-standby-promote">
<indexterm>
<primary>repmgr standby promote</primary>
</indexterm>
<refmeta>
<refentrytitle>repmgr standby promote</refentrytitle>
</refmeta>
<refnamediv>
<refname>repmgr standby promote</refname>
<refpurpose>promote a standby to a primary</refpurpose>
</refnamediv>
<refsect1>
<title>Description</title>
<para>
Promotes a standby to a primary if the current primary has failed. This
command requires a valid <filename>repmgr.conf</filename> file for the standby, either
specified explicitly with <literal>-f/--config-file</literal> or located in a
default location; no additional arguments are required.
</para>
<para>
If the standby promotion succeeds, the server will not need to be
restarted. However any other standbys will need to follow the new server,
by using <xref linkend="repmgr-standby-follow">; if <application>repmgrd</application>
is active, it will handle this automatically.
</para>
<para>
Note that &repmgr; will wait for up to <varname>promote_check_timeout</varname> seconds
(default: 60 seconds) to verify that the standby has been promoted, and will
check the promotion every <varname>promote_check_interval</varname> seconds (default: 1 second).
Both values can be defined in <filename>repmgr.conf</filename>.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1>
<title>Example</title>
<para>
<programlisting>
$ repmgr -f /etc/repmgr.conf standby promote
NOTICE: promoting standby to primary
DETAIL: promoting server "node2" (ID: 2) using "pg_ctl -l /var/log/postgres/startup.log -w -D '/var/lib/postgres/data' promote"
server promoting
DEBUG: setting node 2 as primary and marking existing primary as failed
NOTICE: STANDBY PROMOTE successful
DETAIL: server "node2" (ID: 2) was successfully promoted to primary</programlisting>
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1>
<title>Event notifications</title>
<para>
A <literal>standby_promote</literal> <link linkend="event-notifications">event notification</link> will be generated.
</para>
</refsect1>
</refentry>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,183 @@
<refentry id="repmgr-standby-register" xreflabel="repmgr standby register">
<indexterm>
<primary>repmgr standby register</primary>
</indexterm>
<refmeta>
<refentrytitle>repmgr standby register</refentrytitle>
</refmeta>
<refnamediv>
<refname>repmgr standby register</refname>
<refpurpose>add a standby's information to the &repmgr; metadata</refpurpose>
</refnamediv>
<refsect1>
<title>Description</title>
<para>
<command>repmgr standby register</command> adds a standby's information to
the &repmgr; metadata. This command needs to be executed to enable
promote/follow operations and to allow <application>repmgrd</application> to work with the node.
An existing standby can be registered using this command. Execute with the
<literal>--dry-run</literal> option to check what would happen without actually registering the
standby.
</para>
<note>
<para>
If providing the configuration file location with <literal>-f/--config-file</literal>,
avoid using a relative path, as &repmgr; stores the configuration file location
in the repmgr metadata for use when &repmgr; is executed remotely (e.g. during
<xref linkend="repmgr-standby-switchover">). &repmgr; will attempt to convert the
a relative path into an absolute one, but this may not be the same as the path you
would explicitly provide (e.g. <filename>./repmgr.conf</filename> might be converted
to <filename>/path/to/./repmgr.conf</filename>, whereas you'd normally write
<filename>/path/to/repmgr.conf</filename>).
</para>
</note>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id="repmgr-standby-register-wait-start" xreflabel="repmgr standby register --wait-start">
<title>Waiting for the the standby to start</title>
<para>
By default, &repmgr; will wait 30 seconds for the standby to become available before
aborting with a connection error. This is useful when setting up a standby from a script,
as the standby may not have fully started up by the time <command>repmgr standby register</command>
is executed.
</para>
<para>
To change the timeout, pass the desired value with the <literal>--wait-start</literal> option.
A value of <literal>0</literal> will disable the timeout.
</para>
<para>
The timeout will be ignored if <literal>-F/--force</literal> was provided.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id="repmgr-standby-register-wait-sync" xreflabel="repmgr standby register --wait-sync">
<title>Waiting for the registration to propagate to the standby</title>
<para>
Depending on your environment and workload, it may take some time for the standby's node record
to propagate from the primary to the standby. Some actions (such as starting
<application>repmgrd</application>) require that the standby's node record
is present and up-to-date to function correctly.
</para>
<para>
By providing the option <option>--wait-sync</option> to the
<command>repmgr standby register</command> command, &repmgr; will wait
until the record is synchronised before exiting. An optional timeout (in
seconds) can be added to this option (e.g. <option>--wait-sync=60</option>).
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id="repmgr-standby-register-inactive-node" xreflabel="Registering an inactive node">
<title>Registering an inactive node</title>
<para>
Under some circumstances you may wish to register a standby which is not
yet running; this can be the case when using provisioning tools to create
a complex replication cluster. In this case, by using the <option>-F/--force</option>
option and providing the connection parameters to the primary server,
the standby can be registered.
</para>
<para>
Similarly, with cascading replication it may be necessary to register
a standby whose upstream node has not yet been registered - in this case,
using <option>-F/--force</option> will result in the creation of an inactive placeholder
record for the upstream node, which will however later need to be registered
with the <option>-F/--force</option> option too.
</para>
<para>
When used with <command>repmgr standby register</command>, care should be taken that use of the
<option>-F/--force</option> option does not result in an incorrectly configured cluster.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1 id="repmgr-standby-register-node-cloned-other-source">
<title>Registering a node not cloned by repmgr</title>
<para>
If you've cloned a standby using another method (e.g. <application>barman</application>'s
<command>barman recover</command> command), first execute
<link linkend="repmgr-standby-create-recovery-conf">repmgr standby clone --recovery-conf-only</link>
to add the <filename>recovery.conf</filename> file, then register the standby as usual.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1>
<title>Options</title>
<variablelist>
<varlistentry>
<term><option>--dry-run</option></term>
<listitem>
<para>
Check prerequisites but don't actually register the standby.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><option>-F</option><option>--force</option></term>
<listitem>
<para>
Overwrite an existing node record
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><option>--upstream-node-id</option></term>
<listitem>
<para>
ID of the upstream node to replicate from (optional)
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><option>--wait-start</option></term>
<listitem>
<para>
wait for the standby to start (timeout in seconds, default 30 seconds)
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><option>--wait-sync</option></term>
<listitem>
<para>
wait for the node record to synchronise to the standby (optional timeout in seconds)
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</refsect1>
<refsect1>
<title>Event notifications</title>
<para>
A <literal>standby_register</literal> <link linkend="event-notifications">event notification</link>
will be generated immediately after the node record is updated on the primary.
</para>
<para>
If the <option>--wait-sync</option> option is provided, a <literal>standby_register_sync</literal>
event notification will be generated immediately after the node record has synchronised to the
standby.
</para>
<para>
If provided, &repmgr; will subsitute the placeholders <literal>%p</literal> with the node ID of the
primary node, <literal>%c</literal> with its <literal>conninfo</literal> string, and
<literal>%a</literal> with its node name.
</para>
</refsect1>
</refentry>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,245 @@
<refentry id="repmgr-standby-switchover">
<indexterm>
<primary>repmgr standby switchover</primary>
</indexterm>
<refmeta>
<refentrytitle>repmgr standby switchover</refentrytitle>
</refmeta>
<refnamediv>
<refname>repmgr standby switchover</refname>
<refpurpose>promote a standby to primary and demote the existing primary to a standby</refpurpose>
</refnamediv>
<refsect1>
<title>Description</title>
<para>
Promotes a standby to primary and demotes the existing primary to a standby.
This command must be run on the standby to be promoted, and requires a
passwordless SSH connection to the current primary.
</para>
<para>
If other standbys are connected to the demotion candidate, &repmgr; can instruct
these to follow the new primary if the option <literal>--siblings-follow</literal>
is specified. This requires a passwordless SSH connection between the promotion
candidate (new primary) and the standbys attached to the demotion candidate
(existing primary).
</para>
<note>
<para>
Performing a switchover is a non-trivial operation. In particular it
relies on the current primary being able to shut down cleanly and quickly.
&repmgr; will attempt to check for potential issues but cannot guarantee
a successful switchover.
</para>
</note>
<para>
For more details on performing a switchover, including preparation and configuration,
see section <xref linkend="performing-switchover">.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1>
<title>Options</title>
<variablelist>
<varlistentry>
<term><option>--always-promote</option></term>
<listitem>
<para>
Promote standby to primary, even if it is behind original primary
(original primary will be shut down in any case).
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><option>--dry-run</option></term>
<listitem>
<para>
Check prerequisites but don't actually execute a switchover.
</para>
<important>
<para>
Success of <option>--dry-run</option> does not imply the switchover will
complete successfully, only that
the prerequisites for performing the operation are met.
</para>
</important>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><option>-F</option></term>
<term><option>--force</option></term>
<listitem>
<para>
Ignore warnings and continue anyway.
</para>
<para>
Specifically, if a problem is encountered when shutting down the current primary,
using <option>-F/--force</option> will cause &repmgr; to continue by promoting
the standby to be the new primary, and if <option>--siblings-follow</option> is
specified, attach any other standbys to the new primary.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><option>--force-rewind[=/path/to/pg_rewind]</option></term>
<listitem>
<para>
Use <application>pg_rewind</application> to reintegrate the old primary if necessary
(and the prerequisites for using <application>pg_rewind</application> are met).
If using PostgreSQL 9.3 or 9.4, and the <application>pg_rewind</application>
binary is not installed in the PostgreSQL <filename>bin</filename> directory,
provide its full path. For more details see also <xref linkend="switchover-pg-rewind">.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><option>-R</option></term>
<term><option>--remote-user</option></term>
<listitem>
<para>
System username for remote SSH operations (defaults to local system user).
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><option>--siblings-follow</option></term>
<listitem>
<para>
Have standbys attached to the old primary follow the new primary.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</refsect1>
<refsect1>
<title>Configuration file settings</title>
<para>
Note that following parameters in <filename>repmgr.conf</filename> are relevant to the
switchover operation:
<itemizedlist spacing="compact" mark="bullet">
<listitem>
<simpara>
<literal>reconnect_attempts</literal>: number of times to check the original primary
for a clean shutdown after executing the shutdown command, before aborting
</simpara>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<simpara>
<literal>reconnect_interval</literal>: interval (in seconds) to check the original
primary for a clean shutdown after executing the shutdown command (up to a maximum
of <literal>reconnect_attempts</literal> tries)
</simpara>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<simpara>
<literal>replication_lag_critical</literal>:
if replication lag (in seconds) on the standby exceeds this value, the
switchover will be aborted (unless the <literal>-F/--force</literal> option
is provided)
</simpara>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<simpara>
<literal>standby_reconnect_timeout</literal>:
Number of seconds to attempt to reconnect to the demoted primary
once it has been restarted.
</simpara>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1>
<title>Execution</title>
<para>
Execute with the <literal>--dry-run</literal> option to test the switchover as far as
possible without actually changing the status of either node.
</para>
<para>
<application>repmgrd</application> should not be active on any nodes while a switchover is being
executed. This restriction may be lifted in a later version.
</para>
<para>
External database connections, e.g. from an application, should not be permitted while
the switchover is taking place. In particular, active transactions on the primary
can potentially disrupt the shutdown process.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1>
<title>Event notifications</title>
<para>
<literal>standby_switchover</literal> and <literal>standby_promote</literal>
<link linkend="event-notifications">event notifications</link> will be generated for the new primary,
and a <literal>node_rejoin</literal> event notification for the former primary (new standby).
</para>
<para>
If using an event notification script, <literal>standby_switchover</literal>
will populate the placeholder parameter <literal>%p</literal> with the node ID of
the former primary.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1>
<title>Exit codes</title>
<para>
Following exit codes can be emitted by <literal>repmgr standby switchover</literal>:
</para>
<variablelist>
<varlistentry>
<term><option>SUCCESS (0)</option></term>
<listitem>
<para>
The switchover completed successfully.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><option>ERR_SWITCHOVER_FAIL (18)</option></term>
<listitem>
<para>
The switchover could not be executed.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><option>ERR_SWITCHOVER_INCOMPLETE (22)</option></term>
<listitem>
<para>
The switchover was executed but a problem was encountered.
Typically this means the former primary could not be reattached
as a standby.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</refsect1>
<refsect1>
<title>See also</title>
<para>
For more details see the section <xref linkend="performing-switchover">.
</para>
</refsect1>
</refentry>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
<refentry id="repmgr-standby-unregister">
<indexterm>
<primary>repmgr standby unregister</primary>
</indexterm>
<refmeta>
<refentrytitle>repmgr standby unregister</refentrytitle>
</refmeta>
<refnamediv>
<refname>repmgr standby unregister</refname>
<refpurpose>remove a standby's information from the &repmgr; metadata</refpurpose>
</refnamediv>
<refsect1>
<title>Description</title>
<para>
Unregisters a standby with &repmgr;. This command does not affect the actual
replication, just removes the standby's entry from the &repmgr; metadata.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1>
<title>Execution</title>
<para>
To unregister a running standby, execute:
<programlisting>
repmgr standby unregister -f /etc/repmgr.conf</programlisting>
</para>
<para>
This will remove the standby record from &repmgr;'s internal metadata
table (<literal>repmgr.nodes</literal>). A <literal>standby_unregister</literal>
event notification will be recorded in the <literal>repmgr.events</literal> table.
</para>
<para>
If the standby is not running, the command can be executed on another
node by providing the id of the node to be unregistered using
the command line parameter <literal>--node-id</literal>, e.g. executing the following
command on the primary server will unregister the standby with
id <literal>3</literal>:
<programlisting>
repmgr standby unregister -f /etc/repmgr.conf --node-id=3</programlisting>
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1>
<title>Options</title>
<variablelist>
<varlistentry>
<term><option>--node-id</option></term>
<listitem>
<para>
<varname>node_id</varname> of the node to unregister (optional)
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</refsect1>
<refsect1>
<title>Event notifications</title>
<para>
A <literal>standby_unregister</literal> <link linkend="event-notifications">event notification</link> will be generated.
</para>
</refsect1>
</refentry>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
<refentry id="repmgr-witness-register">
<indexterm>
<primary>repmgr witness register</primary>
<seealso>witness server</seealso>
</indexterm>
<refmeta>
<refentrytitle>repmgr witness register</refentrytitle>
</refmeta>
<refnamediv>
<refname>repmgr witness register</refname>
<refpurpose>add a witness node's information to the &repmgr; metadata</refpurpose>
</refnamediv>
<refsect1>
<title>Description</title>
<para>
<command>repmgr witness register</command> adds a witness server's node
record to the &repmgr; metadata, and if necessary initialises the witness
node by installing the &repmgr; extension and copying the &repmgr; metadata
to the witness server. This command needs to be executed to enable
use of the witness server with <application>repmgrd</application>.
</para>
<para>
When executing <command>repmgr witness register</command>, connection information
for the cluster primary server must also be provided. &repmgr; will automatically
use the <varname>user</varname> and <varname>dbname</varname> values defined
in the <varname>conninfo</varname> string defined in the witness node's
<filename>repmgr.conf</filename>, if these are not explicitly provided.
</para>
<para>
Execute with the <literal>--dry-run</literal> option to check what would happen
without actually registering the witness server.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1>
<title>Example</title>
<para>
<programlisting>
$ repmgr -f /etc/repmgr.conf witness register -h node1
INFO: connecting to witness node "node3" (ID: 3)
INFO: connecting to primary node
NOTICE: attempting to install extension "repmgr"
NOTICE: "repmgr" extension successfully installed
INFO: witness registration complete
NOTICE: witness node "node3" (ID: 3) successfully registered
</programlisting>
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1>
<title>Event notifications</title>
<para>
A <literal>witness_register</literal> <link linkend="event-notifications">event notification</link> will be generated.
</para>
</refsect1>
</refentry>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
<refentry id="repmgr-witness-unregister" xreflabel="repmgr witness unregister">
<indexterm>
<primary>repmgr witness unregister</primary>
</indexterm>
<refmeta>
<refentrytitle>repmgr witness unregister</refentrytitle>
</refmeta>
<refnamediv>
<refname>repmgr witness unregister</refname>
<refpurpose>remove a witness node's information to the &repmgr; metadata</refpurpose>
</refnamediv>
<refsect1>
<title>Description</title>
<para>
<command>repmgr witness unregister</command> removes a witness server's node
record from the &repmgr; metadata.
</para>
<para>
The node does not have to be running to be unregistered, however if this is the
case then connection information for the primary server must be provided.
</para>
<para>
Execute with the <literal>--dry-run</literal> option to check what would happen
without actually registering the witness server.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1>
<title>Examples</title>
<para>
Unregistering a running witness node:
<programlisting>
$ repmgr -f /etc/repmgr.conf witness unregister
INFO: connecting to witness node "node3" (ID: 3)
INFO: unregistering witness node 3
INFO: witness unregistration complete
DETAIL: witness node with id 3 (conninfo: host=node3 dbname=repmgr user=repmgr port=5499) successfully unregistered</programlisting>
</para>
<para>
Unregistering a non-running witness node:
<programlisting>
$ repmgr -f /etc/repmgr.conf witness unregister -h node1 -p 5501 -F
INFO: connecting to witness node "node3" (ID: 3)
NOTICE: unable to connect to witness node "node3" (ID: 3), removing node record on cluster primary only
INFO: unregistering witness node 3
INFO: witness unregistration complete
DETAIL: witness node with id 3 (conninfo: host=node3 dbname=repmgr user=repmgr port=5499) successfully unregistered</programlisting>
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1>
<title>Notes</title>
<para>
This command will not make any changes to the witness node itself and will neither
remove any data from the witness database nor stop the PostgreSQL instance.
</para>
<para>
A witness node which has been unregistered, can be re-registered with
<link linkend="repmgr-witness-register">repmgr witness register --force</link>.
</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1>
<title>Event notifications</title>
<para>
A <literal>witness_unregister</literal> <link linkend="event-notifications">event notification</link> will be generated.
</para>
</refsect1>
</refentry>

125
doc/repmgr.sgml Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
<!-- doc/src/sgml/postgres.sgml -->
<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook V4.2//EN" [
<!ENTITY % version SYSTEM "version.sgml">
%version;
<!ENTITY % filelist SYSTEM "filelist.sgml">
%filelist;
<!ENTITY repmgr "<productname>repmgr</productname>">
<!ENTITY postgres "<productname>PostgreSQL</productname>">
]>
<book id="repmgr">
<title>repmgr &repmgrversion; Documentation</title>
<bookinfo>
<corpauthor>2ndQuadrant Ltd</corpauthor>
<productname>repmgr</productname>
<productnumber>&repmgrversion;</productnumber>
&legal;
<abstract>
<para>
This is the official documentation of &repmgr; &repmgrversion; for
use with PostgreSQL 9.3 - PostgreSQL 10.
It describes the functionality supported by the current version of &repmgr;.
</para>
<para>
&repmgr; was developed by
<ulink url="https://2ndquadrant.com">2ndQuadrant</ulink>
along with contributions from other individuals and companies.
Contributions from the community are appreciated and welcome - get
in touch via <ulink url="https://github.com/2ndQuadrant/repmgr">github</>
or <ulink url="https://groups.google.com/group/repmgr">the mailing list/forum</>.
Multiple 2ndQuadrant customers contribute funding
to make repmgr development possible.
</para>
<para>
2ndQuadrant, a Platinum sponsor of the PostgreSQL project,
continues to develop repmgr to meet internal needs and those of customers.
Other companies as well as individual developers
are welcome to participate in the efforts.
</para>
</abstract>
<keywordset>
<keyword>repmgr</keyword>
<keyword>PostgreSQL</keyword>
<keyword>replication</keyword>
<keyword>asynchronous</keyword>
<keyword>HA</keyword>
<keyword>high-availability</keyword>
</keywordset>
</bookinfo>
<part id="getting-started">
<title>Getting started</title>
&overview;
&install;
&quickstart;
</part>
<part id="repmgr-administration-manual">
<title>repmgr administration manual</title>
&configuration;
&cloning-standbys;
&promoting-standby;
&follow-new-primary;
&switchover;
&configuring-witness-server;
&event-notifications;
&upgrading-repmgr;
</part>
<part id="using-repmgrd">
<title>Using repmgrd</title>
&repmgrd-automatic-failover;
&repmgrd-configuration;
&repmgrd-demonstration;
&repmgrd-cascading-replication;
&repmgrd-network-split;
&repmgrd-witness-server;
&repmgrd-degraded-monitoring;
&repmgrd-monitoring;
&repmgrd-bdr;
</part>
<part id="repmgr-command-reference">
<title>repmgr command reference</title>
&repmgr-primary-register;
&repmgr-primary-unregister;
&repmgr-standby-clone;
&repmgr-standby-register;
&repmgr-standby-unregister;
&repmgr-standby-promote;
&repmgr-standby-follow;
&repmgr-standby-switchover;
&repmgr-witness-register;
&repmgr-witness-unregister;
&repmgr-node-status;
&repmgr-node-check;
&repmgr-node-rejoin;
&repmgr-cluster-show;
&repmgr-cluster-matrix;
&repmgr-cluster-crosscheck;
&repmgr-cluster-event;
&repmgr-cluster-cleanup;
</part>
&appendix-release-notes;
&appendix-signatures;
&appendix-faq;
&appendix-packages;
<![%include-index;[&bookindex;]]>
<![%include-xslt-index;[<index id="bookindex"></index>]]>
</book>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
<chapter id="repmgrd-automatic-failover" xreflabel="Automatic failover with repmgrd">
<indexterm>
<primary>repmgrd</primary>
<secondary>automatic failover</secondary>
</indexterm>
<title>Automatic failover with repmgrd</title>
<para>
<application>repmgrd</application> is a management and monitoring daemon which runs
on each node in a replication cluster. It can automate actions such as
failover and updating standbys to follow the new primary, as well as
providing monitoring information about the state of each standby.
</para>
</chapter>

414
doc/repmgrd-bdr.sgml Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,414 @@
<chapter id="repmgrd-bdr">
<indexterm>
<primary>repmgrd</primary>
<secondary>BDR</secondary>
</indexterm>
<indexterm>
<primary>BDR</primary>
</indexterm>
<title>BDR failover with repmgrd</title>
<para>
&repmgr; 4.x provides support for monitoring BDR nodes and taking action in
case one of the nodes fails.
</para>
<note>
<simpara>
Due to the nature of BDR, it's only safe to use this solution for
a two-node scenario. Introducing additional nodes will create an inherent
risk of node desynchronisation if a node goes down without being cleanly
removed from the cluster.
</simpara>
</note>
<para>
In contrast to streaming replication, there's no concept of "promoting" a new
primary node with BDR. Instead, "failover" involves monitoring both nodes
with <application>repmgrd</application> and redirecting queries from the failed node to the remaining
active node. This can be done by using an
<link linkend="event-notifications">event notification</link> script
which is called by <application>repmgrd</application> to dynamically
reconfigure a proxy server/connection pooler such as <application>PgBouncer</application>.
</para>
<sect1 id="bdr-prerequisites" xreflabel="BDR prequisites">
<title>Prerequisites</title>
<para>
&repmgr; 4 requires PostgreSQL 9.4 or 9.6 with the BDR 2 extension
enabled and configured for a two-node BDR network. &repmgr; 4 packages
must be installed on each node before attempting to configure
<application>repmgr</application>.
</para>
<note>
<simpara>
&repmgr; 4 will refuse to install if it detects more than two BDR nodes.
</simpara>
</note>
<para>
Application database connections *must* be passed through a proxy server/
connection pooler such as <application>PgBouncer</application>, and it must be possible to dynamically
reconfigure that from <application>repmgrd</application>. The example demonstrated in this document
will use <application>PgBouncer</application>
</para>
<para>
The proxy server / connection poolers must <emphasis>not</emphasis>
be installed on the database servers.
</para>
<para>
For this example, it's assumed password-less SSH connections are available
from the PostgreSQL servers to the servers where <application>PgBouncer</application>
runs, and that the user on those servers has permission to alter the
<application>PgBouncer</application> configuration files.
</para>
<para>
PostgreSQL connections must be possible between each node, and each node
must be able to connect to each PgBouncer instance.
</para>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="bdr-configuration" xreflabel="BDR configuration">
<title>Configuration</title>
<para>
A sample configuration for <filename>repmgr.conf</filename> on each
BDR node would look like this:
<programlisting>
# Node information
node_id=1
node_name='node1'
conninfo='host=node1 dbname=bdrtest user=repmgr connect_timeout=2'
data_directory='/var/lib/postgresql/data'
replication_type='bdr'
# Event notification configuration
event_notifications=bdr_failover
event_notification_command='/path/to/bdr-pgbouncer.sh %n %e %s "%c" "%a" >> /tmp/bdr-failover.log 2>&1'
# repmgrd options
monitor_interval_secs=5
reconnect_attempts=6
reconnect_interval=5</programlisting>
</para>
<para>
Adjust settings as appropriate; copy and adjust for the second node (particularly
the values <varname>node_id</varname>, <varname>node_name</varname>
and <varname>conninfo</varname>).
</para>
<para>
Note that the values provided for the <varname>conninfo</varname> string
must be valid for connections from <emphasis>both</emphasis> nodes in the
replication cluster. The database must be the BDR-enabled database.
</para>
<para>
If defined, the evenr <application>event_notifications</application> parameter
will restrict execution of <varname>event_notification_command</varname>
to the specified event(s).
</para>
<note>
<simpara>
<varname>event_notification_command</varname> is the script which does the actual "heavy lifting"
of reconfiguring the proxy server/ connection pooler. It is fully
user-definable; a reference implementation is documented below.
</simpara>
</note>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="bdr-repmgr-setup" xreflabel="repmgr setup with BDR">
<title>repmgr setup</title>
<para>
Register both nodes; example on <literal>node1</literal>:
<programlisting>
$ repmgr -f /etc/repmgr.conf bdr register
NOTICE: attempting to install extension "repmgr"
NOTICE: "repmgr" extension successfully installed
NOTICE: node record created for node 'node1' (ID: 1)
NOTICE: BDR node 1 registered (conninfo: host=node1 dbname=bdrtest user=repmgr)</programlisting>
</para>
<para>
and on <literal>node1</literal>:
<programlisting>
$ repmgr -f /etc/repmgr.conf bdr register
NOTICE: node record created for node 'node2' (ID: 2)
NOTICE: BDR node 2 registered (conninfo: host=node2 dbname=bdrtest user=repmgr)</programlisting>
</para>
<para>
The <literal>repmgr</literal> extension will be automatically created
when the first node is registered, and will be propagated to the second
node.
</para>
<important>
<simpara>
Ensure the &repmgr; package is available on both nodes before
attempting to register the first node.
</simpara>
</important>
<para>
At this point the meta data for both nodes has been created; executing
<xref linkend="repmgr-cluster-show"> (on either node) should produce output like this:
<programlisting>
$ repmgr -f /etc/repmgr.conf cluster show
ID | Name | Role | Status | Upstream | Location | Connection string
----+-------+------+-----------+----------+--------------------------------------------------------
1 | node1 | bdr | * running | | default | host=node1 dbname=bdrtest user=repmgr connect_timeout=2
2 | node2 | bdr | * running | | default | host=node2 dbname=bdrtest user=repmgr connect_timeout=2</programlisting>
</para>
<para>
Additionally it's possible to display log of significant events; executing
<xref linkend="repmgr-cluster-event"> (on either node) should produce output like this:
<programlisting>
$ repmgr -f /etc/repmgr.conf cluster event
Node ID | Event | OK | Timestamp | Details
---------+--------------+----+---------------------+----------------------------------------------
2 | bdr_register | t | 2017-07-27 17:51:48 | node record created for node 'node2' (ID: 2)
1 | bdr_register | t | 2017-07-27 17:51:00 | node record created for node 'node1' (ID: 1)
</programlisting>
</para>
<para>
At this point there will only be records for the two node registrations (displayed here
in reverse chronological order).
</para>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="bdr-event-notification-command" xreflabel="BDR failover event notification command">
<title>Defining the "event_notification_command"</title>
<para>
Key to "failover" execution is the <literal>event_notification_command</literal>,
which is a user-definable script specified in <filename>repmpgr.conf</filename>
and which can use a &repmgr; <link linkend="event-notifications">event notification</link>
to reconfigure the proxy server / connection pooler so it points to the other, still-active node.
Details of the event will be passed as parameters to the script.
</para>
<para>
Following parameter placeholders are available for the script definition in <filename>repmpgr.conf</filename>;
these will be replaced with the appropriate value when the script is executed:
</para>
<variablelist>
<varlistentry>
<term><option>%n</option></term>
<listitem>
<para>
node ID
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><option>%e</option></term>
<listitem>
<para>
event type
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><option>%t</option></term>
<listitem>
<para>
success (1 or 0)
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><option>%t</option></term>
<listitem>
<para>
timestamp
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><option>%d</option></term>
<listitem>
<para>
details
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><option>%c</option></term>
<listitem>
<para>
conninfo string of the next available node (<varname>bdr_failover</varname> and <varname>bdr_recovery</varname>)
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><option>%a</option></term>
<listitem>
<para>
name of the next available node (<varname>bdr_failover</varname> and <varname>bdr_recovery</varname>)
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
<para>
Note that <literal>%c</literal> and <literal>%a</literal> are only provided with
particular failover events, in this case <varname>bdr_failover</varname>.
</para>
<para>
The provided sample script
(<literal><ulink url="https://raw.githubusercontent.com/2ndQuadrant/repmgr/master/scripts/bdr-pgbouncer.sh">scripts/bdr-pgbouncer.sh</ulink></literal>)
is configured as follows:
<programlisting>
event_notification_command='/path/to/bdr-pgbouncer.sh %n %e %s "%c" "%a"'</programlisting>
</para>
<para>
and parses the placeholder parameters like this:
<programlisting>
NODE_ID=$1
EVENT_TYPE=$2
SUCCESS=$3
NEXT_CONNINFO=$4
NEXT_NODE_NAME=$5</programlisting>
</para>
<note>
<para>
The sample script also contains some hard-coded values for the <application>PgBouncer</application>
configuration for both nodes; these will need to be adjusted for your local environment
(ideally the scripts would be maintained as templates and generated by some
kind of provisioning system).
</para>
</note>
<para>
The script performs following steps:
<itemizedlist spacing="compact" mark="bullet">
<listitem>
<simpara>pauses <application>PgBouncer</application> on all nodes</simpara>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<simpara>recreates the <application>PgBouncer</application> configuration file on each
node using the information provided by <application>repmgrd</application>
(primarily the <varname>conninfo</varname> string) to configure
<application>PgBouncer</application></simpara>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<simpara>reloads the <application>PgBouncer</application> configuration</simpara>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<simpara>executes the <command>RESUME</command> command (in <application>PgBouncer</application>)</simpara>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</para>
<para>
Following successful script execution, any connections to PgBouncer on the failed BDR node
will be redirected to the active node.
</para>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="bdr-monitoring-failover" xreflabel="Node monitoring and failover">
<title>Node monitoring and failover</title>
<para>
At the intervals specified by <varname>monitor_interval_secs</varname>
in <filename>repmgr.conf</filename>, <application>repmgrd</application>
will ping each node to check if it's available. If a node isn't available,
<application>repmgrd</application> will enter failover mode and check <varname>reconnect_attempts</varname>
times at intervals of <varname>reconnect_interval</varname> to confirm the node is definitely unreachable.
This buffer period is necessary to avoid false positives caused by transient
network outages.
</para>
<para>
If the node is still unavailable, <application>repmgrd</application> will enter failover mode and execute
the script defined in <varname>event_notification_command</varname>; an entry will be logged
in the <literal>repmgr.events</literal> table and <application>repmgrd</application> will
(unless otherwise configured) resume monitoring of the node in "degraded" mode until it reappears.
</para>
<para>
<application>repmgrd</application> logfile output during a failover event will look something like this
on one node (usually the node which has failed, here <literal>node2</literal>):
<programlisting>
...
[2017-07-27 21:08:39] [INFO] starting continuous BDR node monitoring
[2017-07-27 21:08:39] [INFO] monitoring BDR replication status on node "node2" (ID: 2)
[2017-07-27 21:08:55] [INFO] monitoring BDR replication status on node "node2" (ID: 2)
[2017-07-27 21:09:11] [INFO] monitoring BDR replication status on node "node2" (ID: 2)
[2017-07-27 21:09:23] [WARNING] unable to connect to node node2 (ID 2)
[2017-07-27 21:09:23] [INFO] checking state of node 2, 0 of 5 attempts
[2017-07-27 21:09:23] [INFO] sleeping 1 seconds until next reconnection attempt
[2017-07-27 21:09:24] [INFO] checking state of node 2, 1 of 5 attempts
[2017-07-27 21:09:24] [INFO] sleeping 1 seconds until next reconnection attempt
[2017-07-27 21:09:25] [INFO] checking state of node 2, 2 of 5 attempts
[2017-07-27 21:09:25] [INFO] sleeping 1 seconds until next reconnection attempt
[2017-07-27 21:09:26] [INFO] checking state of node 2, 3 of 5 attempts
[2017-07-27 21:09:26] [INFO] sleeping 1 seconds until next reconnection attempt
[2017-07-27 21:09:27] [INFO] checking state of node 2, 4 of 5 attempts
[2017-07-27 21:09:27] [INFO] sleeping 1 seconds until next reconnection attempt
[2017-07-27 21:09:28] [WARNING] unable to reconnect to node 2 after 5 attempts
[2017-07-27 21:09:28] [NOTICE] setting node record for node 2 to inactive
[2017-07-27 21:09:28] [INFO] executing notification command for event "bdr_failover"
[2017-07-27 21:09:28] [DETAIL] command is:
/path/to/bdr-pgbouncer.sh 2 bdr_failover 1 "host=host=node1 dbname=bdrtest user=repmgr connect_timeout=2" "node1"
[2017-07-27 21:09:28] [INFO] node 'node2' (ID: 2) detected as failed; next available node is 'node1' (ID: 1)
[2017-07-27 21:09:28] [INFO] monitoring BDR replication status on node "node2" (ID: 2)
[2017-07-27 21:09:28] [DETAIL] monitoring node "node2" (ID: 2) in degraded mode
...</programlisting>
</para>
<para>
Output on the other node (<literal>node1</literal>) during the same event will look like this:
<programlisting>
...
[2017-07-27 21:08:35] [INFO] starting continuous BDR node monitoring
[2017-07-27 21:08:35] [INFO] monitoring BDR replication status on node "node1" (ID: 1)
[2017-07-27 21:08:51] [INFO] monitoring BDR replication status on node "node1" (ID: 1)
[2017-07-27 21:09:07] [INFO] monitoring BDR replication status on node "node1" (ID: 1)
[2017-07-27 21:09:23] [WARNING] unable to connect to node node2 (ID 2)
[2017-07-27 21:09:23] [INFO] checking state of node 2, 0 of 5 attempts
[2017-07-27 21:09:23] [INFO] sleeping 1 seconds until next reconnection attempt
[2017-07-27 21:09:24] [INFO] checking state of node 2, 1 of 5 attempts
[2017-07-27 21:09:24] [INFO] sleeping 1 seconds until next reconnection attempt
[2017-07-27 21:09:25] [INFO] checking state of node 2, 2 of 5 attempts
[2017-07-27 21:09:25] [INFO] sleeping 1 seconds until next reconnection attempt
[2017-07-27 21:09:26] [INFO] checking state of node 2, 3 of 5 attempts
[2017-07-27 21:09:26] [INFO] sleeping 1 seconds until next reconnection attempt
[2017-07-27 21:09:27] [INFO] checking state of node 2, 4 of 5 attempts
[2017-07-27 21:09:27] [INFO] sleeping 1 seconds until next reconnection attempt
[2017-07-27 21:09:28] [WARNING] unable to reconnect to node 2 after 5 attempts
[2017-07-27 21:09:28] [NOTICE] other node's repmgrd is handling failover
[2017-07-27 21:09:28] [INFO] monitoring BDR replication status on node "node1" (ID: 1)
[2017-07-27 21:09:28] [DETAIL] monitoring node "node2" (ID: 2) in degraded mode
...</programlisting>
</para>
<para>
This assumes only the PostgreSQL instance on <literal>node2</literal> has failed. In this case the
<application>repmgrd</application> instance running on <literal>node2</literal> has performed the failover. However if
the entire server becomes unavailable, <application>repmgrd</application> on <literal>node1</literal> will perform
the failover.
</para>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="bdr-node-recovery" xreflabel="Node recovery">
<title>Node recovery</title>
<para>
Following failure of a BDR node, if the node subsequently becomes available again,
a <varname>bdr_recovery</varname> event will be generated. This could potentially be used to
reconfigure PgBouncer automatically to bring the node back into the available pool,
however it would be prudent to manually verify the node's status before
exposing it to the application.
</para>
<para>
If the failed node comes back up and connects correctly, output similar to this
will be visible in the <application>repmgrd</application> log:
<programlisting>
[2017-07-27 21:25:30] [DETAIL] monitoring node "node2" (ID: 2) in degraded mode
[2017-07-27 21:25:46] [INFO] monitoring BDR replication status on node "node2" (ID: 2)
[2017-07-27 21:25:46] [DETAIL] monitoring node "node2" (ID: 2) in degraded mode
[2017-07-27 21:25:55] [INFO] active replication slot for node "node1" found after 1 seconds
[2017-07-27 21:25:55] [NOTICE] node "node2" (ID: 2) has recovered after 986 seconds</programlisting>
</para>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="bdr-complete-shutdown" xreflabel="Shutdown of both nodes">
<title>Shutdown of both nodes</title>
<para>
If both PostgreSQL instances are shut down, <application>repmgrd</application> will try and handle the
situation as gracefully as possible, though with no failover candidates available
there's not much it can do. Should this case ever occur, we recommend shutting
down <application>repmgrd</application> on both nodes and restarting it once the PostgreSQL instances
are running properly.
</para>
</sect1>
</chapter>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
<chapter id="repmgrd-cascading-replication">
<indexterm>
<primary>repmgrd</primary>
<secondary>cascading replication</secondary>
</indexterm>
<title>repmgrd and cascading replication</title>
<para>
Cascading replication - where a standby can connect to an upstream node and not
the primary server itself - was introduced in PostgreSQL 9.2. &repmgr; and
<application>repmgrd</application> support cascading replication by keeping track of the relationship
between standby servers - each node record is stored with the node id of its
upstream ("parent") server (except of course the primary server).
</para>
<para>
In a failover situation where the primary node fails and a top-level standby
is promoted, a standby connected to another standby will not be affected
and continue working as normal (even if the upstream standby it's connected
to becomes the primary node). If however the node's direct upstream fails,
the "cascaded standby" will attempt to reconnect to that node's parent.
</para>
</chapter>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,282 @@
<chapter id="repmgrd-configuration">
<indexterm>
<primary>repmgrd</primary>
<secondary>configuration</secondary>
</indexterm>
<title>repmgrd configuration</title>
<para>
<application>repmgrd</application> is a daemon which runs on each PostgreSQL node,
monitoring the local node, and (unless it's the primary node) the upstream server
(the primary server or with cascading replication, another standby) which it's
connected to.
</para>
<para>
<application>repmgrd</application> can be configured to provide failover
capability in case the primary upstream node becomes unreachable, and/or
provide monitoring data to the &repmgr; metadatabase.
</para>
<sect1 id="repmgrd-basic-configuration">
<title>repmgrd basic configuration</title>
<para>
To use <application>repmgrd</application>, its associated function library <emphasis>must</emphasis> be
included in <filename>postgresql.conf</filename> with:
<programlisting>
shared_preload_libraries = 'repmgr'</programlisting>
</para>
<para>
Changing this setting requires a restart of PostgreSQL; for more details see
the <ulink url="https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/static/runtime-config-client.html#GUC-SHARED-PRELOAD-LIBRARIES">PostgreSQL documentation</ulink>.
</para>
<sect2 id="repmgrd-automatic-failover-configuration">
<title>automatic failover configuration</title>
<para>
If using automatic failover, the following <application>repmgrd</application> options *must* be set in
<filename>repmgr.conf</filename> :
<programlisting>
failover=automatic
promote_command='/usr/bin/repmgr standby promote -f /etc/repmgr.conf --log-to-file'
follow_command='/usr/bin/repmgr standby follow -f /etc/repmgr.conf --log-to-file --upstream-node-id=%n'</programlisting>
</para>
<para>
Adjust file paths as appropriate; we recomment specifying the full path to the &repmgr; binary.
</para>
<para>
Note that the <literal>--log-to-file</literal> option will cause
output generated by the &repmgr; command, when executed by <application>repmgrd</application>,
to be logged to the same destination configured to receive log output for <application>repmgrd</application>.
See <filename><ulink url="https://raw.githubusercontent.com/2ndQuadrant/repmgr/master/repmgr.conf.sample">repmgr.conf.sample</ulink></filename>
for further <application>repmgrd</application>-specific settings.
</para>
<para>
When <varname>failover</varname> is set to <literal>automatic</literal>, upon detecting failure
of the current primary, <application>repmgrd</application> will execute one of:
</para>
<itemizedlist spacing="compact" mark="bullet">
<listitem>
<simpara>
<varname>promote_command</varname> (if the current server is to become the new primary)
</simpara>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<simpara>
<varname>follow_command</varname> (if the current server needs to follow another server which has
become the new primary)
</simpara>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
<note>
<para>
These commands can be any valid shell script which results in one of these
two actions happening, but if &repmgr;'s <command>standby follow</command> or
<command>standby promote</command>
commands are not executed (either directly as shown here, or from a script which
performs other actions), the &repmgr; metadata will not be updated and
&repmgr; will no longer function reliably.
</para>
</note>
<para>
The <varname>follow_command</varname> should provide the <literal>--upstream-node-id=%n</literal>
option to <command>repmgr standby follow</command>; the <literal>%n</literal> will be replaced by
<application>repmgrd</application> with the ID of the new primary node. If this is not provided, &repmgr;
will attempt to determine the new primary by itself, but if the
original primary comes back online after the new primary is promoted, there is a risk that
<command>repmgr standby follow</command> will result in the node continuing to follow
the original primary.
</para>
</sect2>
<sect2 id="repmgrd-service-configuration">
<indexterm>
<primary>repmgrd</primary>
<secondary>PostgreSQL service configuration</secondary>
</indexterm>
<title>PostgreSQL service configuration</title>
<para>
If using automatic failover, currently <application>repmgrd</application> will need to execute
<link linkend="repmgr-standby-follow"><command>repmgr standby follow</command></link>
to restart PostgreSQL on standbys to have them follow a new primary.
</para>
<para>
To ensure this happens smoothly, it's essential to provide the appropriate system/service restart
command appropriate to your operating system via <varname>service_restart_command</varname>
in <filename>repmgr.conf</filename>. If you don't do this, <application>repmgrd</application>
will default to using <command>pg_ctl</command>, which can result in unexpected problems,
particularly on <application>systemd</application>-based systems.
</para>
<para>
For more details, see <xref linkend="configuration-service-commands">.
</para>
</sect2>
<sect2 id="repmgrd-monitoring-configuration">
<indexterm>
<primary>repmgrd</primary>
<secondary>monitoring configuration</secondary>
</indexterm>
<title>Monitoring configuration</title>
<para>
To enable monitoring, set:
<programlisting>
monitoring_history=yes</programlisting>
in <filename>repmgr.conf</filename>.
</para>
<para>
The default monitoring interval is 2 seconds; this value can be explicitly set using:
<programlisting>
monitor_interval_secs=&lt;seconds&gt;</programlisting>
in <filename>repmgr.conf</filename>.
</para>
<para>
For more details on monitoring, see <xref linkend="repmgrd-monitoring">.
</para>
</sect2>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="repmgrd-daemon">
<indexterm>
<primary>repmgrd</primary>
<secondary>starting and stopping</secondary>
</indexterm>
<title>repmgrd daemon</title>
<para>
If installed from a package, the <application>repmgrd</application> can be started
via the operating system's service command, e.g. in <application>systemd</application>
using <command>systemctl</command>.
</para>
<para>
See appendix <xref linkend="appendix-packages"> for details of service commands
for different distributions.
</para>
<para>
<application>repmgrd</application> can be started manually like this:
<programlisting>
repmgrd -f /etc/repmgr.conf --pid-file /tmp/repmgrd.pid --daemonize</programlisting>
and stopped with <command>kill `cat /tmp/repmgrd.pid`</command>. Adjust paths as appropriate.
</para>
<para>
To apply configuration file changes to a running <application>repmgrd</application>
daemon, execute the operating system's service reload command (for manually started
instances, execute <command>kill -HUP `cat /tmp/repmgrd.pid`</command>).
Note that only a subset of configuration file parameters can be changed on a
running <application>repmgrd</application> daemon.
</para>
<sect2 id="repmgrd-configuration-debian-ubuntu">
<indexterm>
<primary>repmgrd</primary>
<secondary>Debian/Ubuntu and daemon configuration</secondary>
</indexterm>
<indexterm>
<primary>Debian/Ubuntu</primary>
<secondary>repmgrd daemon configuration</secondary>
</indexterm>
<title>repmgrd daemon configuration on Debian/Ubuntu</title>
<para>
If &repmgr; was installed from Debian/Ubuntu packages, additional configuration
is required before <application>repmgrd</application> is started as a daemon.
</para>
<para>
This is done via the file <filename>/etc/default/repmgrd</filename>, which by default
looks like this:
<programlisting>
# default settings for repmgrd. This file is source by /bin/sh from
# /etc/init.d/repmgrd
# disable repmgrd by default so it won't get started upon installation
# valid values: yes/no
REPMGRD_ENABLED=no
# configuration file (required)
#REPMGRD_CONF="/path/to/repmgr.conf"
# additional options
#REPMGRD_OPTS=""
# user to run repmgrd as
#REPMGRD_USER=postgres
# repmgrd binary
#REPMGRD_BIN=/usr/bin/repmgrd
# pid file
#REPMGRD_PIDFILE=/var/run/repmgrd.pid</programlisting>
</para>
<para>
Set <varname>REPMGRD_ENABLED</varname> to <literal>yes</literal>, and <varname>REPMGRD_CONF</varname>
to the <filename>repmgr.conf</filename> file you are using.
</para>
<para>
If using <application>systemd</application>, you may need to execute <command>systemctl daemon-reload</command>.
Also, if you attempted to start <application>repmgrd</application> using <command>systemctl start repmgrd</command>,
you'll need to execute <command>systemctl stop repmgrd</command>. Because that's how <application>systemd</application>
rolls.
</para>
</sect2>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="repmgrd-connection-settings">
<title>repmgrd connection settings</title>
<para>
In addition to the &repmgr; configuration settings, parameters in the
<varname>conninfo</varname> string influence how &repmgr; makes a network connection to
PostgreSQL. In particular, if another server in the replication cluster
is unreachable at network level, system network settings will influence
the length of time it takes to determine that the connection is not possible.
</para>
<para>
In particular explicitly setting a parameter for <literal>connect_timeout</literal>
should be considered; the effective minimum value of <literal>2</literal>
(seconds) will ensure that a connection failure at network level is reported
as soon as possible, otherwise depending on the system settings (e.g.
<varname>tcp_syn_retries</varname> in Linux) a delay of a minute or more
is possible.
</para>
<para>
For further details on <varname>conninfo</varname> network connection
parameters, see the
<ulink url="https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/static/libpq-connect.html#LIBPQ-PARAMKEYWORDS">PostgreSQL documentation</ulink>.
</para>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="repmgrd-log-rotation">
<indexterm>
<primary>log rotation</primary>
<secondary>repmgrd</secondary>
</indexterm>
<title>repmgrd log rotation</title>
<para>
To ensure the current <application>repmgrd</application> logfile
(specified in <filename>repmgr.conf</filename> with the parameter
<option>log_file</option> does not grow indefinitely, configure your
system's <command>logrotate</command> to regularly rotate it.
</para>
<para>
Sample configuration to rotate logfiles weekly with retention for
up to 52 weeks and rotation forced if a file grows beyond 100Mb:
<programlisting>
/var/log/postgresql/repmgr-9.6.log {
missingok
compress
rotate 52
maxsize 100M
weekly
create 0600 postgres postgres
}</programlisting>
</para>
</sect1>
</chapter>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
<chapter id="repmgrd-degraded-monitoring">
<indexterm>
<primary>repmgrd</primary>
<secondary>degraded monitoring</secondary>
</indexterm>
<title>"degraded monitoring" mode</title>
<para>
In certain circumstances, <application>repmgrd</application> is not able to fulfill its primary mission
of monitoring the nodes' upstream server. In these cases it enters "degraded
monitoring" mode, where <application>repmgrd</application> remains active but is waiting for the situation
to be resolved.
</para>
<para>
Situations where this happens are:
<itemizedlist spacing="compact" mark="bullet">
<listitem>
<simpara>a failover situation has occurred, no nodes in the primary node's location are visible</simpara>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<simpara>a failover situation has occurred, but no promotion candidate is available</simpara>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<simpara>a failover situation has occurred, but the promotion candidate could not be promoted</simpara>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<simpara>a failover situation has occurred, but the node was unable to follow the new primary</simpara>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<simpara>a failover situation has occurred, but no primary has become available</simpara>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<simpara>a failover situation has occurred, but automatic failover is not enabled for the node</simpara>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<simpara>repmgrd is monitoring the primary node, but it is not available (and no other node has been promoted as primary)</simpara>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</para>
<para>
Example output in a situation where there is only one standby with <literal>failover=manual</literal>,
and the primary node is unavailable (but is later restarted):
<programlisting>
[2017-08-29 10:59:19] [INFO] node "node2" (node ID: 2) monitoring upstream node "node1" (node ID: 1) in normal state (automatic failover disabled)
[2017-08-29 10:59:33] [WARNING] unable to connect to upstream node "node1" (node ID: 1)
[2017-08-29 10:59:33] [INFO] checking state of node 1, 1 of 5 attempts
[2017-08-29 10:59:33] [INFO] sleeping 1 seconds until next reconnection attempt
(...)
[2017-08-29 10:59:37] [INFO] checking state of node 1, 5 of 5 attempts
[2017-08-29 10:59:37] [WARNING] unable to reconnect to node 1 after 5 attempts
[2017-08-29 10:59:37] [NOTICE] this node is not configured for automatic failover so will not be considered as promotion candidate
[2017-08-29 10:59:37] [NOTICE] no other nodes are available as promotion candidate
[2017-08-29 10:59:37] [HINT] use "repmgr standby promote" to manually promote this node
[2017-08-29 10:59:37] [INFO] node "node2" (node ID: 2) monitoring upstream node "node1" (node ID: 1) in degraded state (automatic failover disabled)
[2017-08-29 10:59:53] [INFO] node "node2" (node ID: 2) monitoring upstream node "node1" (node ID: 1) in degraded state (automatic failover disabled)
[2017-08-29 11:00:45] [NOTICE] reconnected to upstream node 1 after 68 seconds, resuming monitoring
[2017-08-29 11:00:57] [INFO] node "node2" (node ID: 2) monitoring upstream node "node1" (node ID: 1) in normal state (automatic failover disabled)</programlisting>
</para>
<para>
By default, <literal>repmgrd</literal> will continue in degraded monitoring mode indefinitely.
However a timeout (in seconds) can be set with <varname>degraded_monitoring_timeout</varname>,
after which <application>repmgrd</application> will terminate.
</para>
<note>
<para>
If <application>repmgrd</application> is monitoring a primary mode which has been stopped
and manually restarted as a standby attached to a new primary, it will automatically detect
the status change and update the node record to reflect the node's new status
as an active standby. It will then resume monitoring the node as a standby.
</para>
</note>
</chapter>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
<chapter id="repmgrd-demonstration">
<title>repmgrd demonstration</title>
<para>
To demonstrate automatic failover, set up a 3-node replication cluster (one primary
and two standbys streaming directly from the primary) so that the cluster looks
something like this:
<programlisting>
$ repmgr -f /etc/repmgr.conf cluster show
ID | Name | Role | Status | Upstream | Location | Connection string
----+-------+---------+-----------+----------+----------+--------------------------------------
1 | node1 | primary | * running | | default | host=node1 dbname=repmgr user=repmgr
2 | node2 | standby | running | node1 | default | host=node2 dbname=repmgr user=repmgr
3 | node3 | standby | running | node1 | default | host=node3 dbname=repmgr user=repmgr</programlisting>
</para>
<para>
Start <application>repmgrd</application> on each standby and verify that it's running by examining the
log output, which at log level <literal>INFO</literal> will look like this:
<programlisting>
[2017-08-24 17:31:00] [NOTICE] using configuration file "/etc/repmgr.conf"
[2017-08-24 17:31:00] [INFO] connecting to database "host=node2 dbname=repmgr user=repmgr"
[2017-08-24 17:31:00] [NOTICE] starting monitoring of node <literal>node2</literal> (ID: 2)
[2017-08-24 17:31:00] [INFO] monitoring connection to upstream node "node1" (node ID: 1)</programlisting>
</para>
<para>
Each <application>repmgrd</application> should also have recorded its successful startup as an event:
<programlisting>
$ repmgr -f /etc/repmgr.conf cluster event --event=repmgrd_start
Node ID | Name | Event | OK | Timestamp | Details
---------+-------+---------------+----+---------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------
3 | node3 | repmgrd_start | t | 2017-08-24 17:35:54 | monitoring connection to upstream node "node1" (node ID: 1)
2 | node2 | repmgrd_start | t | 2017-08-24 17:35:50 | monitoring connection to upstream node "node1" (node ID: 1)
1 | node1 | repmgrd_start | t | 2017-08-24 17:35:46 | monitoring cluster primary "node1" (node ID: 1) </programlisting>
</para>
<para>
Now stop the current primary server with e.g.:
<programlisting>
pg_ctl -D /var/lib/postgresql/data -m immediate stop</programlisting>
</para>
<para>
This will force the primary to shut down straight away, aborting all processes
and transactions. This will cause a flurry of activity in the <application>repmgrd</application> log
files as each <application>repmgrd</application> detects the failure of the primary and a failover
decision is made. This is an extract from the log of a standby server (<literal>node2</literal>)
which has promoted to new primary after failure of the original primary (<literal>node1</literal>).
<programlisting>
[2017-08-24 23:32:01] [INFO] node "node2" (node ID: 2) monitoring upstream node "node1" (node ID: 1) in normal state
[2017-08-24 23:32:08] [WARNING] unable to connect to upstream node "node1" (node ID: 1)
[2017-08-24 23:32:08] [INFO] checking state of node 1, 1 of 5 attempts
[2017-08-24 23:32:08] [INFO] sleeping 1 seconds until next reconnection attempt
[2017-08-24 23:32:09] [INFO] checking state of node 1, 2 of 5 attempts
[2017-08-24 23:32:09] [INFO] sleeping 1 seconds until next reconnection attempt
[2017-08-24 23:32:10] [INFO] checking state of node 1, 3 of 5 attempts
[2017-08-24 23:32:10] [INFO] sleeping 1 seconds until next reconnection attempt
[2017-08-24 23:32:11] [INFO] checking state of node 1, 4 of 5 attempts
[2017-08-24 23:32:11] [INFO] sleeping 1 seconds until next reconnection attempt
[2017-08-24 23:32:12] [INFO] checking state of node 1, 5 of 5 attempts
[2017-08-24 23:32:12] [WARNING] unable to reconnect to node 1 after 5 attempts
INFO: setting voting term to 1
INFO: node 2 is candidate
INFO: node 3 has received request from node 2 for electoral term 1 (our term: 0)
[2017-08-24 23:32:12] [NOTICE] this node is the winner, will now promote self and inform other nodes
INFO: connecting to standby database
NOTICE: promoting standby
DETAIL: promoting server using 'pg_ctl -l /var/log/postgres/startup.log -w -D '/var/lib/pgsql/data' promote'
INFO: reconnecting to promoted server
NOTICE: STANDBY PROMOTE successful
DETAIL: node 2 was successfully promoted to primary
INFO: node 3 received notification to follow node 2
[2017-08-24 23:32:13] [INFO] switching to primary monitoring mode</programlisting>
</para>
<para>
The cluster status will now look like this, with the original primary (<literal>node1</literal>)
marked as inactive, and standby <literal>node3</literal> now following the new primary
(<literal>node2</literal>):
<programlisting>
$ repmgr -f /etc/repmgr.conf cluster show
ID | Name | Role | Status | Upstream | Location | Connection string
----+-------+---------+-----------+----------+----------+----------------------------------------------------
1 | node1 | primary | - failed | | default | host=node1 dbname=repmgr user=repmgr
2 | node2 | primary | * running | | default | host=node2 dbname=repmgr user=repmgr
3 | node3 | standby | running | node2 | default | host=node3 dbname=repmgr user=repmgr</programlisting>
</para>
<para>
<command>repmgr cluster event</command> will display a summary of what happened to each server
during the failover:
<programlisting>
$ repmgr -f /etc/repmgr.conf cluster event
Node ID | Name | Event | OK | Timestamp | Details
---------+-------+--------------------------+----+---------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 | node3 | repmgrd_failover_follow | t | 2017-08-24 23:32:16 | node 3 now following new upstream node 2
3 | node3 | standby_follow | t | 2017-08-24 23:32:16 | node 3 is now attached to node 2
2 | node2 | repmgrd_failover_promote | t | 2017-08-24 23:32:13 | node 2 promoted to primary; old primary 1 marked as failed
2 | node2 | standby_promote | t | 2017-08-24 23:32:13 | node 2 was successfully promoted to primary</programlisting>
</para>
</chapter>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
<chapter id="repmgrd-monitoring">
<indexterm>
<primary>repmgrd</primary>
<secondary>monitoring</secondary>
</indexterm>
<indexterm>
<primary>monitoring</primary>
<secondary>with repmgrd</secondary>
</indexterm>
<title>Monitoring with repmgrd</title>
<para>
When <application>repmgrd</application> is running with the option <literal>monitoring_history=true</literal>,
it will constantly write standby node status information to the
<varname>monitoring_history</varname> table, providing a near-real time
overview of replication status on all nodes
in the cluster.
</para>
<para>
The view <literal>replication_status</literal> shows the most recent state
for each node, e.g.:
<programlisting>
repmgr=# select * from repmgr.replication_status;
-[ RECORD 1 ]-------------+------------------------------
primary_node_id | 1
standby_node_id | 2
standby_name | node2
node_type | standby
active | t
last_monitor_time | 2017-08-24 16:28:41.260478+09
last_wal_primary_location | 0/6D57A00
last_wal_standby_location | 0/5000000
replication_lag | 29 MB
replication_time_lag | 00:00:11.736163
apply_lag | 15 MB
communication_time_lag | 00:00:01.365643</programlisting>
</para>
<para>
The interval in which monitoring history is written is controlled by the
configuration parameter <varname>monitor_interval_secs</varname>;
default is 2.
</para>
<para>
As this can generate a large amount of monitoring data in the table
<literal>repmgr.monitoring_history</literal>. it's advisable to regularly
purge historical data using the <xref linkend="repmgr-cluster-cleanup">
command; use the <literal>-k/--keep-history</literal> option to
specify how many day's worth of data should be retained.
</para>
<para>
It's possible to use <application>repmgrd</application> to run in monitoring
mode only (without automatic failover capability) for some or all
nodes by setting <literal>failover=manual</literal> in the node's
<filename>repmgr.conf</filename> file. In the event of the node's upstream failing,
no failover action will be taken and the node will require manual intervention to
be reattached to replication. If this occurs, an
<link linkend="event-notifications">event notification</link>
<varname>standby_disconnect_manual</varname> will be created.
</para>
<para>
Note that when a standby node is not streaming directly from its upstream
node, e.g. recovering WAL from an archive, <varname>apply_lag</varname> will always appear as
<literal>0 bytes</literal>.
</para>
<tip>
<para>
If monitoring history is enabled, the contents of the <literal>repmgr.monitoring_history</literal>
table will be replicated to attached standbys. This means there will be a small but
constant stream of replication activity which may not be desirable. To prevent
this, convert the table to an <literal>UNLOGGED</literal> one with:
<programlisting>
ALTER TABLE repmgr.monitoring_history SET UNLOGGED;</programlisting>
</para>
<para>
This will however mean that monitoring history will not be available on
another node following a failover, and the view <literal>repmgr.replication_status</literal>
will not work on standbys.
</para>
</tip>
</chapter>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
<chapter id="repmgrd-network-split" xreflabel="Handling network splits with repmgrd">
<indexterm>
<primary>repmgrd</primary>
<secondary>network splits</secondary>
</indexterm>
<title>Handling network splits with repmgrd</title>
<para>
A common pattern for replication cluster setups is to spread servers over
more than one datacentre. This can provide benefits such as geographically-
distributed read replicas and DR (disaster recovery capability). However
this also means there is a risk of disconnection at network level between
datacentre locations, which would result in a split-brain scenario if
servers in a secondary data centre were no longer able to see the primary
in the main data centre and promoted a standby among themselves.
</para>
<para>
&repmgr; enables provision of &quot;<xref linkend="witness-server">&quot; to
artificially create a quorum of servers in a particular location, ensuring
that nodes in another location will not elect a new primary if they
are unable to see the majority of nodes. However this approach does not
scale well, particularly with more complex replication setups, e.g.
where the majority of nodes are located outside of the primary datacentre.
It also means the <literal>witness</literal> node needs to be managed as an
extra PostgreSQL instance outside of the main replication cluster, which
adds administrative and programming complexity.
</para>
<para>
<literal>repmgr4</literal> introduces the concept of <literal>location</literal>:
each node is associated with an arbitrary location string (default is
<literal>default</literal>); this is set in <filename>repmgr.conf</filename>, e.g.:
<programlisting>
node_id=1
node_name=node1
conninfo='host=node1 user=repmgr dbname=repmgr connect_timeout=2'
data_directory='/var/lib/postgresql/data'
location='dc1'</programlisting>
</para>
<para>
In a failover situation, <application>repmgrd</application> will check if any servers in the
same location as the current primary node are visible. If not, <application>repmgrd</application>
will assume a network interruption and not promote any node in any
other location (it will however enter <xref linkend="repmgrd-degraded-monitoring"> mode until
a primary becomes visible).
</para>
</chapter>

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
<chapter id="repmgrd-witness-server" xreflabel="Using a witness server with repmgrd">
<indexterm>
<primary>repmgrd</primary>
<secondary>witness server</secondary>
</indexterm>
<title>Using a witness server with repmgrd</title>
<para>
In a situation caused e.g. by a network interruption between two
data centres, it's important to avoid a "split-brain" situation where
both sides of the network assume they are the active segment and the
side without an active primary unilaterally promotes one of its standbys.
</para>
<para>
To prevent this situation happening, it's essential to ensure that one
network segment has a "voting majority", so other segments will know
they're in the minority and not attempt to promote a new primary. Where
an odd number of servers exists, this is not an issue. However, if each
network has an even number of nodes, it's necessary to provide some way
of ensuring a majority, which is where the witness server becomes useful.
</para>
<para>
This is not a fully-fledged standby node and is not integrated into
replication, but it effectively represents the "casting vote" when
deciding which network segment has a majority. A witness server can
be set up using <xref linkend="repmgr-witness-register">. Note that it only
makes sense to create a witness server in conjunction with running
<application>repmgrd</application>; the witness server will require its own
<application>repmgrd</application> instance.
</para>
</chapter>

96
doc/stylesheet.css Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
/* doc/src/sgml/stylesheet.css */
/* color scheme similar to www.postgresql.org */
BODY {
color: #000000;
background: #FFFFFF;
font-family: verdana, sans-serif;
}
A:link { color:#0066A2; }
A:visited { color:#004E66; }
A:active { color:#0066A2; }
A:hover { color:#000000; }
H1 {
font-size: 1.4em;
font-weight: bold;
margin-top: 0em;
margin-bottom: 0em;
color: #EC5800;
}
H2 {
font-size: 1.2em;
margin: 1.2em 0em 1.2em 0em;
font-weight: bold;
color: #666;
}
H3 {
font-size: 1.1em;
margin: 1.2em 0em 1.2em 0em;
font-weight: bold;
color: #666;
}
H4 {
font-size: 0.95em;
margin: 1.2em 0em 1.2em 0em;
font-weight: normal;
color: #666;
}
H5 {
font-size: 0.9em;
margin: 1.2em 0em 1.2em 0em;
font-weight: normal;
}
H6 {
font-size: 0.85em;
margin: 1.2em 0em 1.2em 0em;
font-weight: normal;
}
/* center some titles */
.BOOK .TITLE, .BOOK .CORPAUTHOR, .BOOK .COPYRIGHT {
text-align: center;
}
/* decoration for formal examples */
DIV.EXAMPLE {
padding-left: 15px;
border-style: solid;
border-width: 0px;
border-left-width: 2px;
border-color: black;
margin: 0.5ex;
}
/* less dense spacing of TOC */
.BOOK .TOC DL DT {
padding-top: 1.5ex;
padding-bottom: 1.5ex;
}
.BOOK .TOC DL DL DT {
padding-top: 0ex;
padding-bottom: 0ex;
}
/* miscellaneous */
PRE.LITERALLAYOUT, .SCREEN, .SYNOPSIS, .PROGRAMLISTING {
margin-left: 4ex;
}
.COMMENT { color: red; }
VAR { font-family: monospace; font-style: italic; }
/* Konqueror's standard style for ACRONYM is italic. */
ACRONYM { font-style: inherit; }

851
doc/stylesheet.dsl Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,851 @@
<!-- doc/src/sgml/stylesheet.dsl -->
<!DOCTYPE style-sheet PUBLIC "-//James Clark//DTD DSSSL Style Sheet//EN" [
<!-- must turn on one of these with -i on the jade command line -->
<!ENTITY % output-html "IGNORE">
<!ENTITY % output-print "IGNORE">
<!ENTITY % output-text "IGNORE">
<![ %output-html; [
<!ENTITY dbstyle PUBLIC "-//Norman Walsh//DOCUMENT DocBook HTML Stylesheet//EN" CDATA DSSSL>
]]>
<![ %output-print; [
<!ENTITY dbstyle PUBLIC "-//Norman Walsh//DOCUMENT DocBook Print Stylesheet//EN" CDATA DSSSL>
]]>
<![ %output-text; [
<!ENTITY dbstyle PUBLIC "-//Norman Walsh//DOCUMENT DocBook HTML Stylesheet//EN" CDATA DSSSL>
]]>
]>
<style-sheet>
<style-specification use="docbook">
<style-specification-body>
<!-- general customization ......................................... -->
<!-- (applicable to all output formats) -->
(define draft-mode #f)
;; Don't show manpage volume numbers
(define %refentry-xref-manvolnum% #f)
;; Don't use graphics for callouts. (We could probably do that, but
;; it needs extra work.)
(define %callout-graphics% #f)
;; Show comments during the development stage.
(define %show-comments% draft-mode)
;; Force a chapter TOC even if it includes only a single entry
(define %force-chapter-toc% #t)
;; Don't append period if run-in title ends with any of these
;; characters. We had to add the colon here. This is fixed in
;; stylesheets version 1.71, so it can be removed sometime.
(define %content-title-end-punct%
'(#\. #\! #\? #\:))
;; No automatic punctuation after honorific name parts
(define %honorific-punctuation% "")
;; Change display of some elements
(element command ($mono-seq$))
(element envar ($mono-seq$))
(element lineannotation ($italic-seq$))
(element literal ($mono-seq$))
(element option ($mono-seq$))
(element parameter ($mono-seq$))
(element structfield ($mono-seq$))
(element structname ($mono-seq$))
(element symbol ($mono-seq$))
(element token ($mono-seq$))
(element type ($mono-seq$))
(element varname ($mono-seq$))
(element (programlisting emphasis) ($bold-seq$)) ;; to highlight sections of code
;; Special support for Tcl synopses
(element optional
(if (equal? (attribute-string (normalize "role")) "tcl")
(make sequence
(literal "?")
($charseq$)
(literal "?"))
(make sequence
(literal %arg-choice-opt-open-str%)
($charseq$)
(literal %arg-choice-opt-close-str%))))
;; Avoid excessive cross-reference labels
(define (auto-xref-indirect? target ancestor)
(cond
; ;; Always add indirect references to another book
; ((member (gi ancestor) (book-element-list))
; #t)
;; Add indirect references to the section or component a block
;; is in iff chapters aren't autolabelled. (Otherwise "Figure 1-3"
;; is sufficient)
((and (member (gi target) (block-element-list))
(not %chapter-autolabel%))
#t)
;; Add indirect references to the component a section is in if
;; the sections are not autolabelled
((and (member (gi target) (section-element-list))
(member (gi ancestor) (component-element-list))
(not %section-autolabel%))
#t)
(else #f)))
;; Bibliography things
;; Use the titles of bibliography entries in cross-references
(define biblio-xref-title #t)
;; Process bibliography entry components in the order shown below, not
;; in the order they appear in the document. (I suppose this should
;; be made to fit some publishing standard.)
(define %biblioentry-in-entry-order% #f)
(define (biblioentry-inline-elements)
(list
(normalize "author")
(normalize "authorgroup")
(normalize "title")
(normalize "subtitle")
(normalize "volumenum")
(normalize "edition")
(normalize "othercredit")
(normalize "contrib")
(normalize "editor")
(normalize "publishername")
(normalize "confgroup")
(normalize "publisher")
(normalize "isbn")
(normalize "issn")
(normalize "pubsnumber")
(normalize "date")
(normalize "pubdate")
(normalize "pagenums")
(normalize "bibliomisc")))
(mode biblioentry-inline-mode
(element confgroup
(make sequence
(literal "Proc. ")
(next-match)))
(element isbn
(make sequence
(literal "ISBN ")
(process-children)))
(element issn
(make sequence
(literal "ISSN ")
(process-children))))
;; The rules in the default stylesheet for productname format it as a
;; paragraph. This may be suitable for productname directly within
;; *info, but it's nonsense when productname is used inline, as we do.
(mode book-titlepage-recto-mode
(element (para productname) ($charseq$)))
(mode book-titlepage-verso-mode
(element (para productname) ($charseq$)))
;; Add more here if needed...
;; Replace a sequence of whitespace in a string by a single space
(define (normalize-whitespace str #!optional (whitespace '(#\space #\U-000D)))
(let loop ((characters (string->list str))
(result '())
(prev-was-space #f))
(if (null? characters)
(list->string (reverse result))
(let ((c (car characters))
(rest (cdr characters)))
(if (member c whitespace)
(if prev-was-space
(loop rest result #t)
(loop rest (cons #\space result) #t))
(loop rest (cons c result) #f))))))
<!-- HTML output customization ..................................... -->
<![ %output-html; [
(define %section-autolabel% #t)
(define %label-preface-sections% #f)
(define %generate-legalnotice-link% #t)
(define %html-ext% ".html")
(define %root-filename% "index")
(define %link-mailto-url% (string-append "mailto: repmgr-list@2ndquadrant.com"))
(define %use-id-as-filename% #t)
(define website-build #f)
(define %stylesheet% (if website-build "/resources/docs.css" "website-docs.css"))
(define %graphic-default-extension% "gif")
(define %body-attr% '())
(define ($generate-book-lot-list$) '())
(define use-output-dir #t)
(define %output-dir% "html")
(define html-index-filename "../HTML.index")
;; Only build HTML.index or the actual HTML output, not both. Saves a
;; *lot* of time. (overrides docbook.dsl)
(root
(if (not html-index)
(make sequence
(process-children)
(with-mode manifest
(process-children)))
(with-mode htmlindex
(process-children))))
;; Do not combine first section into chapter chunk.
(define (chunk-skip-first-element-list) '())
;; Returns the depth of auto TOC that should be made at the nd-level
(define (toc-depth nd)
(cond ((string=? (gi nd) (normalize "book")) 2)
((string=? (gi nd) (normalize "part")) 2)
((string=? (gi nd) (normalize "chapter")) 2)
(else 1)))
;; Add character encoding and time of creation into HTML header
(define %html-header-tags%
(list (list "META" '("HTTP-EQUIV" "Content-Type") '("CONTENT" "text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"))
(list "META" '("NAME" "creation") (list "CONTENT" (time->string (time) #t)))))
;; Block elements are allowed in PARA in DocBook, but not in P in
;; HTML. With %fix-para-wrappers% turned on, the stylesheets attempt
;; to avoid putting block elements in HTML P tags by outputting
;; additional end/begin P pairs around them.
(define %fix-para-wrappers% #t)
;; ...but we need to do some extra work to make the above apply to PRE
;; as well. (mostly pasted from dbverb.dsl)
(define ($verbatim-display$ indent line-numbers?)
(let ((content (make element gi: "PRE"
attributes: (list
(list "CLASS" (gi)))
(if (or indent line-numbers?)
($verbatim-line-by-line$ indent line-numbers?)
(process-children)))))
(if %shade-verbatim%
(make element gi: "TABLE"
attributes: ($shade-verbatim-attr$)
(make element gi: "TR"
(make element gi: "TD"
content)))
(make sequence
(para-check)
content
(para-check 'restart)))))
;; ...and for notes.
(element note
(make sequence
(para-check)
($admonition$)
(para-check 'restart)))
;;; XXX The above is very ugly. It might be better to run 'tidy' on
;;; the resulting *.html files.
;; Format multiple terms in varlistentry vertically, instead
;; of comma-separated.
(element (varlistentry term)
(make sequence
(process-children-trim)
(if (not (last-sibling?))
(make empty-element gi: "BR")
(empty-sosofo))))
;; Customization of header
;; - make title a link to the home page
;; - add tool tips to Prev/Next links
;; - add Up link
;; (overrides dbnavig.dsl)
(define (default-header-nav-tbl-noff elemnode prev next prevsib nextsib)
(let* ((r1? (nav-banner? elemnode))
(r1-sosofo (make element gi: "TR"
(make element gi: "TH"
attributes: (list
(list "COLSPAN" "4")
(list "ALIGN" "center")
(list "VALIGN" "bottom"))
(make element gi: "A"
attributes: (list
(list "HREF" (href-to (nav-home elemnode))))
(nav-banner elemnode)))))
(r2? (or (not (node-list-empty? prev))
(not (node-list-empty? next))
(nav-context? elemnode)))
(r2-sosofo (make element gi: "TR"
(make element gi: "TD"
attributes: (list
(list "WIDTH" "10%")
(list "ALIGN" "left")
(list "VALIGN" "top"))
(if (node-list-empty? prev)
(make entity-ref name: "nbsp")
(make element gi: "A"
attributes: (list
(list "TITLE" (element-title-string prev))
(list "HREF"
(href-to
prev))
(list "ACCESSKEY"
"P"))
(gentext-nav-prev prev))))
(make element gi: "TD"
attributes: (list
(list "WIDTH" "10%")
(list "ALIGN" "left")
(list "VALIGN" "top"))
(if (nav-up? elemnode)
(nav-up elemnode)
(nav-home-link elemnode)))
(make element gi: "TD"
attributes: (list
(list "WIDTH" "60%")
(list "ALIGN" "center")
(list "VALIGN" "bottom"))
(nav-context elemnode))
(make element gi: "TD"
attributes: (list
(list "WIDTH" "20%")
(list "ALIGN" "right")
(list "VALIGN" "top"))
(if (node-list-empty? next)
(make entity-ref name: "nbsp")
(make element gi: "A"
attributes: (list
(list "TITLE" (element-title-string next))
(list "HREF"
(href-to
next))
(list "ACCESSKEY"
"N"))
(gentext-nav-next next)))))))
(if (or r1? r2?)
(make element gi: "DIV"
attributes: '(("CLASS" "NAVHEADER"))
(make element gi: "TABLE"
attributes: (list
(list "SUMMARY" "Header navigation table")
(list "WIDTH" %gentext-nav-tblwidth%)
(list "BORDER" "0")
(list "CELLPADDING" "0")
(list "CELLSPACING" "0"))
(if r1? r1-sosofo (empty-sosofo))
(if r2? r2-sosofo (empty-sosofo)))
(make empty-element gi: "HR"
attributes: (list
(list "ALIGN" "LEFT")
(list "WIDTH" %gentext-nav-tblwidth%))))
(empty-sosofo))))
;; Put index "quicklinks" (A | B | C | ...) at the top of the bookindex page.
(element index
(let ((preamble (node-list-filter-by-not-gi
(children (current-node))
(list (normalize "indexentry"))))
(indexdivs (node-list-filter-by-gi
(children (current-node))
(list (normalize "indexdiv"))))
(entries (node-list-filter-by-gi
(children (current-node))
(list (normalize "indexentry")))))
(html-document
(with-mode head-title-mode
(literal (element-title-string (current-node))))
(make element gi: "DIV"
attributes: (list (list "CLASS" (gi)))
($component-separator$)
($component-title$)
(if (node-list-empty? indexdivs)
(empty-sosofo)
(make element gi: "P"
attributes: (list (list "CLASS" "INDEXDIV-QUICKLINKS"))
(with-mode indexdiv-quicklinks-mode
(process-node-list indexdivs))))
(process-node-list preamble)
(if (node-list-empty? entries)
(empty-sosofo)
(make element gi: "DL"
(process-node-list entries)))))))
(mode indexdiv-quicklinks-mode
(element indexdiv
(make sequence
(make element gi: "A"
attributes: (list (list "HREF" (href-to (current-node))))
(element-title-sosofo))
(if (not (last-sibling?))
(literal " | ")
(literal "")))))
;; Changed to strip and normalize index term content (overrides
;; dbindex.dsl)
(define (htmlindexterm)
(let* ((attr (gi (current-node)))
(content (data (current-node)))
(string (strip (normalize-whitespace content))) ;; changed
(sortas (attribute-string (normalize "sortas"))))
(make sequence
(make formatting-instruction data: attr)
(if sortas
(make sequence
(make formatting-instruction data: "[")
(make formatting-instruction data: sortas)
(make formatting-instruction data: "]"))
(empty-sosofo))
(make formatting-instruction data: " ")
(make formatting-instruction data: string)
(htmlnewline))))
(define ($html-body-start$)
(if website-build
(make empty-element gi: "!--#include virtual=\"/resources/docs-header.html\"--")
(empty-sosofo)))
(define ($html-body-end$)
(if website-build
(make empty-element gi: "!--#include virtual=\"/resources/docs-footer.html\"--")
(empty-sosofo)))
]]> <!-- %output-html -->
<!-- Print output customization .................................... -->
<![ %output-print; [
(define %section-autolabel% #t)
(define %default-quadding% 'justify)
;; Don't know how well hyphenation works with other backends. Might
;; turn this on if desired.
(define %hyphenation%
(if tex-backend #t #f))
;; Put footnotes at the bottom of the page (rather than end of
;; section), and put the URLs of links into footnotes.
;;
;; bop-footnotes only works with TeX, otherwise it's ignored. But
;; when both of these are #t and TeX is used, you need at least
;; stylesheets 1.73 because otherwise you don't get any footnotes at
;; all for the links.
(define bop-footnotes #t)
(define %footnote-ulinks% #t)
(define %refentry-new-page% #t)
(define %refentry-keep% #f)
;; Disabled because of TeX problems
;; (http://archives.postgresql.org/pgsql-docs/2007-12/msg00056.php)
(define ($generate-book-lot-list$) '())
;; Indentation of verbatim environments. (This should really be done
;; with start-indent in DSSSL.)
;; Use of indentation in this area exposes a bug in openjade,
;; http://archives.postgresql.org/pgsql-docs/2006-12/msg00064.php
;; (define %indent-programlisting-lines% " ")
;; (define %indent-screen-lines% " ")
;; (define %indent-synopsis-lines% " ")
;; Default graphic format: Jadetex wants eps, pdfjadetex wants pdf.
;; (Note that pdfjadetex will not accept eps, that's why we need to
;; create a different .tex file for each.) What works with RTF?
(define texpdf-output #f) ;; override from command line
(define %graphic-default-extension%
(cond (tex-backend (if texpdf-output "pdf" "eps"))
(rtf-backend "gif")
(else "XXX")))
;; Need to add pdf here so that the above works. Default setup
;; doesn't know about PDF.
(define preferred-mediaobject-extensions
(list "eps" "ps" "jpg" "jpeg" "pdf" "png"))
;; Don't show links when citing a bibliography entry. This fouls up
;; the footnumber counting. To get the link, one can still look into
;; the bibliography itself.
(mode xref-title-mode
(element ulink
(process-children)))
;; Format legalnotice justified and with space between paragraphs.
(mode book-titlepage-verso-mode
(element (legalnotice para)
(make paragraph
use: book-titlepage-verso-style ;; alter this if ever it needs to appear elsewhere
quadding: %default-quadding%
line-spacing: (* 0.8 (inherited-line-spacing))
font-size: (* 0.8 (inherited-font-size))
space-before: (* 0.8 %para-sep%)
space-after: (* 0.8 %para-sep%)
first-line-start-indent: (if (is-first-para)
(* 0.8 %para-indent-firstpara%)
(* 0.8 %para-indent%))
(process-children))))
;; Fix spacing problems in variablelists
(element (varlistentry term)
(make paragraph
space-before: (if (first-sibling?)
%para-sep%
0pt)
keep-with-next?: #t
(process-children)))
(define %varlistentry-indent% 2em)
(element (varlistentry listitem)
(make sequence
start-indent: (+ (inherited-start-indent) %varlistentry-indent%)
(process-children)))
;; Whitespace fixes for itemizedlists and orderedlists
(define (process-listitem-content)
(if (absolute-first-sibling?)
(make sequence
(process-children-trim))
(next-match)))
;; Default stylesheets format simplelists as tables. This spells
;; trouble for Jade. So we just format them as plain lines.
(define %simplelist-indent% 1em)
(define (my-simplelist-vert members)
(make display-group
space-before: %para-sep%
space-after: %para-sep%
start-indent: (+ %simplelist-indent% (inherited-start-indent))
(process-children)))
(element simplelist
(let ((type (attribute-string (normalize "type")))
(cols (if (attribute-string (normalize "columns"))
(if (> (string->number (attribute-string (normalize "columns"))) 0)
(string->number (attribute-string (normalize "columns")))
1)
1))
(members (select-elements (children (current-node)) (normalize "member"))))
(cond
((equal? type (normalize "inline"))
(if (equal? (gi (parent (current-node)))
(normalize "para"))
(process-children)
(make paragraph
space-before: %para-sep%
space-after: %para-sep%
start-indent: (inherited-start-indent))))
((equal? type (normalize "vert"))
(my-simplelist-vert members))
((equal? type (normalize "horiz"))
(simplelist-table 'row cols members)))))
(element member
(let ((type (inherited-attribute-string (normalize "type"))))
(cond
((equal? type (normalize "inline"))
(make sequence
(process-children)
(if (not (last-sibling?))
(literal ", ")
(literal ""))))
((equal? type (normalize "vert"))
(make paragraph
space-before: 0pt
space-after: 0pt))
((equal? type (normalize "horiz"))
(make paragraph
quadding: 'start
(process-children))))))
;; Jadetex doesn't handle links to the content of tables, so
;; indexterms that point to table entries will go nowhere. We fix
;; this by pointing the index entry to the table itself instead, which
;; should be equally useful in practice.
(define (find-parent-table nd)
(let ((table (ancestor-member nd ($table-element-list$))))
(if (node-list-empty? table)
nd
table)))
;; (The function below overrides the one in print/dbindex.dsl.)
(define (indexentry-link nd)
(let* ((id (attribute-string (normalize "role") nd))
(prelim-target (find-indexterm id))
(target (find-parent-table prelim-target))
(preferred (not (node-list-empty?
(select-elements (children (current-node))
(normalize "emphasis")))))
(sosofo (if (node-list-empty? target)
(literal "?")
(make link
destination: (node-list-address target)
(with-mode toc-page-number-mode
(process-node-list target))))))
(if preferred
(make sequence
font-weight: 'bold
sosofo)
sosofo)))
;; By default, the part and reference title pages get wrong page
;; numbers: The first title page gets roman numerals carried over from
;; preface/toc -- we want Arabic numerals. We also need to make sure
;; that page-number-restart is set of #f explicitly, because otherwise
;; it will carry over from the previous component, which is not good.
;;
;; (This looks worse than it is. It's copied from print/dbttlpg.dsl
;; and common/dbcommon.dsl and modified in minor detail.)
(define (first-part?)
(let* ((book (ancestor (normalize "book")))
(nd (ancestor-member (current-node)
(append
(component-element-list)
(division-element-list))))
(bookch (children book)))
(let loop ((nl bookch))
(if (node-list-empty? nl)
#f
(if (equal? (gi (node-list-first nl)) (normalize "part"))
(if (node-list=? (node-list-first nl) nd)
#t
#f)
(loop (node-list-rest nl)))))))
(define (first-reference?)
(let* ((book (ancestor (normalize "book")))
(nd (ancestor-member (current-node)
(append
(component-element-list)
(division-element-list))))
(bookch (children book)))
(let loop ((nl bookch))
(if (node-list-empty? nl)
#f
(if (equal? (gi (node-list-first nl)) (normalize "reference"))
(if (node-list=? (node-list-first nl) nd)
#t
#f)
(loop (node-list-rest nl)))))))
(define (part-titlepage elements #!optional (side 'recto))
(let ((nodelist (titlepage-nodelist
(if (equal? side 'recto)
(reference-titlepage-recto-elements)
(reference-titlepage-verso-elements))
elements))
;; partintro is a special case...
(partintro (node-list-first
(node-list-filter-by-gi elements (list (normalize "partintro"))))))
(if (part-titlepage-content? elements side)
(make simple-page-sequence
page-n-columns: %titlepage-n-columns%
;; Make sure that page number format is correct.
page-number-format: ($page-number-format$)
;; Make sure that the page number is set to 1 if this is the
;; first part in the book
page-number-restart?: (first-part?)
input-whitespace-treatment: 'collapse
use: default-text-style
;; This hack is required for the RTF backend. If an external-graphic
;; is the first thing on the page, RTF doesn't seem to do the right
;; thing (the graphic winds up on the baseline of the first line
;; of the page, left justified). This "one point rule" fixes
;; that problem.
(make paragraph
line-spacing: 1pt
(literal ""))
(let loop ((nl nodelist) (lastnode (empty-node-list)))
(if (node-list-empty? nl)
(empty-sosofo)
(make sequence
(if (or (node-list-empty? lastnode)
(not (equal? (gi (node-list-first nl))
(gi lastnode))))
(part-titlepage-before (node-list-first nl) side)
(empty-sosofo))
(cond
((equal? (gi (node-list-first nl)) (normalize "subtitle"))
(part-titlepage-subtitle (node-list-first nl) side))
((equal? (gi (node-list-first nl)) (normalize "title"))
(part-titlepage-title (node-list-first nl) side))
(else
(part-titlepage-default (node-list-first nl) side)))
(loop (node-list-rest nl) (node-list-first nl)))))
(if (and %generate-part-toc%
%generate-part-toc-on-titlepage%
(equal? side 'recto))
(make display-group
(build-toc (current-node)
(toc-depth (current-node))))
(empty-sosofo))
;; PartIntro is a special case
(if (and (equal? side 'recto)
(not (node-list-empty? partintro))
%generate-partintro-on-titlepage%)
($process-partintro$ partintro #f)
(empty-sosofo)))
(empty-sosofo))))
(define (reference-titlepage elements #!optional (side 'recto))
(let ((nodelist (titlepage-nodelist
(if (equal? side 'recto)
(reference-titlepage-recto-elements)
(reference-titlepage-verso-elements))
elements))
;; partintro is a special case...
(partintro (node-list-first
(node-list-filter-by-gi elements (list (normalize "partintro"))))))
(if (reference-titlepage-content? elements side)
(make simple-page-sequence
page-n-columns: %titlepage-n-columns%
;; Make sure that page number format is correct.
page-number-format: ($page-number-format$)
;; Make sure that the page number is set to 1 if this is the
;; first part in the book
page-number-restart?: (first-reference?)
input-whitespace-treatment: 'collapse
use: default-text-style
;; This hack is required for the RTF backend. If an external-graphic
;; is the first thing on the page, RTF doesn't seem to do the right
;; thing (the graphic winds up on the baseline of the first line
;; of the page, left justified). This "one point rule" fixes
;; that problem.
(make paragraph
line-spacing: 1pt
(literal ""))
(let loop ((nl nodelist) (lastnode (empty-node-list)))
(if (node-list-empty? nl)
(empty-sosofo)
(make sequence
(if (or (node-list-empty? lastnode)
(not (equal? (gi (node-list-first nl))
(gi lastnode))))
(reference-titlepage-before (node-list-first nl) side)
(empty-sosofo))
(cond
((equal? (gi (node-list-first nl)) (normalize "author"))
(reference-titlepage-author (node-list-first nl) side))
((equal? (gi (node-list-first nl)) (normalize "authorgroup"))
(reference-titlepage-authorgroup (node-list-first nl) side))
((equal? (gi (node-list-first nl)) (normalize "corpauthor"))
(reference-titlepage-corpauthor (node-list-first nl) side))
((equal? (gi (node-list-first nl)) (normalize "editor"))
(reference-titlepage-editor (node-list-first nl) side))
((equal? (gi (node-list-first nl)) (normalize "subtitle"))
(reference-titlepage-subtitle (node-list-first nl) side))
((equal? (gi (node-list-first nl)) (normalize "title"))
(reference-titlepage-title (node-list-first nl) side))
(else
(reference-titlepage-default (node-list-first nl) side)))
(loop (node-list-rest nl) (node-list-first nl)))))
(if (and %generate-reference-toc%
%generate-reference-toc-on-titlepage%
(equal? side 'recto))
(make display-group
(build-toc (current-node)
(toc-depth (current-node))))
(empty-sosofo))
;; PartIntro is a special case
(if (and (equal? side 'recto)
(not (node-list-empty? partintro))
%generate-partintro-on-titlepage%)
($process-partintro$ partintro #f)
(empty-sosofo)))
(empty-sosofo))))
]]> <!-- %output-print -->
<!-- Plain text output customization ............................... -->
<!--
This is used for making the INSTALL file and others. We customize the
HTML stylesheets to be suitable for dumping plain text (via Netscape,
Lynx, or similar).
-->
<![ %output-text; [
(define %section-autolabel% #f)
(define %chapter-autolabel% #f)
(define $generate-chapter-toc$ (lambda () #f))
;; For text output, produce "ASCII markup" for emphasis and such.
(define ($asterix-seq$ #!optional (sosofo (process-children)))
(make sequence
(literal "*")
sosofo
(literal "*")))
(define ($dquote-seq$ #!optional (sosofo (process-children)))
(make sequence
(literal (gentext-start-quote))
sosofo
(literal (gentext-end-quote))))
(element (para command) ($dquote-seq$))
(element (para emphasis) ($asterix-seq$))
(element (para filename) ($dquote-seq$))
(element (para option) ($dquote-seq$))
(element (para replaceable) ($dquote-seq$))
(element (para userinput) ($dquote-seq$))
]]> <!-- %output-text -->
</style-specification-body>
</style-specification>
<external-specification id="docbook" document="dbstyle">
</style-sheet>

329
doc/switchover.sgml Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,329 @@
<chapter id="performing-switchover" xreflabel="Performing a switchover with repmgr">
<indexterm>
<primary>switchover</primary>
</indexterm>
<title>Performing a switchover with repmgr</title>
<para>
A typical use-case for replication is a combination of primary and standby
server, with the standby serving as a backup which can easily be activated
in case of a problem with the primary. Such an unplanned failover would
normally be handled by promoting the standby, after which an appropriate
action must be taken to restore the old primary.
</para>
<para>
In some cases however it's desirable to promote the standby in a planned
way, e.g. so maintenance can be performed on the primary; this kind of switchover
is supported by the <xref linkend="repmgr-standby-switchover"> command.
</para>
<para>
<command>repmgr standby switchover</command> differs from other &repmgr;
actions in that it also performs actions on another server (the demotion
candidate), which means passwordless SSH access is required to that server
from the one where <command>repmgr standby switchover</command> is executed.
</para>
<note>
<simpara>
<command>repmgr standby switchover</command> performs a relatively complex
series of operations on two servers, and should therefore be performed after
careful preparation and with adequate attention. In particular you should
be confident that your network environment is stable and reliable.
</simpara>
<simpara>
Additionally you should be sure that the current primary can be shut down
quickly and cleanly. In particular, access from applications should be
minimalized or preferably blocked completely. Also be aware that if there
is a backlog of files waiting to be archived, PostgreSQL will not shut
down until archiving completes.
</simpara>
<simpara>
We recommend running <command>repmgr standby switchover</command> at the
most verbose logging level (<literal>--log-level=DEBUG --verbose</literal>)
and capturing all output to assist troubleshooting any problems.
</simpara>
<simpara>
Please also read carefully the sections <xref linkend="preparing-for-switchover"> and
<xref linkend="switchover-caveats"> below.
</simpara>
</note>
<sect1 id="preparing-for-switchover" xreflabel="Preparing for switchover">
<indexterm>
<primary>switchover</primary>
<secondary>preparation</secondary>
</indexterm>
<title>Preparing for switchover</title>
<para>
As mentioned in the previous section, success of the switchover operation depends on
&repmgr; being able to shut down the current primary server quickly and cleanly.
</para>
<para>
Ensure that a passwordless SSH connection is possible from the promotion candidate
(standby) to the demotion candidate (current primary). If <literal>--siblings-follow</literal>
will be used, ensure that passwordless SSH connections are possible from the
promotion candidate to all standbys attached to the demotion candidate.
</para>
<note>
<simpara>
&repmgr; expects to find the &repmgr; binary in the same path on the remote
server as on the local server.
</simpara>
</note>
<para>
Double-check which commands will be used to stop/start/restart the current
primary; on the current primary execute:
<programlisting>
repmgr -f /etc/repmgr.conf node service --list --action=stop
repmgr -f /etc/repmgr.conf node service --list --action=start
repmgr -f /etc/repmgr.conf node service --list --action=restart</programlisting>
</para>
<para>
These commands can be defined in <filename>repmgr.conf</filename> with
<option>service_start_command</option>, <option>service_stop_command</option>
and <option>service_restart_command</option>.
</para>
<important>
<para>
If &repmgr; is installed from a package. you should set these commands
to use the appropriate service commands defined by the package/operating
system as these will ensure PostgreSQL is stopped/started properly
taking into account configuration and log file locations etc.
</para>
<para>
If the <option>service_*_command</option> options aren't defined, &repmgr; will
fall back to using <application>pg_ctl</application> to stop/start/restart
PostgreSQL, which may not work properly, particularly when executed on a remote
server.
</para>
<para>
For more details, see <xref linkend="configuration-service-commands">.
</para>
</important>
<note>
<simpara>
On <literal>systemd</literal> systems we strongly recommend using the appropriate
<command>systemctl</command> commands (typically run via <command>sudo</command>) to ensure
<literal>systemd</literal> is informed about the status of the PostgreSQL service.
</simpara>
<simpara>
If using <command>sudo</command> for the <command>systemctl</command> calls, make sure the
<command>sudo</command> specification doesn't require a real tty for the user. If not set
this way, <command>repmgr</command> will fail to stop the primary.
</simpara>
</note>
<para>
Check that access from applications is minimalized or preferably blocked
completely, so applications are not unexpectedly interrupted.
</para>
<para>
Check there is no significant replication lag on standbys attached to the
current primary.
</para>
<para>
If WAL file archiving is set up, check that there is no backlog of files waiting
to be archived, as PostgreSQL will not finally shut down until all of these have been
archived. If there is a backlog exceeding <varname>archive_ready_warning</varname> WAL files,
&repmgr; will emit a warning before attempting to perform a switchover; you can also check
manually with <command>repmgr node check --archive-ready</command>.
</para>
<para>
Ensure that <application>repmgrd</application> is *not* running anywhere to prevent it unintentionally
promoting a node.
</para>
<para>
Finally, consider executing <command>repmgr standby switchover</command> with the
<literal>--dry-run</literal> option; this will perform any necessary checks and inform you about
success/failure, and stop before the first actual command is run (which would be the shutdown of the
current primary). Example output:
<programlisting>
$ repmgr standby switchover -f /etc/repmgr.conf --siblings-follow --dry-run
NOTICE: checking switchover on node "node2" (ID: 2) in --dry-run mode
INFO: SSH connection to host "node1" succeeded
INFO: archive mode is "off"
INFO: replication lag on this standby is 0 seconds
INFO: all sibling nodes are reachable via SSH
NOTICE: local node "node2" (ID: 2) will be promoted to primary; current primary "node1" (ID: 1) will be demoted to standby
INFO: following shutdown command would be run on node "node1":
"pg_ctl -l /var/log/postgresql/startup.log -D '/var/lib/postgresql/data' -m fast -W stop"
</programlisting>
</para>
<important>
<para>
Be aware that <option>--dry-run</option> checks the prerequisites
for performing the switchover and some basic sanity checks on the
state of the database which might effect the switchover operation
(e.g. replication lag); it cannot however guarantee the switchover
operation will succeed. In particular, if the current primary
does not shut down cleanly, &repmgr; will not be able to reliably
execute the switchover (as there would be a danger of divergence
between the former and new primary nodes).
</para>
</important>
<note>
<simpara>
See <xref linkend="repmgr-standby-switchover"> for a full list of available
command line options and <filename>repmgr.conf</filename> settings relevant
to performing a switchover.
</simpara>
</note>
<sect2 id="switchover-pg-rewind" xreflabel="Switchover and pg_rewind">
<indexterm>
<primary>pg_rewind</primary>
<secondary>using with "repmgr standby switchover"</secondary>
</indexterm>
<title>Switchover and pg_rewind</title>
<para>
If the demotion candidate does not shut down smoothly or cleanly, there's a risk it
will have a slightly divergent timeline and will not be able to attach to the new
primary. To fix this situation without needing to reclone the old primary, it's
possible to use the <application>pg_rewind</application> utility, which will usually be
able to resync the two servers.
</para>
<para>
To have &repmgr; execute <application>pg_rewind</application> if it detects this
situation after promoting the new primary, add the <option>--force-rewind</option>
option.
</para>
<note>
<simpara>
If &repmgr; detects a situation where it needs to execute <application>pg_rewind</application>,
it will execute a <literal>CHECKPOINT</literal> on the new primary before executing
<application>pg_rewind</application>.
</simpara>
</note>
<para>
For more details on <application>pg_rewind</application>, see:
<ulink url="https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/static/app-pgrewind.html">https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/static/app-pgrewind.html</ulink>.
</para>
<para>
<application>pg_rewind</application> has been part of the core PostgreSQL distribution since
version 9.5. Users of versions 9.3 and 9.4 will need to manually install it; the source code is available here:
<ulink url="https://github.com/vmware/pg_rewind">https://github.com/vmware/pg_rewind</ulink>.
If the <application>pg_rewind</application>
binary is not installed in the PostgreSQL <filename>bin</filename> directory, provide
its full path on the demotion candidate with <option>--force-rewind</option>.
</para>
<para>
Note that building the 9.3/9.4 version of <application>pg_rewind</application> requires the PostgreSQL
source code. Also, PostgreSQL 9.3 does not provide <varname>wal_log_hints</varname>,
meaning data checksums must have been enabled when the database was initialized.
</para>
</sect2>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="switchover-execution" xreflabel="Executing the switchover command">
<indexterm>
<primary>switchover</primary>
<secondary>execution</secondary>
</indexterm>
<title>Executing the switchover command</title>
<para>
To demonstrate switchover, we will assume a replication cluster with a
primary (<literal>node1</literal>) and one standby (<literal>node2</literal>);
after the switchover <literal>node2</literal> should become the primary with
<literal>node1</literal> following it.
</para>
<para>
The switchover command must be run from the standby which is to be promoted,
and in its simplest form looks like this:
<programlisting>
$ repmgr -f /etc/repmgr.conf standby switchover
NOTICE: executing switchover on node "node2" (ID: 2)
INFO: searching for primary node
INFO: checking if node 1 is primary
INFO: current primary node is 1
INFO: SSH connection to host "node1" succeeded
INFO: archive mode is "off"
INFO: replication lag on this standby is 0 seconds
NOTICE: local node "node2" (ID: 2) will be promoted to primary; current primary "node1" (ID: 1) will be demoted to standby
NOTICE: stopping current primary node "node1" (ID: 1)
NOTICE: issuing CHECKPOINT
DETAIL: executing server command "pg_ctl -l /var/log/postgres/startup.log -D '/var/lib/pgsql/data' -m fast -W stop"
INFO: checking primary status; 1 of 6 attempts
NOTICE: current primary has been cleanly shut down at location 0/3001460
NOTICE: promoting standby to primary
DETAIL: promoting server "node2" (ID: 2) using "pg_ctl -l /var/log/postgres/startup.log -w -D '/var/lib/pgsql/data' promote"
server promoting
NOTICE: STANDBY PROMOTE successful
DETAIL: server "node2" (ID: 2) was successfully promoted to primary
INFO: setting node 1's primary to node 2
NOTICE: starting server using "pg_ctl -l /var/log/postgres/startup.log -w -D '/var/lib/pgsql/data' restart"
NOTICE: NODE REJOIN successful
DETAIL: node 1 is now attached to node 2
NOTICE: switchover was successful
DETAIL: node "node2" is now primary
NOTICE: STANDBY SWITCHOVER is complete
</programlisting>
</para>
<para>
The old primary is now replicating as a standby from the new primary, and the
cluster status will now look like this:
<programlisting>
$ repmgr -f /etc/repmgr.conf cluster show
ID | Name | Role | Status | Upstream | Location | Connection string
----+-------+---------+-----------+----------+----------+--------------------------------------
1 | node1 | standby | running | node2 | default | host=node1 dbname=repmgr user=repmgr
2 | node2 | primary | * running | | default | host=node2 dbname=repmgr user=repmgr
</programlisting>
</para>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="switchover-caveats" xreflabel="Caveats">
<indexterm>
<primary>switchover</primary>
<secondary>caveats</secondary>
</indexterm>
<title>Caveats</title>
<para>
<itemizedlist spacing="compact" mark="bullet">
<listitem>
<simpara>
If using PostgreSQL 9.3 or 9.4, you should ensure that the shutdown command
is configured to use PostgreSQL's <varname>fast</varname> shutdown mode (the default in 9.5
and later). If relying on <command>pg_ctl</command> to perform database server operations,
you should include <literal>-m fast</literal> in <varname>pg_ctl_options</varname>
in <filename>repmgr.conf</filename>.
</simpara>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<simpara>
<command>pg_rewind</command> *requires* that either <varname>wal_log_hints</varname> is enabled, or that
data checksums were enabled when the cluster was initialized. See the
<ulink url="https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/static/app-pgrewind.html">pg_rewind documentation</ulink>
for details.
</simpara>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<simpara>
<application>repmgrd</application> should not be running with setting <varname>failover=automatic</varname>
in <filename>repmgr.conf</filename> when a switchover is carried out, otherwise the
<application>repmgrd</application> daemon may try and promote a standby by itself.
</simpara>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</para>
<para>
We hope to remove some of these restrictions in future versions of &repmgr;.
</para>
</sect1>
</chapter>

View File

@@ -1,121 +1,9 @@
Upgrading from repmgr 3
=======================
The upgrade process consists of two steps:
This document has been integrated into the main `repmgr` documentation
and is now located here:
1) converting the repmgr.conf configuration files
2) upgrading the repmgr schema.
Scripts are provided to assist both with converting repmgr.conf
and upgrading the schema.
Converting repmgr.conf configuration files
------------------------------------------
With a completely new repmgr version, we've taken the opportunity
to rename some configuration items have had their names changed for
clarity and consistency, both between the configuration file and
the column names in `repmgr.nodes` (e.g. `node``node_id`), and
also for consistency with PostgreSQL naming conventions
(e.g. `loglevel``log_level`).
Other configuration items have been changed to command line options,
and vice-versa, e.g. to avoid hard-coding items such as a a node's
upstream ID, which might change over time.
`repmgr` will issue a warning about deprecated/altered options.
> [Upgrading from repmgr 3.x](https://repmgr.org/docs/4.0/upgrading-from-repmgr-3.html)
### Changed parameters
Following parameters have been added:
- `data_directory`: this is mandatory and must contain the path
to the node's data directory
- `monitoring_history`: this replaces the `repmgrd` command line
option `--monitoring-history`
Following parameters have been renamed:
- `node``node_id`
- `loglevel``log_level`
- `logfacility``log_facility`
- `logfile``log_file`
- `master_reponse_timeout``async_query_timeout`
Following parameters have been removed:
- `cluster` is no longer required and will be ignored.
- `upstream_node_id` is replaced by the command-line parameter
`--upstream-node-id`
### Conversion script
To assist with conversion of `repmgr.conf` files, a Perl script
is provided in `contrib/convert-config.pl`. Use like this:
$ ./convert-config.pl /etc/repmgr.conf
node_id=2
node_name=node2
conninfo=host=localhost dbname=repmgr user=repmgr port=5602
pg_ctl_options='-l /tmp/postgres.5602.log'
pg_bindir=/home/barwick/devel/builds/HEAD/bin
rsync_options=--exclude=postgresql.local.conf --archive
log_level=DEBUG
pg_basebackup_options=--no-slot
data_directory=
The converted file is printed to `STDOUT` and the original file is not
changed.
Please note that the parameter `data_directory` *must* be provided;
if not already present, the conversion script will add an empty
placeholder parameter.
Upgrading the repmgr schema
---------------------------
Ensure `repmgrd` is not running, or any cron jobs which execute the
`repmgr` binary.
Install `repmgr4`; any `repmgr3` packages should be uninstalled
(if not automatically installed already).
### Manually create the repmgr extension
In the database used by the existing `repmgr` configuration, execute:
CREATE EXTENSION repmgr FROM unpackaged;
This will move and convert all objects from the existing schema
into the new, standard `repmgr` schema.
> *NOTE* there must be only one schema matching 'repmgr_%' in the
> database, otherwise this step may not work.
### Re-register each node
This is necessary to update the `repmgr` metadata with some additional items.
On the primary node, execute e.g.
repmgr primary register -f /etc/repmgr.conf --force
On each standby node, execute e.g.
repmgr standby register -f /etc/repmgr.conf --force
Check the data is updated as expected by examining the `repmgr.nodes` table;
restart `repmgrd` if required.
The original `repmgr_$cluster` schema can be dropped at any time.
* * *
> *TIP* If you don't care about any data from the existing `repmgr` installation,
> (e.g. the contents of the `events` and `monitoring` tables), the manual
> "CREATE EXTENSION" step can be skipped; just re-register each node, starting
> with the primary node, and the `repmgr` extension will be automatically created.
* * *

349
doc/upgrading-repmgr.sgml Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,349 @@
<chapter id="upgrading-repmgr" xreflabel="Upgrading repmgr">
<indexterm>
<primary>upgrading</primary>
</indexterm>
<title>Upgrading repmgr</title>
<para>
&repmgr; is updated regularly with point releases (e.g. 4.0.1 to 4.0.2)
containing bugfixes and other minor improvements. Any substantial new
functionality will be included in a feature release (e.g. 4.0.x to 4.1.x).
</para>
<sect1 id="upgrading-repmgr-extension" xreflabel="Upgrading repmgr 4.x and later">
<indexterm>
<primary>upgrading</primary>
<secondary>repmgr 4.x and later</secondary>
</indexterm>
<title>Upgrading repmgr 4.x and later</title>
<para>
&repmgr; 4.x is implemented as a PostgreSQL extension; normally the upgrade consists
of the two following steps:
<orderedlist>
<listitem>
<simpara>
Install the updated package (or compile the updated source)
</simpara>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<simpara>
In the database where the &repmgr; extension is installed, execute
<command>ALTER EXTENSION repmgr UPDATE</command>.
</simpara>
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
</para>
<para>
Always check the <link linkend="appendix-release-notes">release notes</link> for every
release as they may contain upgrade instructions particular to individual versions.
</para>
<para>
If the <application>repmgrd</application> daemon is in use, we recommend stopping it
before upgrading &repmgr;.
</para>
<para>
Note that it may be necessary to restart the PostgreSQL server if the upgrade contains
changes to the shared object file used by <application>repmgrd</application>; check the
release notes for details.
</para>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="upgrading-and-pg-upgrade" xreflabel="pg_upgrade and repmgr">
<indexterm>
<primary>upgrading</primary>
<secondary>pg_upgrade</secondary>
</indexterm>
<indexterm>
<primary>pg_upgrade</primary>
</indexterm>
<title>pg_upgrade and repmgr</title>
<para>
<application>pg_upgrade</application> requires that if any functions are
dependent on a shared library, this library must be present in both
the old and new installations before <application>pg_upgrade</application>
can be executed.
</para>
<para>
To minimize the risk of any upgrade issues (particularly if an upgrade to
a new major &repmgr; version is involved), we recommend upgrading
&repmgr; on the old server <emphasis>before</emphasis> running
<application>pg_upgrade</application> to ensure that old and new
versions are the same.
</para>
<note>
<simpara>
This issue applies to any PostgreSQL extension which has
dependencies on a shared library.
</simpara>
</note>
<para>
For further details please see the <ulink url="https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/static/pgupgrade.html">pg_upgrade documentation</ulink>.
</para>
<para>
If replication slots are in use, bear in mind these will <emphasis>not</emphasis>
be recreated by <application>pg_upgrade</application>. These will need to
be recreated manually.
</para>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="upgrading-from-repmgr-3" xreflabel="Upgrading from repmgr 3.x">
<indexterm>
<primary>upgrading</primary>
<secondary>from repmgr 3.x</secondary>
</indexterm>
<title>Upgrading from repmgr 3.x</title>
<para>
The upgrade process consists of two steps:
<orderedlist>
<listitem>
<simpara>
converting the repmgr.conf configuration files
</simpara>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<simpara>
upgrading the repmgr schema using <command>CREATE EXTENSION</command>
</simpara>
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
</para>
<para>
A script is provided to assist with converting <filename>repmgr.conf</filename>.
</para>
<para>
The schema upgrade (which converts the &repmgr; metadata into
a packaged PostgreSQL extension) is normally carried out
automatically when the &repmgr; extension is created.
</para>
<para>
The shared library has been renamed from <literal>repmgr_funcs</literal> to
<literal>repmgr</literal> - if it's set in <varname>shared_preload_libraries</varname>
in <filename>postgresql.conf</filename> it will need to be updated to the new name:
<programlisting>
shared_preload_libraries = 'repmgr'</programlisting>
</para>
<sect2 id="converting-repmgr-conf">
<title>Converting repmgr.conf configuration files</title>
<para>
With a completely new repmgr version, we've taken the opportunity
to rename some configuration items for
clarity and consistency, both between the configuration file and
the column names in <structname>repmgr.nodes</structname>
(e.g. <varname>node</varname> to <varname>node_id</varname>), and
also for consistency with PostgreSQL naming conventions
(e.g. <varname>loglevel</varname> to <varname>log_level</varname>).
</para>
<para>
Other configuration items have been changed to command line options,
and vice-versa, e.g. to avoid hard-coding items such as a a node's
upstream ID, which might change over time.
</para>
<para>
&repmgr; will issue a warning about deprecated/altered options.
</para>
<sect3>
<title>Changed parameters in "repmgr.conf"</title>
<para>
Following parameters have been added:
<itemizedlist spacing="compact" mark="bullet">
<listitem>
<simpara><varname>data_directory</varname>: this is mandatory and must
contain the path to the node's data directory</simpara>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<simpara><varname>monitoring_history</varname>: this replaces the
<application>repmgrd</application> command line option
<literal>--monitoring-history</literal></simpara>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</para>
<para>
Following parameters have been renamed:
</para>
<table tocentry="1" id="repmgr3-repmgr4-renamed-parameters">
<title>Parameters renamed in repmgr4</title>
<tgroup cols="2">
<thead>
<row>
<entry>repmgr3</entry>
<entry>repmgr4</entry>
</row>
</thead>
<tbody>
<row>
<entry><varname>node</varname></entry>
<entry><varname>node_id</varname></entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry><varname>loglevel</varname></entry>
<entry><varname>log_level</varname></entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry><varname>logfacility</varname></entry>
<entry><varname>log_facility</varname></entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry><varname>logfile</varname></entry>
<entry><varname>log_file</varname></entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry><varname>barman_server</varname></entry>
<entry><varname>barman_host</varname></entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry><varname>master_reponse_timeout</varname></entry>
<entry><varname>async_query_timeout</varname></entry>
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</table>
<note>
<para>
From &repmgr; 4, <literal>barman_server</literal> refers
to the server configured in Barman (in &repmgr; 3, the deprecated
<literal>cluster</literal> parameter was used for this);
the physical Barman hostname is configured with
<literal>barman_host</literal> (see <xref linkend="cloning-from-barman-prerequisites">
for details).
</para>
</note>
<para>
Following parameters have been removed:
<itemizedlist spacing="compact" mark="bullet">
<listitem>
<simpara><varname>cluster</varname>: is no longer required and will
be ignored.</simpara>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<simpara><varname>upstream_node</varname>: is replaced by the
command-line parameter <literal>--upstream-node-id</literal></simpara>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</para>
</sect3>
<sect3>
<title>Conversion script</title>
<para>
To assist with conversion of <filename>repmgr.conf</filename> files, a Perl script
is provided in <filename>contrib/convert-config.pl</filename>.
Use like this:
<programlisting>
$ ./convert-config.pl /etc/repmgr.conf
node_id=2
node_name=node2
conninfo=host=node2 dbname=repmgr user=repmgr connect_timeout=2
pg_ctl_options='-l /var/log/postgres/startup.log'
rsync_options=--exclude=postgresql.local.conf --archive
log_level=INFO
pg_basebackup_options=--no-slot
data_directory=</programlisting>
</para>
<para>
The converted file is printed to <literal>STDOUT</literal> and the original file is not
changed.
</para>
<para>
Please note that the the conversion script will add an empty
placeholder parameter for <varname>data_directory</varname>, which
is a required parameter in repmgr4 and which <emphasis>must</emphasis>
be provided.
</para>
</sect3>
</sect2>
<sect2>
<title>Upgrading the repmgr schema</title>
<para>
Ensure <application>repmgrd</application> is not running, or any cron jobs which execute the
<command>repmgr</command> binary.
</para>
<para>
Install <literal>repmgr 4</literal> packages; any <literal>repmgr 3.x</literal> packages
should be uninstalled (if not automatically uninstalled already by your packaging system).
</para>
<sect3>
<title>Upgrading from repmgr 3.1.1 or earlier</title>
<para>
If your repmgr version is 3.1.1 or earlier, you will need to update
the schema to the latest version in the 3.x series (3.3.2) before
converting the installation to repmgr 4.
</para>
<para>
To do this, apply the following upgrade scripts as appropriate for
your current version:
<itemizedlist spacing="compact" mark="bullet">
<listitem>
<simpara>
<ulink url="https://raw.githubusercontent.com/2ndQuadrant/repmgr/REL3_3_STABLE/sql/repmgr3.0_repmgr3.1.sql">repmgr3.0_repmgr3.1.sql</ulink></simpara>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<simpara><ulink url="https://raw.githubusercontent.com/2ndQuadrant/repmgr/REL3_3_STABLE/sql/repmgr3.1.1_repmgr3.1.2.sql">repmgr3.1.1_repmgr3.1.2.sql</ulink></simpara>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</para>
<para>
For more details see the
<ulink url="https://repmgr.org/release-notes-3.3.2.html#upgrading">repmgr 3 upgrade notes</ulink>.
</para>
</sect3>
<sect3>
<title>Manually create the repmgr extension</title>
<para>
In the database used by the existing &repmgr; installation, execute:
<programlisting>
CREATE EXTENSION repmgr FROM unpackaged;</programlisting>
</para>
<para>
This will move and convert all objects from the existing schema
into the new, standard <literal>repmgr</literal> schema.
</para>
<note>
<simpara>there must be only one schema matching <literal>repmgr_%</literal> in the
database, otherwise this step may not work.
</simpara>
</note>
</sect3>
<sect3>
<title>Re-register each node</title>
<para>
This is necessary to update the <literal>repmgr</literal> metadata with some additional items.
</para>
<para>
On the primary node, execute e.g.
<programlisting>
repmgr primary register -f /etc/repmgr.conf --force</programlisting>
</para>
<para>
On each standby node, execute e.g.
<programlisting>
repmgr standby register -f /etc/repmgr.conf --force</programlisting>
</para>
<para>
Check the data is updated as expected by examining the <structname>repmgr.nodes</structname>
table; restart <application>repmgrd</application> if required.
</para>
<para>
The original <literal>repmgr_$cluster</literal> schema can be dropped at any time.
</para>
<tip>
<simpara>
If you don't care about any data from the existing &repmgr; installation,
(e.g. the contents of the <structname>events</structname> and <structname>monitoring</structname>
tables), the manual <command>CREATE EXTENSION</command> step can be skipped; just re-register
each node, starting with the primary node, and the <literal>repmgr</literal> extension will be
automatically created.
</simpara>
</tip>
</sect3>
</sect2>
</sect1>
</chapter>

1
doc/version.sgml Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
<!ENTITY repmgrversion "4.0.5">

469
doc/website-docs.css Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,469 @@
/* PostgreSQL.org Documentation Style */
/* requires global.css, table.css and text.css to be loaded before this file! */
body {
font-family: verdana, sans-serif;
font-size: 76%;
background: url("/resources/background.png") repeat-x scroll left top transparent;
padding: 15px 4%;
margin: 0;
}
/* monospace font size fix */
pre, code, kbd, samp, tt {
font-family: monospace,monospace;
font-size: 1em;
}
div.NAVHEADER table {
margin-left: 0;
}
/* Container Definitions */
#docContainerWrap {
text-align: center; /* Win IE5 */
}
#docContainer {
margin: 0 auto;
width: 90%;
padding-bottom: 2em;
display: block;
text-align: left; /* Win IE5 */
}
#docHeader {
background-image: url("/media/img/docs/bg_hdr.png");
height: 83px;
margin: 0px;
padding: 0px;
display: block;
}
#docHeaderLogo {
position: relative;
width: 206px;
height: 83px;
border: 0px;
padding: 0px;
margin: 0 0 0 20px;
}
#docHeaderLogo img {
border: 0px;
}
#docNavSearchContainer {
padding-bottom: 2px;
}
#docNav, #docVersions {
position: relative;
text-align: left;
margin-left: 10px;
margin-top: 5px;
color: #666;
font-size: 0.95em;
}
#docSearch {
position: relative;
text-align: right;
padding: 0;
margin: 0;
color: #666;
}
#docTextSize {
text-align: right;
white-space: nowrap;
margin-top: 7px;
font-size: 0.95em;
}
#docSearch form {
position: relative;
top: 5px;
right: 0;
margin: 0; /* need for IE 5.5 OSX */
text-align: right; /* need for IE 5.5 OSX */
white-space: nowrap; /* for Opera */
}
#docSearch form label {
color: #666;
font-size: 0.95em;
}
#docSearch form input {
font-size: 0.95em;
}
#docSearch form #submit {
font-size: 0.95em;
background: #7A7A7A;
color: #fff;
border: 1px solid #7A7A7A;
padding: 1px 4px;
}
#docSearch form #q {
width: 170px;
font-size: 0.95em;
border: 1px solid #7A7A7A;
background: #E1E1E1;
color: #000000;
padding: 2px;
}
.frmDocSearch {
padding: 0;
margin: 0;
display: inline;
}
.inpDocSearch {
padding: 0;
margin: 0;
color: #000;
}
#docContent {
position: relative;
margin-left: 10px;
margin-right: 10px;
margin-top: 40px;
}
#docFooter {
position: relative;
font-size: 0.9em;
color: #666;
line-height: 1.3em;
margin-left: 10px;
margin-right: 10px;
}
#docComments {
margin-top: 10px;
}
#docClear {
clear: both;
margin: 0;
padding: 0;
}
/* Heading Definitions */
h1, h2, h3 {
font-weight: bold;
margin-top: 2ex;
color: #444;
}
h1 {
font-size: 1.4em;
}
h2 {
font-size: 1.2em !important;
}
h3 {
font-size: 1.1em;
}
h1 a:hover,
h2 a:hover,
h3 a:hover,
h4 a:hover {
color: #444;
text-decoration: none;
}
/* Text Styles */
div.SECT2 {
margin-top: 4ex;
}
div.SECT3 {
margin-top: 3ex;
margin-left: 3ex;
}
.txtCurrentLocation {
font-weight: bold;
}
p, ol, ul, li {
line-height: 1.5em;
}
.txtCommentsWrap {
border: 2px solid #F5F5F5;
width: 100%;
}
.txtCommentsContent {
background: #F5F5F5;
padding: 3px;
}
.txtCommentsPoster {
float: left;
}
.txtCommentsDate {
float: right;
}
.txtCommentsComment {
padding: 3px;
}
#docContainer pre code,
#docContainer pre tt,
#docContainer pre pre,
#docContainer tt tt,
#docContainer tt code,
#docContainer tt pre {
font-size: 1em;
}
pre.LITERALLAYOUT,
.SCREEN,
.SYNOPSIS,
.PROGRAMLISTING,
.REFSYNOPSISDIV p,
table.CAUTION,
table.WARNING,
blockquote.NOTE,
blockquote.TIP,
table.CALSTABLE {
-moz-box-shadow: 3px 3px 5px #DFDFDF;
-webkit-box-shadow: 3px 3px 5px #DFDFDF;
-khtml-box-shadow: 3px 3px 5px #DFDFDF;
-o-box-shadow: 3px 3px 5px #DFDFDF;
box-shadow: 3px 3px 5px #DFDFDF;
}
pre.LITERALLAYOUT,
.SCREEN,
.SYNOPSIS,
.PROGRAMLISTING,
.REFSYNOPSISDIV p,
table.CAUTION,
table.WARNING,
blockquote.NOTE,
blockquote.TIP {
color: black;
border-width: 1px;
border-style: solid;
padding: 2ex;
margin: 2ex 0 2ex 2ex;
overflow: auto;
-moz-border-radius: 8px;
-webkit-border-radius: 8px;
-khtml-border-radius: 8px;
border-radius: 8px;
}
pre.LITERALLAYOUT,
pre.SYNOPSIS,
pre.PROGRAMLISTING,
.REFSYNOPSISDIV p,
.SCREEN {
border-color: #CFCFCF;
background-color: #F7F7F7;
}
blockquote.NOTE,
blockquote.TIP {
border-color: #DBDBCC;
background-color: #EEEEDD;
padding: 14px;
width: 572px;
}
blockquote.NOTE,
blockquote.TIP,
table.CAUTION,
table.WARNING {
margin: 4ex auto;
}
blockquote.NOTE p,
blockquote.TIP p {
margin: 0;
}
blockquote.NOTE pre,
blockquote.NOTE code,
blockquote.TIP pre,
blockquote.TIP code {
margin-left: 0;
margin-right: 0;
-moz-box-shadow: none;
-webkit-box-shadow: none;
-khtml-box-shadow: none;
-o-box-shadow: none;
box-shadow: none;
}
.emphasis,
.c2 {
font-weight: bold;
}
.REPLACEABLE {
font-style: italic;
}
/* Table Styles */
table {
margin-left: 2ex;
}
table.CALSTABLE td,
table.CALSTABLE th,
table.CAUTION td,
table.CAUTION th,
table.WARNING td,
table.WARNING th {
border-style: solid;
}
table.CALSTABLE,
table.CAUTION,
table.WARNING {
border-spacing: 0;
border-collapse: collapse;
}
table.CALSTABLE
{
margin: 2ex 0 2ex 2ex;
background-color: #E0ECEF;
border: 2px solid #A7C6DF;
}
table.CALSTABLE tr:hover td
{
background-color: #EFEFEF;
}
table.CALSTABLE td {
background-color: #FFF;
}
table.CALSTABLE td,
table.CALSTABLE th {
border: 1px solid #A7C6DF;
padding: 0.5ex 0.5ex;
}
table.CAUTION,
table.WARNING {
border-collapse: separate;
display: block;
padding: 0;
max-width: 600px;
}
table.CAUTION {
background-color: #F5F5DC;
border-color: #DEDFA7;
}
table.WARNING {
background-color: #FFD7D7;
border-color: #DF421E;
}
table.CAUTION td,
table.CAUTION th,
table.WARNING td,
table.WARNING th {
border-width: 0;
padding-left: 2ex;
padding-right: 2ex;
}
table.CAUTION td,
table.CAUTION th {
border-color: #F3E4D5
}
table.WARNING td,
table.WARNING th {
border-color: #FFD7D7;
}
td.c1,
td.c2,
td.c3,
td.c4,
td.c5,
td.c6 {
font-size: 1.1em;
font-weight: bold;
border-bottom: 0px solid #FFEFEF;
padding: 1ex 2ex 0;
}
/* Link Styles */
#docNav a {
font-weight: bold;
}
a:link,
a:visited,
a:active,
a:hover {
text-decoration: underline;
}
a:link,
a:active {
color:#0066A2;
}
a:visited {
color:#004E66;
}
a:hover {
color:#000000;
}
#docFooter a:link,
#docFooter a:visited,
#docFooter a:active {
color:#666;
}
#docContainer code.FUNCTION tt {
font-size: 1em;
}
div.header {
color: #444;
margin-top: 5px;
}
div.footer {
text-align: center;
background-image: url("/resources/footerl.png"), url("/resources/footerr.png"), url("/resources/footerc.png");
background-position: left top, right top, center top;
background-repeat: no-repeat, no-repeat, repeat-x;
padding-top: 45px;
}
img {
border-style: none;
}

View File

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
/*
* errcode.h
* Copyright (c) 2ndQuadrant, 2010-2017
* Copyright (c) 2ndQuadrant, 2010-2018
*
* This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -43,5 +43,8 @@
#define ERR_BARMAN 19
#define ERR_REGISTRATION_SYNC 20
#define ERR_OUT_OF_MEMORY 21
#define ERR_SWITCHOVER_INCOMPLETE 22
#define ERR_FOLLOW_FAIL 23
#define ERR_REJOIN_FAIL 24
#endif /* _ERRCODE_H_ */

View File

@@ -38,33 +38,27 @@ SELECT repmgr.am_bdr_failover_handler(-1);
(1 row)
SELECT repmgr.am_bdr_failover_handler(NULL);
am_bdr_failover_handler
-------------------------
(1 row)
SELECT repmgr.get_new_primary();
get_new_primary
-----------------
(1 row)
SELECT repmgr.get_voting_status();
get_voting_status
-------------------
(1 row)
SELECT repmgr.notify_follow_primary(-1);
notify_follow_primary
-----------------------
(1 row)
SELECT repmgr.other_node_is_candidate(-1,-1);
other_node_is_candidate
-------------------------
(1 row)
SELECT repmgr.request_vote(-1,-1);
request_vote
--------------
SELECT repmgr.notify_follow_primary(NULL);
notify_follow_primary
-----------------------
(1 row)
@@ -80,10 +74,10 @@ SELECT repmgr.set_local_node_id(-1);
(1 row)
SELECT repmgr.set_voting_status_initiated();
set_voting_status_initiated
-----------------------------
SELECT repmgr.set_local_node_id(NULL);
set_local_node_id
-------------------
(1 row)
SELECT repmgr.standby_get_last_updated();

2
log.c
View File

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
/*
* log.c - Logging methods
* Copyright (c) 2ndQuadrant, 2010-2017
* Copyright (c) 2ndQuadrant, 2010-2018
*
* This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by

2
log.h
View File

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
/*
* log.h
* Copyright (c) 2ndQuadrant, 2010-2017
* Copyright (c) 2ndQuadrant, 2010-2018
*
* This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by

View File

@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ CREATE TABLE repmgr.nodes (
upstream_node_id INTEGER NULL REFERENCES nodes (node_id) DEFERRABLE,
active BOOLEAN NOT NULL DEFAULT TRUE,
node_name TEXT NOT NULL,
type TEXT NOT NULL CHECK (type IN('primary','standby','bdr')),
type TEXT NOT NULL CHECK (type IN('primary','standby','witness','bdr')),
location TEXT NOT NULL DEFAULT 'default',
priority INT NOT NULL DEFAULT 100,
conninfo TEXT NOT NULL,
@@ -79,6 +79,19 @@ LEFT JOIN repmgr.nodes un
ON un.node_id = n.upstream_node_id;
/* XXX update upgrade scripts! */
CREATE TABLE repmgr.voting_term (
term INT NOT NULL
);
CREATE UNIQUE INDEX voting_term_restrict
ON repmgr.voting_term ((TRUE));
CREATE RULE voting_term_delete AS
ON DELETE TO repmgr.voting_term
DO INSTEAD NOTHING;
/* ================= */
/* repmgrd functions */
/* ================= */
@@ -90,6 +103,11 @@ CREATE FUNCTION set_local_node_id(INT)
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME', 'set_local_node_id'
LANGUAGE C STRICT;
CREATE FUNCTION get_local_node_id()
RETURNS INT
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME', 'get_local_node_id'
LANGUAGE C STRICT;
CREATE FUNCTION standby_set_last_updated()
RETURNS TIMESTAMP WITH TIME ZONE
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME', 'standby_set_last_updated'
@@ -102,49 +120,6 @@ CREATE FUNCTION standby_get_last_updated()
/* failover functions */
DO $repmgr$
DECLARE
DECLARE server_version_num INT;
BEGIN
SELECT setting
FROM pg_catalog.pg_settings
WHERE name = 'server_version_num'
INTO server_version_num;
IF server_version_num >= 90400 THEN
EXECUTE $repmgr_func$
CREATE FUNCTION request_vote(INT,INT)
RETURNS pg_lsn
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME', 'request_vote'
LANGUAGE C STRICT;
$repmgr_func$;
ELSE
EXECUTE $repmgr_func$
CREATE FUNCTION request_vote(INT,INT)
RETURNS TEXT
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME', 'request_vote'
LANGUAGE C STRICT;
$repmgr_func$;
END IF;
END$repmgr$;
CREATE FUNCTION get_voting_status()
RETURNS INT
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME', 'get_voting_status'
LANGUAGE C STRICT;
CREATE FUNCTION set_voting_status_initiated()
RETURNS INT
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME', 'set_voting_status_initiated'
LANGUAGE C STRICT;
CREATE FUNCTION other_node_is_candidate(INT, INT)
RETURNS BOOL
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME', 'other_node_is_candidate'
LANGUAGE C STRICT;
CREATE FUNCTION notify_follow_primary(INT)
RETURNS VOID
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME', 'notify_follow_primary'
@@ -160,13 +135,11 @@ CREATE FUNCTION reset_voting_status()
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME', 'reset_voting_status'
LANGUAGE C STRICT;
CREATE FUNCTION am_bdr_failover_handler(INT)
RETURNS BOOL
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME', 'am_bdr_failover_handler'
LANGUAGE C STRICT;
CREATE FUNCTION unset_bdr_failover_handler()
RETURNS VOID
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME', 'unset_bdr_failover_handler'

View File

@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ CREATE TABLE repmgr.nodes (
upstream_node_id INTEGER NULL REFERENCES repmgr.nodes (node_id) DEFERRABLE,
active BOOLEAN NOT NULL DEFAULT TRUE,
node_name TEXT NOT NULL,
type TEXT NOT NULL CHECK (type IN('primary','standby','bdr')),
type TEXT NOT NULL CHECK (type IN('primary','standby','witness','bdr')),
location TEXT NOT NULL DEFAULT 'default',
priority INT NOT NULL DEFAULT 100,
conninfo TEXT NOT NULL,
@@ -54,8 +54,34 @@ SELECT id, upstream_node_id, active, name,
ALTER TABLE repmgr.repl_events RENAME TO events;
-- create new table "repmgr.voting_term"
CREATE TABLE repmgr.voting_term (
term INT NOT NULL
);
CREATE UNIQUE INDEX voting_term_restrict
ON repmgr.voting_term ((TRUE));
CREATE RULE voting_term_delete AS
ON DELETE TO repmgr.voting_term
DO INSTEAD NOTHING;
INSERT INTO repmgr.voting_term (term) VALUES (1);
-- convert "repmgr_$cluster.repl_monitor" to "monitoring_history"
DO $repmgr$
DECLARE
DECLARE server_version_num INT;
BEGIN
SELECT setting
FROM pg_catalog.pg_settings
WHERE name = 'server_version_num'
INTO server_version_num;
IF server_version_num >= 90400 THEN
EXECUTE $repmgr_func$
CREATE TABLE repmgr.monitoring_history (
primary_node_id INTEGER NOT NULL,
standby_node_id INTEGER NOT NULL,
@@ -65,12 +91,32 @@ CREATE TABLE repmgr.monitoring_history (
last_wal_standby_location PG_LSN,
replication_lag BIGINT NOT NULL,
apply_lag BIGINT NOT NULL
);
)
$repmgr_func$;
INSERT INTO repmgr.monitoring_history
(primary_node_id, standby_node_id, last_monitor_time, last_apply_time, last_wal_primary_location, last_wal_standby_location, replication_lag, apply_lag)
SELECT primary_node, standby_node, last_monitor_time, last_apply_time, last_wal_primary_location::pg_lsn, last_wal_standby_location::pg_lsn, replication_lag, apply_lag
FROM repmgr.repl_monitor;
ELSE
EXECUTE $repmgr_func$
CREATE TABLE repmgr.monitoring_history (
primary_node_id INTEGER NOT NULL,
standby_node_id INTEGER NOT NULL,
last_monitor_time TIMESTAMP WITH TIME ZONE NOT NULL,
last_apply_time TIMESTAMP WITH TIME ZONE,
last_wal_primary_location TEXT NOT NULL,
last_wal_standby_location TEXT,
replication_lag BIGINT NOT NULL,
apply_lag BIGINT NOT NULL
)
$repmgr_func$;
INSERT INTO repmgr.monitoring_history
(primary_node_id, standby_node_id, last_monitor_time, last_apply_time, last_wal_primary_location, last_wal_standby_location, replication_lag, apply_lag)
SELECT primary_node, standby_node, last_monitor_time, last_apply_time, last_wal_primary_location, last_wal_standby_location, replication_lag, apply_lag
FROM repmgr.repl_monitor;
INSERT INTO repmgr.monitoring_history
(primary_node_id, standby_node_id, last_monitor_time, last_apply_time, last_wal_primary_location, last_wal_standby_location, replication_lag, apply_lag)
SELECT primary_node, standby_node, last_monitor_time, last_apply_time, last_wal_primary_location::pg_lsn, last_wal_standby_location::pg_lsn, replication_lag, apply_lag
FROM repmgr.repl_monitor;
END IF;
END$repmgr$;
CREATE INDEX idx_monitoring_history_time
ON repmgr.monitoring_history (last_monitor_time, standby_node_id);
@@ -95,6 +141,16 @@ LEFT JOIN repmgr.nodes un
/* monitoring functions */
CREATE FUNCTION set_local_node_id(INT)
RETURNS VOID
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME', 'set_local_node_id'
LANGUAGE C STRICT;
CREATE FUNCTION get_local_node_id()
RETURNS INT
AS 'MODULE_PATHNAME', 'get_local_node_id'
LANGUAGE C STRICT;
CREATE FUNCTION standby_set_last_updated()
RETURNS TIMESTAMP WITH TIME ZONE
AS '$libdir/repmgr', 'standby_set_last_updated'
@@ -108,26 +164,6 @@ CREATE FUNCTION standby_get_last_updated()
/* failover functions */
CREATE FUNCTION request_vote(INT,INT)
RETURNS pg_lsn
AS '$libdir/repmgr', 'request_vote'
LANGUAGE C STRICT;
CREATE FUNCTION get_voting_status()
RETURNS INT
AS '$libdir/repmgr', 'get_voting_status'
LANGUAGE C STRICT;
CREATE FUNCTION set_voting_status_initiated()
RETURNS INT
AS '$libdir/repmgr', 'set_voting_status_initiated'
LANGUAGE C STRICT;
CREATE FUNCTION other_node_is_candidate(INT, INT)
RETURNS BOOL
AS '$libdir/repmgr', 'other_node_is_candidate'
LANGUAGE C STRICT;
CREATE FUNCTION notify_follow_primary(INT)
RETURNS VOID
AS '$libdir/repmgr', 'notify_follow_primary'

View File

@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
/*
* repmgr-action-standby.c
* repmgr-action-bdr.c
*
* Implements BDR-related actions for the repmgr command line utility
*
* Copyright (c) 2ndQuadrant, 2010-2017
* Copyright (c) 2ndQuadrant, 2010-2018
*
* This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
/*
* do_bdr_register()
*
* As each BDR node is its own master, registering a BDR node
* As each BDR node is its own primary, registering a BDR node
* will create the repmgr metadata schema if necessary.
*/
void
@@ -92,7 +92,39 @@ do_bdr_register(void)
exit(ERR_BAD_CONFIG);
}
/* check whether repmgr extension exists, and that any other nodes are BDR */
/* check for a matching BDR node */
{
PQExpBufferData bdr_local_node_name;
bool node_match = false;
initPQExpBuffer(&bdr_local_node_name);
node_match = bdr_node_name_matches(conn, config_file_options.node_name, &bdr_local_node_name);
if (node_match == false)
{
if (strlen(bdr_local_node_name.data))
{
log_error(_("local node BDR node name is \"%s\", expected: \"%s\""),
bdr_local_node_name.data,
config_file_options.node_name);
log_hint(_("\"node_name\" in repmgr.conf must match \"node_name\" in bdr.bdr_nodes"));
}
else
{
log_error(_("local node does not report BDR node name"));
log_hint(_("ensure this is an active BDR node"));
}
PQfinish(conn);
pfree(dbname);
termPQExpBuffer(&bdr_local_node_name);
exit(ERR_BAD_CONFIG);
}
termPQExpBuffer(&bdr_local_node_name);
}
/* check whether repmgr extension exists, and there are no non-BDR nodes registered */
extension_status = get_repmgr_extension_status(conn);
if (extension_status == REPMGR_UNKNOWN)
@@ -142,17 +174,9 @@ do_bdr_register(void)
pfree(dbname);
/* check for a matching BDR node */
if (bdr_node_has_repmgr_set(conn, config_file_options.node_name) == false)
{
bool node_exists = bdr_node_exists(conn, config_file_options.node_name);
if (node_exists == false)
{
log_error(_("no BDR node with node_name \"%s\" found"), config_file_options.node_name);
log_hint(_("\"node_name\" in repmgr.conf must match \"node_name\" in bdr.bdr_nodes"));
PQfinish(conn);
exit(ERR_BAD_CONFIG);
}
bdr_node_set_repmgr_set(conn, config_file_options.node_name);
}
/*

View File

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
/*
* repmgr-action-bdr.h
* Copyright (c) 2ndQuadrant, 2010-2017
* Copyright (c) 2ndQuadrant, 2010-2018
*
* This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by

View File

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
*
* Implements cluster information actions for the repmgr command line utility
*
* Copyright (c) 2ndQuadrant, 2010-2017
* Copyright (c) 2ndQuadrant, 2010-2018
*
* This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -82,6 +82,7 @@ do_cluster_show(void)
NodeInfoListCell *cell = NULL;
int i = 0;
ItemList warnings = {NULL, NULL};
bool success = false;
/* Connect to local database to obtain cluster connection data */
log_verbose(LOG_INFO, _("connecting to database"));
@@ -91,11 +92,19 @@ do_cluster_show(void)
else
conn = establish_db_connection_by_params(&source_conninfo, true);
get_all_node_records_with_upstream(conn, &nodes);
success = get_all_node_records_with_upstream(conn, &nodes);
if (success == false)
{
/* get_all_node_records_with_upstream() will print error message */
PQfinish(conn);
exit(ERR_BAD_CONFIG);
}
if (nodes.node_count == 0)
{
log_error(_("unable to retrieve any node records"));
log_error(_("no node records were found"));
log_hint(_("ensure at least one node is registered"));
PQfinish(conn);
exit(ERR_BAD_CONFIG);
}
@@ -131,8 +140,14 @@ do_cluster_show(void)
}
else
{
char error[MAXLEN];
strncpy(error, PQerrorMessage(cell->node_info->conn), MAXLEN);
cell->node_info->node_status = NODE_STATUS_DOWN;
cell->node_info->recovery_type = RECTYPE_UNKNOWN;
item_list_append_format(&warnings,
"when attempting to connect to node \"%s\" (ID: %i), following error encountered :\n\"%s\"",
cell->node_info->node_name, cell->node_info->node_id, trim(error));
}
initPQExpBuffer(&details);
@@ -158,15 +173,13 @@ do_cluster_show(void)
break;
case RECTYPE_STANDBY:
appendPQExpBuffer(&details, "! running as standby");
item_list_append_format(
&warnings,
item_list_append_format(&warnings,
"node \"%s\" (ID: %i) is registered as primary but running as standby",
cell->node_info->node_name, cell->node_info->node_id);
break;
case RECTYPE_UNKNOWN:
appendPQExpBuffer(&details, "! unknown");
item_list_append_format(
&warnings,
item_list_append_format(&warnings,
"node \"%s\" (ID: %i) has unknown replication status",
cell->node_info->node_name, cell->node_info->node_id);
break;
@@ -177,16 +190,14 @@ do_cluster_show(void)
if (cell->node_info->recovery_type == RECTYPE_PRIMARY)
{
appendPQExpBuffer(&details, "! running");
item_list_append_format(
&warnings,
item_list_append_format(&warnings,
"node \"%s\" (ID: %i) is running but the repmgr node record is inactive",
cell->node_info->node_name, cell->node_info->node_id);
}
else
{
appendPQExpBuffer(&details, "! running as standby");
item_list_append_format(
&warnings,
item_list_append_format(&warnings,
"node \"%s\" (ID: %i) is registered as an inactive primary but running as standby",
cell->node_info->node_name, cell->node_info->node_id);
}
@@ -199,8 +210,7 @@ do_cluster_show(void)
if (cell->node_info->active == true)
{
appendPQExpBuffer(&details, "? unreachable");
item_list_append_format(
&warnings,
item_list_append_format(&warnings,
"node \"%s\" (ID: %i) is registered as an active primary but is unreachable",
cell->node_info->node_name, cell->node_info->node_id);
}
@@ -226,8 +236,7 @@ do_cluster_show(void)
break;
case RECTYPE_PRIMARY:
appendPQExpBuffer(&details, "! running as primary");
item_list_append_format(
&warnings,
item_list_append_format(&warnings,
"node \"%s\" (ID: %i) is registered as standby but running as primary",
cell->node_info->node_name, cell->node_info->node_id);
break;
@@ -245,16 +254,14 @@ do_cluster_show(void)
if (cell->node_info->recovery_type == RECTYPE_STANDBY)
{
appendPQExpBuffer(&details, "! running");
item_list_append_format(
&warnings,
item_list_append_format(&warnings,
"node \"%s\" (ID: %i) is running but the repmgr node record is inactive",
cell->node_info->node_name, cell->node_info->node_id);
}
else
{
appendPQExpBuffer(&details, "! running as primary");
item_list_append_format(
&warnings,
item_list_append_format(&warnings,
"node \"%s\" (ID: %i) is running as primary but the repmgr node record is inactive",
cell->node_info->node_name, cell->node_info->node_id);
}
@@ -267,8 +274,7 @@ do_cluster_show(void)
if (cell->node_info->active == true)
{
appendPQExpBuffer(&details, "? unreachable");
item_list_append_format(
&warnings,
item_list_append_format(&warnings,
"node \"%s\" (ID: %i) is registered as an active standby but is unreachable",
cell->node_info->node_name, cell->node_info->node_id);
}
@@ -279,6 +285,7 @@ do_cluster_show(void)
}
}
break;
case WITNESS:
case BDR:
{
/* node is reachable */
@@ -415,7 +422,7 @@ do_cluster_show(void)
printf(_("\nWARNING: following issues were detected\n"));
for (cell = warnings.head; cell; cell = cell->next)
{
printf(_(" %s\n"), cell->string);
printf(_(" - %s\n"), cell->string);
}
}
}
@@ -435,82 +442,18 @@ void
do_cluster_event(void)
{
PGconn *conn = NULL;
PQExpBufferData query;
PQExpBufferData where_clause;
PGresult *res;
int i = 0;
int column_count = EVENT_HEADER_COUNT;
conn = establish_db_connection(config_file_options.conninfo, true);
initPQExpBuffer(&query);
initPQExpBuffer(&where_clause);
/* LEFT JOIN used here as a node record may have been removed */
appendPQExpBuffer(
&query,
" SELECT e.node_id, n.node_name, e.event, e.successful, \n"
" TO_CHAR(e.event_timestamp, 'YYYY-MM-DD HH24:MI:SS') AS timestamp, \n"
" e.details \n"
" FROM repmgr.events e \n"
"LEFT JOIN repmgr.nodes n ON e.node_id = n.node_id ");
if (runtime_options.node_id != UNKNOWN_NODE_ID)
{
append_where_clause(&where_clause,
"n.node_id=%i", runtime_options.node_id);
}
else if (runtime_options.node_name[0] != '\0')
{
char *escaped = escape_string(conn, runtime_options.node_name);
if (escaped == NULL)
{
log_error(_("unable to escape value provided for node name"));
}
else
{
append_where_clause(&where_clause,
"n.node_name='%s'",
escaped);
pfree(escaped);
}
}
if (runtime_options.event[0] != '\0')
{
char *escaped = escape_string(conn, runtime_options.event);
if (escaped == NULL)
{
log_error(_("unable to escape value provided for event"));
}
else
{
append_where_clause(&where_clause,
"e.event='%s'",
escaped);
pfree(escaped);
}
}
appendPQExpBuffer(&query, "\n%s\n",
where_clause.data);
appendPQExpBuffer(&query,
" ORDER BY e.event_timestamp DESC");
if (runtime_options.all == false && runtime_options.limit > 0)
{
appendPQExpBuffer(&query, " LIMIT %i",
runtime_options.limit);
}
log_debug("do_cluster_event():\n%s", query.data);
res = PQexec(conn, query.data);
termPQExpBuffer(&query);
termPQExpBuffer(&where_clause);
res = get_event_records(conn,
runtime_options.node_id,
runtime_options.node_name,
runtime_options.event,
runtime_options.all,
runtime_options.limit);
if (PQresultStatus(res) != PGRES_TUPLES_OK)
{
@@ -537,7 +480,11 @@ do_cluster_event(void)
strncpy(headers_event[EV_TIMESTAMP].title, _("Timestamp"), MAXLEN);
strncpy(headers_event[EV_DETAILS].title, _("Details"), MAXLEN);
for (i = 0; i < EVENT_HEADER_COUNT; i++)
/* if --terse provided, simply omit the "Details" column */
if (runtime_options.terse == true)
column_count --;
for (i = 0; i < column_count; i++)
{
headers_event[i].max_length = strlen(headers_event[i].title);
}
@@ -546,7 +493,7 @@ do_cluster_event(void)
{
int j;
for (j = 0; j < EVENT_HEADER_COUNT; j++)
for (j = 0; j < column_count; j++)
{
headers_event[j].cur_length = strlen(PQgetvalue(res, i, j));
if (headers_event[j].cur_length > headers_event[j].max_length)
@@ -557,7 +504,7 @@ do_cluster_event(void)
}
for (i = 0; i < EVENT_HEADER_COUNT; i++)
for (i = 0; i < column_count; i++)
{
if (i == 0)
printf(" ");
@@ -570,14 +517,14 @@ do_cluster_event(void)
}
printf("\n");
printf("-");
for (i = 0; i < EVENT_HEADER_COUNT; i++)
for (i = 0; i < column_count; i++)
{
int j;
for (j = 0; j < headers_event[i].max_length; j++)
printf("-");
if (i < (EVENT_HEADER_COUNT - 1))
if (i < (column_count - 1))
printf("-+-");
else
printf("-");
@@ -590,13 +537,13 @@ do_cluster_event(void)
int j;
printf(" ");
for (j = 0; j < EVENT_HEADER_COUNT; j++)
for (j = 0; j < column_count; j++)
{
printf("%-*s",
headers_event[j].max_length,
PQgetvalue(res, i, j));
if (j < (EVENT_HEADER_COUNT - 1))
if (j < (column_count - 1))
printf(" | ");
}
@@ -1017,8 +964,7 @@ build_cluster_matrix(t_node_matrix_rec ***matrix_rec_dest, int *name_length)
initPQExpBuffer(&command_output);
(void) remote_command(
host,
(void) remote_command(host,
runtime_options.remote_user,
command.data,
&command_output);
@@ -1197,13 +1143,12 @@ build_cluster_crosscheck(t_node_status_cube ***dest_cube, int *name_length)
/* fix to work with --node-id */
if (cube[i]->node_id == config_file_options.node_id)
{
(void) local_command(
command.data,
&command_output);
(void) local_command_simple(command.data,
&command_output);
}
else
{
t_conninfo_param_list remote_conninfo;
t_conninfo_param_list remote_conninfo = T_CONNINFO_PARAM_LIST_INITIALIZER;
char *host = NULL;
PQExpBufferData quoted_command;
@@ -1223,8 +1168,7 @@ build_cluster_crosscheck(t_node_status_cube ***dest_cube, int *name_length)
log_verbose(LOG_DEBUG, "build_cluster_crosscheck(): executing\n %s", quoted_command.data);
(void) remote_command(
host,
(void) remote_command(host,
runtime_options.remote_user,
quoted_command.data,
&command_output);
@@ -1323,7 +1267,7 @@ do_cluster_cleanup(void)
conn = establish_db_connection(config_file_options.conninfo, true);
/* check if there is a master in this cluster */
/* check if there is a primary in this cluster */
log_info(_("connecting to primary server"));
primary_conn = establish_primary_db_connection(conn, true);

View File

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
/*
* repmgr-action-cluster.h
* Copyright (c) 2ndQuadrant, 2010-2017
* Copyright (c) 2ndQuadrant, 2010-2018
*
* This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
/*
* repmgr-action-node.h
* Copyright (c) 2ndQuadrant, 2010-2017
* Copyright (c) 2ndQuadrant, 2010-2018
*
* This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -22,7 +22,6 @@
extern void do_node_status(void);
extern void do_node_check(void);
extern void do_node_rejoin(void);
extern void do_node_service(void);

View File

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
*
* Implements primary actions for the repmgr command line utility
*
* Copyright (c) 2ndQuadrant, 2010-2017
* Copyright (c) 2ndQuadrant, 2010-2018
*
* This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -74,7 +74,11 @@ do_primary_register(void)
log_verbose(LOG_INFO, _("server is not in recovery"));
/* create the repmgr extension if it doesn't already exist */
/*
* create the repmgr extension if it doesn't already exist;
* note that create_repmgr_extension() will take into account
* the --dry-run option
*/
if (!create_repmgr_extension(conn))
{
PQfinish(conn);
@@ -92,6 +96,7 @@ do_primary_register(void)
return;
}
initialize_voting_term(conn);
/* Ensure there isn't another registered node which is primary */
primary_conn = get_primary_connection(conn, &current_primary_id, NULL);
@@ -543,7 +548,8 @@ do_primary_help(void)
printf(_(" \"primary unregister\" unregisters an inactive primary node.\n"));
puts("");
printf(_(" --dry-run check what would happen, but don't actually unregister the primary\n"));
printf(_(" -F, --force force removal of the record\n"));
printf(_(" --node-id ID of the inactive primary node to unregister.\n"));
printf(_(" -F, --force force removal of an active record\n"));
puts("");

View File

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
/*
* repmgr-action-primary.h
* Copyright (c) 2ndQuadrant, 2010-2017
* Copyright (c) 2ndQuadrant, 2010-2018
*
* This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
/*
* repmgr-action-standby.h
* Copyright (c) 2ndQuadrant, 2010-2017
* Copyright (c) 2ndQuadrant, 2010-2018
*
* This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ extern void do_standby_switchover(void);
extern void do_standby_help(void);
extern bool do_standby_follow_internal(PGconn *primary_conn, t_node_info *primary_node_record, PQExpBufferData *output);
extern bool do_standby_follow_internal(PGconn *primary_conn, t_node_info *primary_node_record, PQExpBufferData *output, int *error_code);

465
repmgr-action-witness.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,465 @@
/*
* repmgr-action-witness.c
*
* Implements witness actions for the repmgr command line utility
*
* Copyright (c) 2ndQuadrant, 2010-2018
*
* This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
*/
#include <sys/stat.h>
#include "repmgr.h"
#include "dirutil.h"
#include "compat.h"
#include "controldata.h"
#include "repmgr-client-global.h"
#include "repmgr-action-witness.h"
static char repmgr_user[MAXLEN];
static char repmgr_db[MAXLEN];
void
do_witness_register(void)
{
PGconn *witness_conn = NULL;
PGconn *primary_conn = NULL;
RecoveryType recovery_type = RECTYPE_UNKNOWN;
NodeInfoList nodes = T_NODE_INFO_LIST_INITIALIZER;
t_node_info node_record = T_NODE_INFO_INITIALIZER;
RecordStatus record_status = RECORD_NOT_FOUND;
bool record_created = false;
log_info(_("connecting to witness node \"%s\" (ID: %i)"),
config_file_options.node_name,
config_file_options.node_id);
witness_conn = establish_db_connection_quiet(config_file_options.conninfo);
if (PQstatus(witness_conn) != CONNECTION_OK)
{
log_error(_("unable to connect to witness node \"%s\" (ID: %i)"),
config_file_options.node_name,
config_file_options.node_id);
log_detail("%s",
PQerrorMessage(witness_conn));
log_hint(_("the witness node must be running before it can be registered"));
exit(ERR_BAD_CONFIG);
}
/* check witness node's recovery type */
recovery_type = get_recovery_type(witness_conn);
if (recovery_type == RECTYPE_STANDBY)
{
log_error(_("provided node is a standby"));
log_hint(_("a witness node must run on an independent primary server"));
PQfinish(witness_conn);
exit(ERR_BAD_CONFIG);
}
/* check that witness node is not a BDR node */
if (is_bdr_db_quiet(witness_conn) == true)
{
log_error(_("witness node is a BDR node"));
log_hint(_("a witness node cannot be configured for a BDR cluster"));
PQfinish(witness_conn);
exit(ERR_BAD_CONFIG);
}
/* connect to primary with provided parameters */
log_info(_("connecting to primary node"));
/*
* Extract the repmgr user and database names from the conninfo string
* provided in repmgr.conf
*/
get_conninfo_value(config_file_options.conninfo, "user", repmgr_user);
get_conninfo_value(config_file_options.conninfo, "dbname", repmgr_db);
param_set_ine(&source_conninfo, "user", repmgr_user);
param_set_ine(&source_conninfo, "dbname", repmgr_db);
/* We need to connect to check configuration and copy it */
primary_conn = establish_db_connection_by_params(&source_conninfo, false);
if (PQstatus(primary_conn) != CONNECTION_OK)
{
log_error(_("unable to connect to the primary node"));
log_hint(_("a primary node must be configured before registering a witness node"));
PQfinish(witness_conn);
exit(ERR_BAD_CONFIG);
}
/* check primary node's recovery type */
recovery_type = get_recovery_type(primary_conn);
if (recovery_type == RECTYPE_STANDBY)
{
log_error(_("provided primary node is a standby"));
log_hint(_("provide the connection details of the cluster's primary server"));
PQfinish(witness_conn);
PQfinish(primary_conn);
exit(ERR_BAD_CONFIG);
}
/* check that primary node is not a BDR node */
if (is_bdr_db_quiet(primary_conn) == true)
{
log_error(_("primary node is a BDR node"));
log_hint(_("a witness node cannot be configured for a BDR cluster"));
PQfinish(witness_conn);
PQfinish(primary_conn);
exit(ERR_BAD_CONFIG);
}
/*
* TODO:sanity check witness node is not part of main cluster; we could
* add a random application_name to the respective connections,
* and do a simple check of pg_stat_activity
*/
/* create repmgr extension, if does not exist */
if (runtime_options.dry_run == false && !create_repmgr_extension(witness_conn))
{
PQfinish(witness_conn);
PQfinish(primary_conn);
exit(ERR_BAD_CONFIG);
}
/*
* check if node record exists on primary, overwrite if -F/--force provided,
* otherwise exit with error
*/
record_status = get_node_record(primary_conn,
config_file_options.node_id,
&node_record);
if (record_status == RECORD_FOUND)
{
/*
* If node is not a witness, cowardly refuse to do anything, let the
* user work out what's the correct thing to do.
*/
if (node_record.type != WITNESS)
{
log_error(_("node \"%s\" (ID: %i) is already registered as a %s node"),
config_file_options.node_name,
config_file_options.node_id,
get_node_type_string(node_record.type));
log_hint(_("use \"repmgr %s unregister\" to remove a non-witness node record"),
get_node_type_string(node_record.type));
PQfinish(witness_conn);
PQfinish(primary_conn);
exit(ERR_BAD_CONFIG);
}
if (!runtime_options.force)
{
log_error(_("witness node is already registered"));
log_hint(_("use option -F/--force to reregister the node"));
PQfinish(witness_conn);
PQfinish(primary_conn);
exit(ERR_BAD_CONFIG);
}
}
// XXX check other node with same name does not exist
/*
* if repmgr.nodes contains entries, delete if -F/--force provided,
* otherwise exit with error
*/
get_all_node_records(witness_conn, &nodes);
log_verbose(LOG_DEBUG, "%i node records found", nodes.node_count);
if (nodes.node_count > 0)
{
if (!runtime_options.force)
{
log_error(_("witness node is already initialised and contains node records"));
log_hint(_("use option -F/--force to reinitialise the node"));
PQfinish(primary_conn);
PQfinish(witness_conn);
exit(ERR_BAD_CONFIG);
}
}
clear_node_info_list(&nodes);
if (runtime_options.dry_run == true)
{
log_info(_("prerequisites for registering the witness node are met"));
PQfinish(primary_conn);
PQfinish(witness_conn);
exit(SUCCESS);
}
/* create record on primary */
/*
* node record exists - update it (at this point we have already
* established that -F/--force is in use)
*/
init_node_record(&node_record);
/* these values are mandatory, setting them to anything else has no point */
node_record.type = WITNESS;
node_record.priority = 0;
node_record.upstream_node_id = get_primary_node_id(primary_conn);
if (record_status == RECORD_FOUND)
{
record_created = update_node_record(primary_conn,
"witness register",
&node_record);
}
else
{
record_created = create_node_record(primary_conn,
"witness register",
&node_record);
}
if (record_created == false)
{
log_error(_("unable to create or update node record on primary"));
PQfinish(primary_conn);
PQfinish(witness_conn);
exit(ERR_BAD_CONFIG);
}
/* sync records from primary */
if (witness_copy_node_records(primary_conn, witness_conn) == false)
{
log_error(_("unable to copy repmgr node records from primary"));
PQfinish(primary_conn);
PQfinish(witness_conn);
exit(ERR_BAD_CONFIG);
}
/* create event */
create_event_record(primary_conn,
&config_file_options,
config_file_options.node_id,
"witness_register",
true,
NULL);
PQfinish(primary_conn);
PQfinish(witness_conn);
log_info(_("witness registration complete"));
log_notice(_("witness node \"%s\" (ID: %i) successfully registered"),
config_file_options.node_name, config_file_options.node_id);
return;
}
void
do_witness_unregister(void)
{
PGconn *witness_conn = NULL;
PGconn *primary_conn = NULL;
t_node_info node_record = T_NODE_INFO_INITIALIZER;
RecordStatus record_status = RECORD_NOT_FOUND;
bool node_record_deleted = false;
bool witness_available = true;
log_info(_("connecting to witness node \"%s\" (ID: %i)"),
config_file_options.node_name,
config_file_options.node_id);
witness_conn = establish_db_connection_quiet(config_file_options.conninfo);
if (PQstatus(witness_conn) != CONNECTION_OK)
{
if (!runtime_options.force)
{
log_error(_("unable to connect to witness node \"%s\" (ID: %i)"),
config_file_options.node_name,
config_file_options.node_id);
log_detail("%s", PQerrorMessage(witness_conn));
log_hint(_("provide -F/--force to remove the witness record if the server is not running"));
exit(ERR_BAD_CONFIG);
}
log_notice(_("unable to connect to witness node \"%s\" (ID: %i), removing node record on cluster primary only"),
config_file_options.node_name,
config_file_options.node_id);
witness_available = false;
}
if (witness_available == true)
{
primary_conn = get_primary_connection_quiet(witness_conn, NULL, NULL);
}
else
{
/*
* Extract the repmgr user and database names from the conninfo string
* provided in repmgr.conf
*/
get_conninfo_value(config_file_options.conninfo, "user", repmgr_user);
get_conninfo_value(config_file_options.conninfo, "dbname", repmgr_db);
param_set_ine(&source_conninfo, "user", repmgr_user);
param_set_ine(&source_conninfo, "dbname", repmgr_db);
primary_conn = establish_db_connection_by_params(&source_conninfo, false);
}
if (PQstatus(primary_conn) != CONNECTION_OK)
{
log_error(_("unable to connect to primary"));
log_detail("%s", PQerrorMessage(primary_conn));
if (witness_available == true)
{
PQfinish(witness_conn);
}
else
{
log_hint(_("provide connection details to primary server"));
}
exit(ERR_BAD_CONFIG);
}
/* Check node exists and is really a witness */
record_status = get_node_record(primary_conn, config_file_options.node_id, &node_record);
if (record_status != RECORD_FOUND)
{
log_error(_("no record found for node %i"), config_file_options.node_id);
if (witness_available == true)
PQfinish(witness_conn);
PQfinish(primary_conn);
exit(ERR_BAD_CONFIG);
}
if (node_record.type != WITNESS)
{
log_error(_("node %i is not a witness node"), config_file_options.node_id);
log_detail(_("node %i is a %s node"), config_file_options.node_id, get_node_type_string(node_record.type));
if (witness_available == true)
PQfinish(witness_conn);
PQfinish(primary_conn);
exit(ERR_BAD_CONFIG);
}
if (runtime_options.dry_run == true)
{
log_info(_("prerequisites for unregistering the witness node are met"));
if (witness_available == true)
PQfinish(witness_conn);
PQfinish(primary_conn);
exit(SUCCESS);
}
log_info(_("unregistering witness node %i"), config_file_options.node_id);
node_record_deleted = delete_node_record(primary_conn,
config_file_options.node_id);
if (node_record_deleted == false)
{
PQfinish(primary_conn);
PQfinish(witness_conn);
exit(ERR_BAD_CONFIG);
}
/* sync records from primary */
if (witness_available == true && witness_copy_node_records(primary_conn, witness_conn) == false)
{
log_error(_("unable to copy repmgr node records from primary"));
PQfinish(primary_conn);
PQfinish(witness_conn);
exit(ERR_BAD_CONFIG);
}
/* Log the event */
create_event_record(primary_conn,
&config_file_options,
config_file_options.node_id,
"witness_unregister",
true,
NULL);
PQfinish(primary_conn);
if (witness_available == true)
PQfinish(witness_conn);
log_info(_("witness unregistration complete"));
log_detail(_("witness node with id %i (conninfo: %s) successfully unregistered"),
config_file_options.node_id, config_file_options.conninfo);
return;
}
void do_witness_help(void)
{
print_help_header();
printf(_("Usage:\n"));
printf(_(" %s [OPTIONS] witness register\n"), progname());
printf(_(" %s [OPTIONS] witness unregister\n"), progname());
printf(_("WITNESS REGISTER\n"));
puts("");
printf(_(" \"witness register\" registers a witness node.\n"));
puts("");
printf(_(" Requires provision of connection information for the primary\n"));
puts("");
printf(_(" --dry-run check prerequisites but don't make any changes\n"));
printf(_(" -F, --force overwrite an existing node record\n"));
puts("");
printf(_("WITNESS UNREGISTER\n"));
puts("");
printf(_(" \"witness register\" unregisters a witness node.\n"));
puts("");
printf(_(" --dry-run check prerequisites but don't make any changes\n"));
printf(_(" -F, --force unregister when witness node not running\n"));
puts("");
return;
}

27
repmgr-action-witness.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
/*
* repmgr-action-witness.h
* Copyright (c) 2ndQuadrant, 2010-2018
*
* This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
*/
#ifndef _REPMGR_ACTION_WITNESS_H_
#define _REPMGR_ACTION_WITNESS_H_
extern void do_witness_register(void);
extern void do_witness_unregister(void);
extern void do_witness_help(void);
#endif /* _REPMGR_ACTION_WITNESS_H_ */

View File

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
/*
* repmgr-client-global.h
* Copyright (c) 2ndQuadrant, 2010-2017
* Copyright (c) 2ndQuadrant, 2010-2018
*
* This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -42,6 +42,7 @@ typedef struct
bool force;
char pg_bindir[MAXLEN]; /* overrides setting in repmgr.conf */
bool wait;
bool no_wait;
/* logging options */
char log_level[MAXLEN]; /* overrides setting in repmgr.conf */
@@ -68,6 +69,7 @@ typedef struct
int node_id;
char node_name[MAXLEN];
char data_dir[MAXPGPATH];
int remote_node_id;
/* "standby clone" options */
bool copy_external_config_files;
@@ -79,6 +81,7 @@ typedef struct
char replication_user[MAXLEN];
char upstream_conninfo[MAXLEN];
bool without_barman;
bool recovery_conf_only;
/* "standby clone"/"standby follow" options */
int upstream_node_id;
@@ -86,10 +89,12 @@ typedef struct
/* "standby register" options */
bool wait_register_sync;
int wait_register_sync_seconds;
int wait_start;
/* "standby switchover" options */
bool always_promote;
bool force_rewind;
bool force_rewind_used;
char force_rewind_path[MAXPGPATH];
bool siblings_follow;
/* "node status" options */
@@ -101,6 +106,8 @@ typedef struct
bool replication_lag;
bool role;
bool slots;
bool has_passfile;
bool replication_connection;
/* "node join" options */
char config_files[MAXLEN];
@@ -128,30 +135,30 @@ typedef struct
/* configuration metadata */ \
false, false, false, false, \
/* general configuration options */ \
"", false, false, "", false, \
"", false, false, "", false, false, \
/* logging options */ \
"", false, false, false, \
/* output options */ \
false, false, false, \
/* database connection options */ \
"", "", "", "", \
"", "", "", "", \
/* other connection options */ \
"", "", \
/* node options */ \
UNKNOWN_NODE_ID, "", "", \
"", "", \
/* general node options */ \
UNKNOWN_NODE_ID, "", "", UNKNOWN_NODE_ID, \
/* "standby clone" options */ \
false, CONFIG_FILE_SAMEPATH, false, false, false, "", "", "", \
false, \
false, false, \
/* "standby clone"/"standby follow" options */ \
NO_UPSTREAM_NODE, \
/* "standby register" options */ \
false, 0, \
false, 0, DEFAULT_WAIT_START, \
/* "standby switchover" options */ \
false, false, false, \
false, false, "", false, \
/* "node status" options */ \
false, \
/* "node check" options */ \
false, false, false, false, false, \
false, false, false, false, false, false, false, \
/* "node join" options */ \
"", \
/* "node service" options */ \
@@ -160,7 +167,7 @@ typedef struct
false, "", CLUSTER_EVENT_LIMIT, \
/* "cluster cleanup" options */ \
0, \
/* Following options for internal use */ \
/* following options for internal use */ \
"/tmp", OM_TEXT \
}
@@ -177,6 +184,7 @@ typedef enum
ACTION_NONE,
ACTION_START,
ACTION_STOP,
ACTION_STOP_WAIT,
ACTION_RESTART,
ACTION_RELOAD,
ACTION_PROMOTE
@@ -202,6 +210,7 @@ extern void check_93_config(void);
extern bool create_repmgr_extension(PGconn *conn);
extern int test_ssh_connection(char *host, char *remote_user);
extern bool local_command(const char *command, PQExpBufferData *outputbuf);
extern bool local_command_simple(const char *command, PQExpBufferData *outputbuf);
extern standy_clone_mode get_standby_clone_mode(void);
@@ -222,7 +231,9 @@ extern void print_help_header(void);
/* server control functions */
extern void get_server_action(t_server_action action, char *script, char *data_dir);
extern bool data_dir_required_for_action(t_server_action action);
extern void get_node_config_directory(char *config_dir_buf);
extern void get_node_data_directory(char *data_dir_buf);
extern void init_node_record(t_node_info *node_record);
extern bool can_use_pg_rewind(PGconn *conn, const char *data_directory, PQExpBufferData *reason);
#endif /* _REPMGR_CLIENT_GLOBAL_H_ */

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More